Home

Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager (HDLM) for IBM AIX Systems User Guide

1. Figure 6 12 Example of the Online Operation With the cha Parameter usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online pathid 2 s KAPLO1022 I 1 path s were processed Operation name online KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed successfully Operation name online Figure 6 13 Example of the Online Operation With No User Confirmation Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr online help online Format dinkmgr online path hba HBAPortNumber BusNumber s dinkmgr online path cha pathid AutoPATH_ID s dinkmgr online path pathid AutoPATH_ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name online completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 14 Example of the online Operation Format Reference Using the view operation together with standard UNIX commands enables you to filter the path information listed for a specific HBA port or channel adapter port Before you execute the offline operation to place offline all paths connected to a specific HBA port or channel adapter port we recommend that you use the following command and verify the information on the target paths Example 1 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all paths that pass through the HBA port w
2. ceeeee eee eee eee 131 Operations executable in HDLM Web GUI cece eee teeta e eee eee 138 Settings File Items cc events Sie seca nd Seed A ole pee heels 141 Output Destinations of Operation Logs and Trace Logs on the Device Manager Serven reesei oae tesla EA Salk EA ABEE T EA Ea a ELE 143 Product IDs of the Storage Subsystems Supported by HDLM for AIX 168 Subsystem Icons on the Tree Frame cece cece eee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee ene ees 168 LU Icons on the Tree Frame 0 cece eee een ee tenner nes 168 Path Lines on the Configuration Tab ccccceeeceee eee eee eee eee teens 173 Path Information on the Path List View cece ece eee e ee neee 177 Elements of a Path Name c cece eee cence eee teense tee teen e eee nes 178 Relations Between the Setting and Available Operations for Automatic Failback and Intermittent Error Monitoring c eceeeeee eee eee 182 Options for Reservation Level cceccee eee ee eee ete 183 Correspondence between the HDLM Commands and the HDLM GUI 184 Executable Operations ccc cece eect eee ene ee eee ene tee eaten e eee 190 Icons Selected in Tree Frame cece cece tet ee tenet ne eee 190 Contents of the List Hosts SUDWINdOW ccc eee rererere 197 Icons that may be Displayed in the Host List Field ccccccceeeeeeeeeaes 197 HDLM Usage Precautions 0 cee cece nna
3. usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr help dinkmgr Format dinkmgr clear help offline online set view KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed successfully Operation name help completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 4 Example of the Help Command for all Operations usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr help online offline online Format dinkmgr online path pathid AutoPATH_ID s dinkmgr online path cha pathid AutoPATH_ID s dinkmgr online path pathid AutoPATH_ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal offline Format dlnkmgr offline path hba H ortNumber BusNumber s dlnkmgr offline path cha pathid AutoPATH_ID s dlnkmgr offline path pathid AutoPATH_ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal KAPL01001 I The HDIM command completed successfully Operation name help completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 5 Example of the Help Command for an Operation Chapter6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command clear Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear help dinkmgr clear pdst s KAPLO1001 I The H ILM command completed successfully Operation name help completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 6 Example of the help Option for an Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM fo
4. cccceee eee eee ees 275 Description of the HDLM Driver Information 0 ecceeeee eee eee teeta 275 Description of the HDLM License Information c cece cece cnet teeta 276 Description of the Path Information CONtINUGS ccccece eee eeeeeeeeeenes 277 Path Status and Contents Displayed in IEP When Intermittent Error Monitoring is Enabled cece cece eee ener e teeter nes 279 Device Information Using Host LUs as a Sorting Key cceeeeee eee neces 281 Device Information using Host LUs as a Sorting Key and Displaying a SUMMARY fe vactvids rinan ys si tiwianadetal te mais niceay ode vnt iment ds vneka otk Ea aiaa 282 Items That Can Be Selected with the item Parameter 0 ceeee eee 284 Items that can be selected with the lu c item parameter icce 287 Correspondence between HDLM Driver Instances and Disk Devices 288 Error Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility eee 291 HDLM Volume Group Operation Utility Commands and Corresponding AIX Command Senare niian re bene E E E E a E E N 296 Relationships among HDLM AIX and C SPOC CommandS sssecseesreeeeses 297 Formula for Determining the Maximum Simultaneous l O Requests Setting 302 OS Mode Sis ian nae a a E A AA as ehtades aoa sel siagde aa ANEAN 303 Physical Path Representation in AIX SyStemMS ccccecceeeesu seca eeeen ees 313 Message lD FOP Mab is cacti savienaideia p
5. HDLM Command Parameter Values Corresponding AIX Command Function dimchvg Do not specify chvg Changes a volume group dlmexportvg Do not specify exportvg Exports a volume group dlmextendvg dimfdrvn extendvg Adds an HDLM driver to a volume group n indicates the See Note instance number of the drive dlmimportvg dimfdrvn importvg Imports a volume group See Note dlmisvg Do not specify Isvg Lists all volume groups dlmmirrorvg dimfdrvn mirrorvg Mirrors all volume groups See Note dimmkvg dimfdrvn mkvg Creates a volume group See Note dlmrecreatevg dimfdrvn recreatevg Reorganizes a volume group that for AIX 5L only includes an HDLM driver See Note dlmreducevg dimfdrvn reducevg Removes an HDLM driver from a volume group See Note dlmreorgvg Do not specify reorgvg Reorganizes a volume group dlmrestvg dimfdrvn restvg Restores a volume group See Note dimsavevg Do not specify savevg Backs up a volume group dimsyncvg dimfdrvn syncvg Synchronizes for each volume group synchronizes mirrored logical volumes See Note dimunmirrorvg dimfdrvn unmirrorvg Releases mirroring of volume groups See Note dlmvaryoffvg Do not specify varyoffvg Deactivates a volume group dlmvaryonvg Do not specify varyonvg Activates a volume group dlmlistvgbackup Do not specify listvgbackup Lists the backup files of a volume group HDLM HOLM Command Parameter Values Values Corresponding AI Command Corresponding AI Command
6. 06 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 f washington 07 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 08 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 09 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 OPEN 3 10 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 11 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 OPEN 3 12 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 OPEN 3 13 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 OPEN 3 BARBARA Beeeeeeer c aCi c aED o pCa c pc a pc a gcn a c a 14 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 a pt Done LT E Local intranet Figure 4 14 The Show Path List Subwindow 198 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 3 7 3 Viewing the Show HDLM Component Information Subwindow The Show HDLM Component Information subwindow Figure 4 15 is displayed when Show HDLM Component Information is chosen in the method frame This subwindow displays information about the HDLM components that have been installed on the management target host and contains the following items a Refresh See section 4 2 4 1 a Help See section 4 2 4 1 Component Information Component information is comprised of the component name version number status Alive for an active HDLM manager or Dead for an inactive HDLM manager and wakeup time time the component was started Tools Logout Close Help Object Tree ka
7. When two or more LDEVs Note are selected When an LDEV that is not an HDLM management target is selected When there is no LU corresponding to the selected LDEV Note When an LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series is selected To display the paths corresponding to the specified LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series select the corresponding LU from the HDLM GUI tree view Note When the Dynamic Link Manager button is clicked a warning message is displayed 78 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 1 2 Opening the Options Window In the Path Management window click the Options button As shown in Figure 3 6 the Options window opens __Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Options O OOOO O Setting HDLM Options HDLM version Se tana Component informatio Basic function settings Load balancing ON OFF Algorithm Round robin v Path health checking ON OFF Checking interval 1 1440 30 minute s Auto failb ack OON OFF Checking interval 1 1440 60 minute s Intermittent Error Monitor N Reservation level ON 0 Ignore reservation ON 2 Persistent reservation Remove LU Error management function settings Logging level 3 Information or higher level v Trace level 0 Do not output any trace v Error log File size 9900 Number of files 100 2000000 ___9900 Kbytes 3 16 a Trace File size 1009 Number of files 100 16000 ____1000 Kbytes 2 64 a
8. An LU is shared among multiple hosts and an application that has the unique exclusive control mechanism is executed 2 Persistent reservation Specify this value to set the reservation status to persistent reservation The default and recommended level is 2 When using HDLM in a cluster configuration the reservation levels must be the same in all the hosts that comprise the cluster configuration 3 5 3 13 Checking the New Settings 104 When you change these settings you can display information about all HDLM functionality settings The following is an example command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys sfunc DIM Version 05 60 Service Pack Version Load Balance on rr Support Cluster Elog Level y2 Elog File Size KB 1000 Number Of Elog Files aS Trace Level I Trace File Size KB 2000 Number Of Trace Files 210 Path Health Checking on 10 Auto Failback on 10 Reservation Status z on 2 Intermittent Error Monitor on 2 20 KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Even when cluster software is being used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 6 Setting Up Integrated Traces When HDLM is used the var opt hitachi HN
9. ChaPort Port number of the channel adapter which identifies the CHA that is mounted on the storage subsystem You can identify an actual CHA by referencing this number from the storage subsystem management program For the Lightning 9900V Series the port number of the channel adapter is the same as the number shown by the SVP Status Status of the path Online Online Offline C Offline by a command using the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI or using the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI Offline E Offline due to an error Online E Failure has occurred If none of the paths accessing a device is in the Online status one of the paths is changed to the Online E status Paths that are Offline E or Online E require corrective action Type Attribute of the path Own Owner path or Non Non owner path 10 Count Total I O count for the path indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 2 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 To reset the IO Count value to zero execute the dinkmgr command s clear operation Executing the clear operation also resets the number of I O errors IO Errors to zero lO Errors Total I O error count for the path indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 282 1 4294967295 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value
10. When the KAPL09012 I message is displayed there is no problem If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver or the HDLM device has not been deleted or the HDLM manager has not stopped Make sure that no processes services file systems and volume groups are using any HDLM management target path and then re execute the above command 7 Execute the dlmcfgmgr utility to reconfigure the HDLM devices usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr 156 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 1 7 Changing the attributes of HDLM management target devices You can use the chdev command to change the attributes of an HDLM management target device To do this specify either the HDLM device that defines the HDLM management target device or the physical volume hdisk For details about whether the disk attributes of an HDLM driver can be changed by the chdev command see the manual for the applicable SCSI device driver 4 1 7 1 When Changing Attributes By Specifying An HDLM Device This subsection shows an example of command execution when the queue depth is changed by specifying the HDLM device dlmfdrvn with the chdev command To change attributes 1 Deactivate the volume group containing the HDLM device whose attributes you want to change usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 2 Change the disk attributes by the chdev command chdev 1 dlmfdrv1 a
11. 3 4 2 Performing a new installation of HDLM instal HDLM 3 4 4 Performing an update installation of HDLM 3 5 Setting up HDLM Set up HDLM sos i 3 6 Specifying the trace file settings Check the path 3 7 Checking the path configuration configuration Set up 3 8 Setting up volume groups volume groups 3 9 Settings for using HACMP Set up cluster software 3 10 Settings for using GPFS RVSD 3 11 Settings for using VCS Figure 3 1 Flow of HDLM Environment Setup 52 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 3 Notes on Creating an HDLM Environment This section gives notes on creating an HDLM environment For details about notes on operating HDLM see section 4 1 Note the following points when installing HDLM Install HDLM on the boot disk A license key is necessary to install HDLM In this manual update installation refers to an installation of HDLM onto an existing instance of HDLM without uninstalling the existing instance You can perform an update installation of HDLM 5 6 on versions of HDLM that are 5 6 or earlier A license key is required when performing a new installation of HDLM updating to HDLM 5 6 from HDLM earlier than 5 4 or updating HDLM 5 4 or later after the valid license period has expired To update the HDLM license perform the HDLM command s set lic operation The license key type determines the expiration of the license key For details about license key types and t
12. HDLM Command HDLM GUI dinkmgr clear section 6 2 Clear Data button on the Path List tab of Path Management window section 5 6 8 dinkmgr help section 6 3 Help window online version of this manual dinkmgr online section 6 5 Online button on the Path Management window dinkmgr offline section 6 4 Offline button on the Path Management window dinkmgr set section 6 6 Options window section 4 2 4 6 dinkmgr view section 6 7 Path Management window sections 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 5 and Options window section 4 2 4 6 Export CSV button on the Path List tab of Path Management window section 5 5 3 Chapter4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 3 Working with the HDLM Web GUI Windows 4 3 1 Notes on the HDLM Web GUI m If the name of the management target host is changed the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame and the List Hosts subwindow will display both the previous and present host names In this case delete the previous host name by using the Host View of Device Manager Web Client and then restart HDLM Web GUI a f you changed the HDLM configuration while the HDLM Web GUI was displayed refresh the HDLM Web GUI m f you change the configuration for the management target host while the HDLM Web GUI is displayed refresh the Show Path List subwindow or the Show Configuration subwindow of the information frame The configuration changes do not take effect when you click Refresh in the navigation
13. Path status transition see section 2 7 3 Error management see section 2 10 Log collected see section 2 10 1 Error information filtering see section 2 10 2 Cluster support see section 2 11 Remote operation of HDLM from the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client see section 2 12 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 11 2 1 Devices Managed by HDLM Devices that can and cannot be managed by HDLM are shown below The devices that can be managed by HDLM are called HDLM management target devices m Devices that HDLM can manage HDLM can manage SCSI devices in Hitachi storage subsystems a Devices that HDLM cannot manage SCSI devices other than those for Hitachi storage subsystems Hitachi storage subsystem command devices such as Hitachi RAID Manager command devices Built in disks in a host Devices other than disks tape devices etc Boot disks see Note Dump devices see Note Swap devices see Note Note The settings to make these devices not a target for HDLM management must be specified Other devices that cannot be managed by HDLM are automatically set not to be targets for HDLM management 12 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 2 System Configuration HDLM manages routes between a host and a storage subsystem by using the SCSI driver The host and storage subsystems are connected using SAN with fiber cables or
14. m To open from a managed host Execute either of the following commands as a root user Only root users can open the Path Management window usr DynamicLinkManager bin HDLM GUI or usr DynamicLinkManager bin hdlmgui The Path Management window opens with the Configuration view displayed To open from a Device Manager client For details about the procedure for creating an environment for starting the Path Management window from the Device Manager client see section 3 12 The procedure for opening the path management window from a Device Manager client differs depending on the Device Manager version 1 Inthe Device Manager main console click the Host View tab The top level of the Host View is displayed 2 Ina list of hosts displayed at the top level of the Host View click the icon of a host The Host level is displayed in the Host View If HDLM is installed on the host the Dynamic Link Manager button appears in the lower right side of the window 3 Click the Dynamic Link Manager button The Path Management window opens with the Configuration view displayed If you select one LDEV at the Host level of Host View and then click the Dynamic Link Manager button the LU corresponding to that LDEV will be selected In the following cases if you click the Dynamic Link Manager button the first storage subsystem of the tree frame will be selected in the Path Management window When no LDEV is selected
15. s Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Examples Figure 6 11 example shows how to place online all paths connected to an HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 01 and bus number is 01 Figure 6 12 shows how to place online the paths connected to the channel adapter port to which path 2 is connected AutoPATH_ID 000002 leading zeros omitted Figure 6 13 shows how to place path 2 AutoPATH_ID 000002 online without asking for user confirmation of command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr online hba 01 01 KAPLO1057 I All the paths which pass the specified H will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y Enter y to execute n to cancel KAPLO1061 I 3 path s were successfully placed online 0 path s were not Operation name online Figure 6 11 Example of the Online Operation With the hba Parameter usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online cha pathid 000002 KAPLO1057 I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y Enter y to execute n to cancel KAPLO1061 I 2 path s were successfully placed online 0 path s were not Operation name online
16. 2 Stop all the processes and services that use the HDLM management target paths Stop any process or service of an application such as a DBMS that is using the HDLM management target path 3 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point 4 Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o 5 Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 6 Execute the following command to remove the HDLM device and the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev The KAPL09012 I message appears indicating that the command has successfully completed If the KAPL09012 I message is not displayed the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver or the HDLM device has not been deleted or the HDLM manager has not stopped Make sure that no process service file system or volume group is using the HDLM management target path and then re execute the above command 7 Execute the following uninstallation command installp u DLManager Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 14 5 Uninstalling the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 When you uninstall HDLM if the KAPLO9019 E or KAPLO9020 E message is output follow the directions below to uninsta
17. A logical device file for an HDLM device has a one to one relationship with an LU ina storage subsystem Thus a logical device file dimfdrvn for a single HDLM device may correspond to multiple physical volumes that are identified by paths hdiskn for example dimfdrvO might correspond to hdisk1 and hdisk4 A logical device file for an HDLM device created by HDLM 05 00 or earlier has a one to one relationship with a physical volume for example dimfdrv1 might correspond to hdisk1 Table 2 5 shows the relation between logical device files for HDLM devices and physical volumes based on the HDLM version Table 2 5 Relation between logical device files for the HDLM devices and physical volumes based on the HDLM version HDLM version Relation between logical device files for HDLM devices and physical volumes 05 00 or earlier logical device file for HDLM device dlmfdrvn physical volume hdiskn 1 1 Both instance numbers are identical 05 01 or later logical device file for HDLM device dlmfdrvn physical volume hdiskn 1 many The instance numbers are different You can verify the correspondence between dimfdrvn and hdiskn by executing the dinkmgr command s view drv operation Locations of logical device files for HDLM devices Device files for HDLM devices are created in dev Block device file names of HDLM devices have the dimfdrvn format Character device file names of HDLM devices have the rdlmfdrvn form
18. For details about installing Device Manager see the HiCommand Device Manager Server Installation and Configuration Guide MK 91HC002 3 12 2 3 Management target Host The program requirements on a management target host machine are as follows m Prerequisite programs HDLM JRE Device Manager Agent 2 4 or later For details about installing Device Manager Agent see the HiCommand Device Manager Agent Installation Guide MK 91HC019 Web browser Netscape Navigator 4 7 or later Mozilla 1 4 or Mozilla 1 7 Note Only Mozilla for AIX can be used Note When installing Device Manager Agent on a management target host where HDLM has already been installed if you install Device Manager Agent 2 4 or 3 0 execute the following command after the installation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmguiinst sh If the version of Device Manager Agent is 3 1 or later the above operation is not necessary 124 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 12 3 Proxy Settings for a Device Manager Client Since a Device Manager client and a host managed by HDLM are connected via a local network you must disable use of proxies in J ava Web Start To disable the proxy settings in J ava Web Start 1 From the Start menu choose Programs then J ava Web Start and then J ava Web Start The J ava Web Start application manager window will appear 2 From the File menu choose Preferences The J ava Web Start Preference
19. HITACHI 99109960 02A95 HITACHI s970r9980 o2as7 G HITACHI s970 9980 c2A99 Tree frame View frame Figure 1 2 Example of the Path Management Window The information that you can view and the operations that you can perform depend on the login authority of the Device Manager Administrative users can view modify and delete data whereas Guest users can only view data and export CSV files Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 1 4 2 About the Options Window The Options window lets you view and change an HDLM operating environment Figure 1 3 is an example of the Options window Setting HDLM Options HDLM version HDLM version number 05 40 Comp onent information Basic function settings Load balancing ON OFF Algorithm Round robin x Path health checking ON OFF Checking interval 1 1440 30 minute s Auto failback ON OFF Checking interval 1 1440 L minute s Intermittent Error Monitor Reservation level ON 0 Ignore reservation ON 2 Persistent reservation Remove LU Error management function settings Logging level 3 Information or higher level v Trace level 4 All information v Log file size 9900 Kbytes 100 9900 Figure 1 3 Example of the Options Window 1 4 3 About the Help Window The Help window lets you access an electronic copy of this User s Guide You can access the Help by c
20. Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 193 Navigation frame Method frame Information frame r j i Dynamic Link Manager Dynamic Link Manager List Hosts ee List Hosts Host Name About Besse eeaaenaaace About Show Path List Show HDLM Component Information Show HDLM Environment Settings Show Configuration HBA port CHA Buttons for CHA port Legend Subwindow CL Method that is executed by default j r 1 Object or button gt Transition between frames method Figure 4 12 Subwindows that are Displayed According to the Object in the Navigation Frame 194 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 3 7 About the Subwindows that are Displayed The following subsections describe the following subwindows of the HDLM Web GUI Note that certain features and functions operate the same as in the HDLM GUI references to those items are provided in each subsection List Hosts subwindow Show Path List subwindow Show HDLM Component Information subwindow Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow Show Configuration subwindow Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 195 4 3 7 1 Viewing the List Hosts Subwindow The List Hosts subwindow Figure 4 13 is displayed in the information frame when List Hosts is selected from the method frame The List Hosts subwindow displays a list of management
21. Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 439 440 To set up HDLM when the kernel mode is changed 1 2 3 Log in to AIX as a user with root privileges Stop all the processes and services using the HDLM management target paths Stop any process or service for an application such as DBMS that is using the HDLM management target paths Execute the following command to unmount the file system used in HDLM umount file system mount point Deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name Execute the following command to remove the HDLM driver and the HDLM alert driver from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev Execute the following command to adjust HDLM to the environment for the kernel mode you want to change usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv 1 v OS mode Please refer to Table for the available OS modes and their corresponding OS versions and kernel modes Appendix A HDML Operations Appendix B Working with the HiCommand Common Maintenance Command At the Device Manager server on which the HDLM Web GUI is installed you can use the HiCommand common maintenance command to perform the following operations Collect HDML Log Files Back up the HDLM Web GUI setting files B 1 Using the Log File Collection Command Format When the Device Manager is running on Wind
22. Inheriting the Device Storage Administrator Changing the HDLM operating Local System Administrator Local Storage Administrator Guest Local Guest ices Local System Administrator environmen Local Storage Administrator Starting the Help window Performing online operations Performing offline operations Clearing data Outputting information to a CSV file Guest Refreshing the display Local Guest Starting the Help window Outputting information to a CSV file guest System Administrator Refreshing the display eo Guest privileges Storage Administrator Starting the Help window only Outputting information to a CSV file Note 1 When the HDLM version is 05 01 or earlier HDLM GUI starts on the Device Manager client HDLM GUI is invoked HDLM Web GUI cannot be used Note 2 This indicates the value that was set in hdlm authority in the dlmservlet properties file on the Device Manager server Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 5 2 Setting up Operating Permissions To set up operating permissions 1 Edit the dlmservlet properties file The dlmservlet properties file is stored in the following When the Device Manager server s OS is Windows installation folder config dlmservlet properties A user can specify an installation folder during HDLM Web GUI installation When the Device Manager server s OS is Solaris opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI config dlmservlet proper
23. Message ID KAPLO1069 W Message The entered license key is invalid Recommended Action Details The entered license key is invalid Action Enter a valid license key KAPLO1070 E The entered license key is invalid Renewal of the license key will now stop Details The license key renewal will be aborted because an invalid license key was entered three times Action Obtain a valid license key and then retry KAPLO1071 I The permanent license was installed Details The license was renewed into a permanent license Action None KAPL01072 The emergency license was installed The license expires on aa aa Details A license was renewed into the emergency license aa aa Year 4 numeric characters Month 01 12 Day 01 31 Action Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPL01073 E The temporary license expired Details The temporary license expired Register a permanent license Action Register a permanent license KAPL01074 E The emergency license expired Details The emergency license expired Register a permanent license Action Register a permanent license KAPL01075 E A fatal error occurred in HDLM The system Details environment is invalid The license information file is missing Action Re install HDLM KAPLO1076 I The permanent license has been installed Details Chapter 9 HDLM Messages You ne
24. When the management target host has the version 05 01 or earlier of HDLM installed the HDLM GUI GUI displayed by the application itself is invoked for a host that is displayed in the Navigation frame Action None KAPL11143 E The Refresh operation has been stopped because the configuration of paths was changed during the processing of the Refresh operation Host aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The information of the path could not be acquired because the configuration of paths was changed during the processing of the Refresh operation aa aa Name of the target host Character string Action Click Show Configuration or Show Path List after you confirm the reconfiguration of the path is not done Message ID KAPL11144 W Message The error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur conflict with the automatic failback checking interval Recommended Action Details An intermittent error cannot be detected by using the values specified for the following the checking interval for automatic failback the error monitoring interval and the number of times the error is to occur Action Set the intermittent error monitoring interval to a value that is equal to or more than automatic failback checking interval x number of times error is to occur for intermittent error monitoring KAPL11145 W The getting PathInformation has be
25. cdrom hdlmtool dimsetup i cdrom odm tmp odm environment settings file set tmp set environment settings file s To enable the environment settings values in the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file specify odm odm environment settings file and set set environment settings file If you have specified the s option to omit a confirmation message proceed to step 11 if not proceed to step 8 The message shown below is displayed Enter y KAPL12252 I A new installation of HDLM will now be performed Is this OK y n Entering n cancels the installation The message shown below is displayed If you specified odm tmp odm environment settings file in step 7 enter y if not enter n KAPL12254 I The dlmodmset utility will now be executed Is this OK y n The message shown below is displayed If you specified set tmp set environment settings file in step 7 enter y if not enter n KAPL12255 I The dlnkmgr set command will now be executed Is this OK y n Unmount the CD ROM unmount cdrom Delete the created mount directory rm r cdrom Delete the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file mm r tmp directory containing odm environment settings file rm r tmp directory containing set environment settings file Perform the procedure described in section 3 4 2 starting from step 10 Update Installation of HDLM Using the dimsetup Utility I
26. 003F 0040 0041 0042 0043 dimfdrvo dlmfdrv1 dlmfdrv2 dlmfdrv3 dlmfdrv4 dlmfdrv5 dlmfdrv6 dlmfdrv7 dlmfdrv8 dlmfdrv9 USP 0014010 10 Device hdisk12 hdisk2 hdisk13 hdisk3 hdisk14 hdisk4 hdisk15 hdisk5 hdisk16 hdisk6 hdisk17 hdisk7 hdisk18 hdisk8 hdisk19 hdisk9 hdisk20 hdisk10 hdisk21 hdisk11 PathID 000000 000001 000002 000003 000004 000005 000006 000007 000008 000009 000010 000011 000012 000013 000014 000015 000016 000017 000018 000019 KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Status Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online completed normally Operation name view completion time Figure 6 31 Example of Displaying the LU Information Without Selecting Items to be Displayed Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 285 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu item Product USP SerialNumber 0014050 LUs 10 iLU SLPR HDevName VG Device PathID PathName ChaPort CLPR Status Type I0 Count Io Errors DNum IEP 0150 12 dlmfdrvo hdisk3 000000 08 11 0000000000660B00 0000 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk33 000001 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0000 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0151 12 dlmfdrv1 samplevg001 hdisk4 000002 08 11 0000000000660B00 0001 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk34 0
27. 24 HDLM has the following two types of load balancing a Round robin ma Extended round robin Round robin distributes all I Os among multiple paths Extended round robin distributes I Os to paths depending on the type of the I O which can be either sequential access or random access For sequential access a single path will be used when issuing an I O For random access Os will be distributed to multiple paths Table 2 6 describes the type of load balancing round robin and extended round robin for each I O operation type Table 2 6 Types of Load Balancing Type of Load Balancing For Sequential Access For Random Access Round robin After an I O operation is issued to a path once or a certain number of times the path is switched to the next path For sequential access the storage subsystem cache might not be fully usable Extended round robin After an I O operation is issued to a path a After an I O operation is issued to a certain number of times in succession the path path once or a certain number of is switched to the next path If sequential times the path is switched to the access is switched to random access before an next path I O operation is issued to a path a certain number of times the path is switched to the next path when sequential access is switched to random access The storage subsystem cache can be used When multiple applications that request sequential access are run co
28. 4 2 4 Operating the HDLM GUI Windows This section explains the windows that make up the HDLM GUI and the window transitions that is how the user moves from one window to another Note The operation of the HDLM GUI is guaranteed in the following J ava runtime environments J RE 1 3 1 for the management target host and J RE 1 3 1_06 for the Device Manager clients Operation is not guaranteed in other J ava runtime environments The HDLM GUI provides the following three windows Path Management window This is the main window for the HDLM GUI The Path Management window displays the detailed HDLM configuration and path information allows you to change the path status and provides access to the other HDLM windows see section 4 2 4 1 The Path Management window also allows you to exit the HDLM GUI see section 4 2 3 a Options window The Options window displays and allows you to change the HDLM operating environment settings including function settings and error management settings see section 4 2 4 6 Note While the Options window is open you cannot perform any operations in the Path Management window You must close the Options window before using the Path Management window Help window The Help window displays the HTML version of this manual The Help window is opened automatically by the Web browser software Netscape Navigator 4 2 4 1 Using the Path Management Window The Path Management window see Figure
29. AIX Systems User s Guide 81 3 5 1 6 Settings for Intermittent Error Monitoring 82 Intermittent Error Monitor is specifiable only when Auto failback is set to ON With Intermittent Error Monitor specify whether to monitor intermittent errors To enable intermittent error monitoring specify ON To disable intermittent error monitoring specify OFF which is the default setting We recommend that you set intermittent error monitoring to ON when automatic failback is ON to prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance When you specify ON you can specify intermittent error conditions the conditions used by the system to determine whether an intermittent error is occurring in Monitoring interval and Number of times The system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring if the specified number of times that the error is to occur is reached during the monitoring interval from the time that the monitoring interval starts until the specified interval ends A path that is assumed to have an intermittent error is excluded from automatic failback Intermittent error monitoring starts when the path is recovered from the error by using automatic failback Monitoring is performed on individual paths If the settings are not specified and 3 or more errors occur within 210 minutes the system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring When a value of 2 or more is specified in Number of times the following condition mus
30. Command dlmrestorevgfiles Do not specify restorevgfiles Restores from the SS files of a volume group Note When executing this AIX command do not specify the disk hdiskn that configured the HDLM driver dlmfdrvn in the parameter About Corresponding Cluster Single Point of Control C SPOC Commands When executing the C SPOC command that corresponds to the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups set the physical volume group parameter to the HDLM driver Table 7 3 shows the relationship between the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups the AIX command and the C SPOC command Table 7 3 Relationships among HDLM AIX and C SPOC Commands HDLM Command Corresponding AIX Command Corresponding C SPOC Command dimchvg chvg cl_chvg dimlisvg Isvg cl_Isvg dimmkvg mkvg cl_mkvg dimextendvg extendvg cl_extendvg dlmimportvg importvg cl_importvg dlmmirrorvg mirrorvg cl_mirrorvg dimreducevg reducevg cl_reducevg dimsyncvg syncvg cl_syncvg dlmunmirrorvg unmirrorvg cl_unmirrorvg a Description Even if the AIX system recognizes a device HDLM cannot use such a device as is To enable HDLM for AIX to recognize a disk HDLM provides a set of special commands for performing operations on volume groups The volume groups created with these commands are for the exclusive use of HDLM Table 7 2 describes each command of the HDLM volume group operation utility To execute an HDLM volume gro
31. Figure 3 6 Options Window Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 79 3 5 1 3 Setting Load Balancing Load balancing lets you select whether to enable load balancing To enable it set it to ON the default setting Otherwise set it to OFF When you use load balancing path load is distributed to prevent deterioration of system wide performance We recommend that you set this option to on After selecting ON select a desired algorithm to be used for load balancing from the pulldown list Table 3 3 lists and describes the algorithm options Table 3 3 Algorithm options for load balancing Option Description Round robin Load is balanced according to the round robin algorithm All I Os will be distributed across multiple paths For sequential access the storage subsystem cache might not be fully usable When multiple applications that request sequential access are performed concurrently and all of those applications use the same HBA as the most preferred HBA we recommend that you specify round robin Extended round Load is balanced according to the extended round robin algorithm The type of I O determines how robin Os will be distributed among paths For sequential access a single path will be used when issuing an I O The storage subsystem cache can be used Random access distributes an I O to multiple paths When you execute only a single application that requests sequential access
32. If this condition is not satisfied a KAPL11144 W error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur If you specify 1 for the number of times that the error is to occur the condition above does not need to be satisfied To determine whether a path is ineligible for automatic failback you can use the results of the dlnkmgr command s view operation the Path List view of the HDLM GUI or the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI You can only set intermittent error monitoring if auto failback is ON If a path is considered as an intermittent error path during intermittent error monitoring it will become ineligible for auto failback Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 91 3 5 2 6 Setting the Reservation Level Reservation level enables you to specify the reservation control method for the logical unit Table 3 9 lists and describes the options for Reservation level Table 3 9 Options for Reservation level Option Description ON 0 Ignore reservation If this value is specified requests for reservation will be ignored and no logical units will be reserved Specify this value when either of the following conditions exists A host is connected to a storage subsystem that does not support persistent reservation An LU is shared a
33. aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action Make sure that the license key file is correct and then re execute var tmp hdlm license KAPL01083 I There is no license key file File name aa aa Details There is no license key file in the designated directory aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action When the message that prompts you to enter the license key is displayed enter the license key Alternatively cancel the HDLM command save the correct license key file in the designated directory and then re execute the HDLM command aa aa var tmp hdlm license Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 337 338 Message ID KAPLO1084 W Message An attempt to delete the license key file has failed File name aa aa Recommended Action Details An attempt to delete the license key file has failed aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action If a license key file exists delete it aa aa var tmp hdlm license KAPL01088 W KAPL01089 E The specified parameter values cannot be specified at the same time Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb parameter values CC CC One of the following was executed at the same time as an HDLM command set lic operation another set lic operation or an update of the license for an update installation Details The specified parameter values cannot be specified at the same time aa aa view b
34. bus number target ID and serial number separated by periods Path 1 80 00 000000000000001A 000D Path 2 90 00 000000000000001A 000D HDLM sorts the combination of HBA adapter number and bus number 80 00 and 90 00 in this example in ascending order and assigns HBA port number 0 to the HBA port to which Path 1 is connected and HBA port number 1 to the HBA port to which Path 2 is connected Note If there are 17 or more HBA ports being used for path connections the paths are not displayed in the Configuration view when they are connected to an HBA port whose HBA port number is 16 or higher To view or operate these paths use the Path List view For details on the Path List view see section 4 2 4 5 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface Path lines Lines are used to indicate the paths connecting the host and the storage subsystem according to the path display conditions set by Type and Status Table 4 4 shows how the appearance of the path lines solid or broken black or red indicates the path status When you are using the USP subsystem and display the CHA port in the minimized mode ina case where multiple paths connect to the CHA then out of all of the paths the one that is displayed is the one that has the most impact on the system The displayed paths are sorted in the following order of path status values Online E intermittent error Online E Offline E intermittent error Offline E Offline C
35. hdisk5 and hdisk7 Execute the following command to confirm the relation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv grep w dlmfdrv0 000024 dlmfdrvO hdisk5 9200 0010 0007 000025 dlmfdrvO hdisk7 9200 0010 0007 Inactivate the volume group used by HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryonvg volume group name Mount the file system used by HDLM mount file system mount point Execute the following command to make sure that the volume group contains the appropriate HDLM devices lspv grep dlmfdrv Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 69 70 17 Execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation to check the status of each program The following is a sample command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys HDIM Version 05 60 Service Pack Version Load Balance on rr Support Cluster Elog Level v3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files Ai2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback off Reservation Status on 2 Intermittent Error Monitor off HDIM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 10 33 03 HDIM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 10 33 03 1000 HDIM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 10 33 03 License Type Expiration Permanent KAPL01001 I The HDIM
36. perform operations from the management target host When you perform a new installation of HDLM Web GUI or an update installation of older version of HDLM Web GUI 5 4 not including HDLM Web GUI 5 4 the Device Manager operating permissions are inherited by default When an update installation of HDLM Web GUI 5 4 or later is performed the previous operating permissions are inherited 3 13 5 1 Operations Executable on a Device Manager Client When HDLM is linked with Device Manager and you operate the HDLM Web GUI on a Device Manager client executable operations differ depending on the HDLM version and depending on the Device Manager login privileges shown in Table 3 21 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 137 138 Table 3 21 Operations executable in HDLM Web GUI HDLM Version HDLM Web GUI Device Manager Login Operations Executable on HDLM Note 1 Operating Privileges Privileges Web GUI Note 2 05 02 Not applicable System Administrator Refreshing the display Storage Administrator Changing the HDLM operating Local System Administrator environment Local Storage Administrator Starting the Help window Performing online operations Performing offline operations Clearing data Outputting information to a CSV file Guest Refreshing the display Local Guest Starting the Help window Outputting information to a CSV file 5 4 or later admin System Administrator Refreshing the display
37. target hosts To display host information Start the HDLM GUI For details on how to start the HDLM GUI and the HDLM Web GUI see sections 4 2 2 and 4 3 2 In the navigation frame click Dynamic Link Manager The Dynamic Link Manager subwindow appears in the method frame This subwindow displays the operations that can be selected for HDLM On the Dynamic Link Manager subwindow click List Hosts The List Hosts subwindow appears in the information frame This subwindow displays the management target hosts Z Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Mana Microsoft Internet Explorer Tools Logout Clos elp Object Tree Dynamic Link Manager B List Hosts M Dynamic Link Manager kanagawa HITACHI 9910 9960 03 495 amp Lu 0000 Lu 0001 Dynarnic Link Manager Lu 0002 8 Lu 0003 LU 0004 LU 0005 HITACHI 9200 0123 Host Name IP Address i a kanagawa 192 168 1 101 S Lu 0002 B tochigi 192 168 1 102 HITACHI 9970 9990 03499 tokyo 192 168 1 103 LU 0000 Lu 0001 M washington 192 168 1 104 8 Lu 0002 A tochigi GB tokyo iB HITACHI 9970 9980 03497 LU 0000 LU 0001 LU 0002 HITACHI 9970 9980 03499 Lu 0000 amp Lu 0001 amp LU 0002 f washington Done Be Local intranet List Hosts Dynamic Link Manager Refresh Help Figure 4 13 The List Hosts Subwindow 196 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface Table 4 12 describes the items that are display
38. 01 31 Action Install the permanent license by the expiration day Message ID KAPL04027 Message The emergency license is valid The license expires in aa aa days on bb bb Recommended Action Details The emergency license is valid aa aa Expiration day bb bb Year 4 numeric characters Month 01 12 Day 01 31 Action Install the emergency license by the expiration day KAPL04028 E The temporary license expired Details The temporary license expired Action Install the permanent license KAPL04029 E The emergency license expired Action Install the permanent license KAPL04030 E The temporary license has already expired Action Install the permanent license KAPL04031 E The emergency license has already expired Action Install the permanent license KAPL04032 C A fatal error occurred in HDLM The system environment is invalid Details A part of the HDLM configuration file is missing Action Re install HDLM KAPL04033 W The option definition file was re created Details An option definition file was re created using the default values The specified values are set when some of the options have been read Action As for the options other than the defaults use the dinkmgr set operation to set the options again KAPL04034 E An attempt to create the option definition file has failed Details An
39. 05 HDLM driver filter component 06 HDLM alert driver 07 HDLM driver core logic component 08 HDLM management target 09 HDLM installation program 10 The following utilities HDLM error information collection utility KAPL100nn HDLM volume group operation utility KAPL105nn HDLM devices removing utility KAPL105nn HDLM execution environment modification utility KAPL106nn HDLM HBA change utility KAPL106nn HDLM persistent reservation clearance utility KAPL106nn HDLM execution environment ODM setting utility KAPL108nn 11 HDLM Web GUI Message serial number for the module Table 9 2 Term Message level C Critical E Error W Warning Information Terms in Messages Description Decimal number Character string Hexadecimal number Variable if there are multiple variables in a message aa aa is followed by bb bb cc cc and so on Cluster support Failover Load balancing Operation name Type of the operation that is entered after dInkmgr in the command Service status Mounted drive Running status of the service A drive that the file system recognizes Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Table 9 3 Message ID KAPLO1001 I HDLM Command Messages dInkmgr and operations Message The HDLM command completed normally Operation name aa aa completion time bb bb Recommended Action Details The HDLM
40. 3 and 4 This prevents deterioration of the whole system s performance from a bottleneck on one path Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 21 2 6 1 Load Balancing Range When using the Thunder 9500V Series Thunder 9200 Freedom Storage 5800 or Freedom Storage 5700E HDLM performs load balancing between owner paths or between non owner paths An owner path is a path that passes through the channel adapter This path is set on the owner controller of the storage subsystem LU A non owner path is a path that uses a channel adapter other than the owner controller a non owner controller Since the owner controller varies depending on the LU the owner path also varies depending on the LU A path to be used is selected in the order of owner paths and then non owner paths To prevent performance in the entire system from deteriorating HDLM does not perform load balancing between owner paths and non owner paths When some owner paths cannot be used due to a problem such as a failure load balancing is performed among the remaining usable owner paths When all owner paths cannot be used load balancing is performed among the non owner paths In Figure 2 7 suppose that the Thunder 9500V Series Thunder 9200 Freedom Storage 5800 or Freedom Storage 5700E is being used and the owner controller of LU is CHAO When a device in LU is accessed the load is balanced among the paths that access the target devi
41. 3 4 4 Performing an Update Installation of HDLM 68 Update installations inherit information about the driver configuration and the settings for HDLM functionality When an update installation of HDLM 5 6 is performed on a host that contains HDLM 4 1 or earlier the HNTRLib used with HDLM 4 1 or earlier remains If no other programs are using HNTRLib uninstall this HNTRLib according to the procedure described in 3 14 6 A license key file is required when installing HDLM 5 6 by overwriting earlier than HDLM 5 4 it is also required when installing HDLM 5 4 or later after the valid license period has expired Important Before installing HDLM you must connect the storage subsystem present a LUN to the server in which you are installing HDLM If you are using the dlmsetup utility to execute HDLM see section 3 4 5 When using HDLM in a cluster configuration install HDLM on all of the hosts that comprise the cluster You can skip steps 2 to 5 by executing dlmrmdev A the utility for removing HDLM drivers as follows usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A Note Since HDLM manager stops during an update installation an error log is not output Also the HDLM functionality can no longer be set up Do not interrupt an update installation You can install HDLM on a virtual I O server A virtual I O server is a system that enables multiple client logical partitions to share one resource If you are using a virtual I O ser
42. Does not display the title for each information item Table 6 3 View sys Operation Parameters and Displayed Information Parameter Displayed Information sfunc Information about the HDLM function settings msrv Information about the HDLM manager adrv Information about the HDLM alert driver pdrv Information about the HDLM driver lic Information about the HDLM license a Parameters to display path information without selecting display items path When you specify the path parameter and do not specify either the c or item parameter the command displays information about the paths without abbreviating or selecting items In the subsequent sub parameters following path you can filter the paths to be listed hdev and sort the list srt When you omit both parameters the command displays information for all the paths in order of increasing AutoPATH_IDs For details on what is displayed in each item see Table 6 12 The sub parameters for the path parameter are hdev host device name Filters the information only for the paths accessing the specified host device Specify the name of the logical device file for the HDLM device dlmfdrvn where n indicates the instance number of the HDLM driver to indicate the desired host device stname Use this parameter to display the model name of the storage subsystem in the product ID part of the DskName field When this parameter is omitted the command dis
43. Enter y KAPL12253 I An update installation of HDIM will now be performed Is this OK y n n Entering n cancels the installation The message shown below is displayed If you specified odm tmp odm environment settings filein step 7 enter y if not enter n KAPL12254 I The dlmodmset utility will now be executed Is this OK y n The message shown below is displayed If you specified odm tmp set environment settings filein step 7 enter y if not enter n KAPL12255 I The dlnkmgr set command will now be executed Is thisOK y n Unmount the CD ROM unmount cdrom Delete the created mount directory rm r cdrom Delete the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file rm r tmp directory containing odm environment settings file rm r tmp directory containing set environment settings file Perform the procedure described in 3 4 4 starting from step 12 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 Setting up HDLM HDLM has load balancing automatic failback error logging and other functionalities You can set up these functions by using the Options window of the HDLM GUI the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI or by using the dlnkmgr command s set operation 3 5 1 Performing setup Using the HDLM GUI Options Window Table 3 2 shows the default and recommended values for the HDLM functionalities Table 3 2 Functionality Load balan
44. HDLM Version Information cece cece eee ninn antru riranna riranna 192 HDLM Web GUI Displaying the Navigation Information and Method FRAMES sA en RaW rae aay E Ea T nama A EEA Ea a Mee aaron 193 Subwindows that are Displayed According to the Object in the Navigation Frame imer a a aa store aa a A a aA aeaa eE E as viet 194 The List Hosts SUDWINdOW cece etree nett tnt ete 196 The Show Path List SubWindOW 0 cece cee e eee ne tetas 198 The Show HDLM Component Information SUDWINdOW cccceeeeeeee eee es 199 The Show HDLM Environment Settings Subwindow 0 eceeeeee eee es 200 Show Configuration SUDWINdOW cece cee eterna 202 ADOUESUDWINGOW ties nace inet gcnernatinreaceambteaehinddd baled ewend cee a EA 203 Example System Configuration for linking with Device Manager 55 211 Displaying Path Information in Path List Form ccecceeeee cece nena ees 216 Displaying Path Information in Configuration Diagram Form 66066 217 Export CSV Dialog esaa edie atch ie rai ia oer aed de nae 220 Host Bus Adapter Replacement c ccc cceet cece eee te arerin eee nee 223 Unconfigure a Devices cy secs ts dear ieonbeteae ee evs rt artrrn nt ae eg ee 223 Replacing the Host Bus Adapter cee ceee cece eee e eee ee eee rreren eee 223 Current Value Display c ccc eee teeter EEEE 240 Displaying Current MaX arcasii i vets va a ia cy
45. HDLM manager 05 40 Alive 2004 06 01 04 44 44 HDLM alert driver 05 40 Alive 2004 06 01 04 44 44 HDLM driver 05 40 Alive 200 4 06 01 04 44 44 Figure 4 8 HDLM Component Information Panel Table 4 8 Options for Reservation Level Reservation Level Description ON 0 Ignore Use this level when the following two conditions are met reservation A host is connected to a storage subsystem that does not support persistent reservation An LU is not shared among multiple nodes or an LU is shared in the concurrent mode of HACMP ON 2 Persistent reservation Use this level to set the reservation status to persistent reservation Note If the HDLM reservation level is set to on 2 and a volume group created on a shared disk LU is activated varyon the status of that disk will be set to reserved If the disk is reserved other hosts will not be able to operate the volume group Also neither the cfgmgr or dimcfgmgr commands nor host startup will be able to configure the HDLM drivers Before performing the above operations deactivate the volume group varyoff with the dimvaryoffvg command to release the disk s reserved status If the host is stopped while the volume group is activated the disk will remain in the reserved status As such make sure to deactivate the volume group before stopping the host If the host is stopped with the volume group activated restart the host and choose whether you want the volume
46. When Device Manager 3 0 is installed After Device Manager is uninstalled you cannot perform an update installation of HDLM Web GUI If you attempt to perform such an update installation the KAPL09053 E Or KAPLO9055 E error message is output and installation finishes In this case uninstall HDLM Web GUI install Device Manager and then re install HDLM Web GUI After Device Manager is uninstalled and Device Manager 3 0 or later has been installed HDLM Web GUI cannot be used HDLM GUI starts on a Device Manager client Also you cannot update or uninstall HDLM Web GUI If you attempt to do so the KAPLO9066 E error message is output and the processing will terminate Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 133 To use HDLM Web GUI do the following a Create a hdlmwebgui_uninstal11 file For Windows execute the following command gt cd folder specified during installation of HDLM Web GUI gt echo gt hdlmwebgui_uninstall For Solaris execute the following command cd opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI touch hdlmwebgui_uninstall b Uninstall the HDLM Web GUI For details about how to uninstall the HDLM Web GUI see section 3 14 2 c For Windows execute the following command to delete the file created in step 1 gt cd folder specified during installation of HDLM Web GUI gt del hdlmwebgui_uninstall If necessary delete the folder specified during the HDLM Web GUI
47. When not using the license key file The set lic operation displays a message KAPL01068 prompting you to enter a license key Enter the license key A message appears depending on the type of the license key specified in the license key file notifying you that the license has been registered For a temporary or emergency license the expiration date is also displayed KAPLO1071 I or KAPLO1072 1 s Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Examples Set the log level Figure 6 15 shows how to set the log level after asking for confirmation of command execution from the user usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set ellv 1 dinkmgr set ellv 1 Execute command y n y Enter y to execute the command KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed successfully Operation name set completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 15 Example of Set Operation with User Confirmation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 261 262 Update the license key when the license key file exists Figure 6 16 shows how to update the license key when the license key file exists usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set
48. You can check the value of the error log collection level by displaying information about HDLM settings using the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details about the view operation see section 6 7 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 3 7 Setting the Trace Level The trace file in which a trace level can be set is hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The following is an example command to set the trace level usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set systflv 1 In this case the trace level is set to 1 This value is explained below in Table 3 14 Table 3 14 Values for the Trace Level Setting Value Description 0 No trace is output 1 Only error information is output 2 Program operation summaries are output 3 Program operation details are output 4 All information is output The default and recommended value for this setting is o If an error occurs you may have to set the trace level to 1 or higher to collect the log information The higher this value is set the more log information will be output When the amount of output is great it takes less time for file writing to wrap around overwriting old log information with new log information You can check the value of the trace level by displaying information about HDLM settings using the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details about the view operation see section 6 7 Note The dlnkmgr command a
49. and Thunder 9200 are trademarks of Hitachi Data Systems Corporation AIX IBM and System Management Interface Tool SMIT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation IBM in the United States and other countries InterBase and InterClient are registered trademarks of the Borland Corporation Mozilla is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation in the U S and other countries Oracle is either a registered trademark or trademark of the Oracle Corporation in the United States and other countries UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries VERITAS Cluster Server is a trademark of VERITAS Software Corporation WindowsNT 4 0 Windows 2000 and Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp in the U S and other countries All other brand or product names are or may be trademarks or service marks of and are used to identify products or services of their respective owners Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide iii Notice of Export Controls Document Revision Level Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government and or the government of J apan Please contact the Hitachi Data Systems Legal Department for any export compliance questions Revision MK 92DLM111 P MK 92DLM111 P1 MK 92DLM111 0P MK 92DLM1 11 0 MK
50. be found Recommended Action Details During offline processing of multiple paths a path that cannot be changed to Offline C was detected If you want to ignore the path and continue enter y To cancel the operation enter n aa aa Path ID decimal number Action If you want to continue the offline processing click OK To cancel the offline processing click Cancel For paths that cannot be processed take the following actions Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Details The target path of the operation could not be found aa aa Operation Online Clear Data CSV Output Get Path Information Refresh Action Click Refresh to update the view contents check the path status and then retry KAPL02027 E The last Online path or Online E path to the LU cannot be placed in the Offline C status PathID aa aa Details The path specified in the offline operation cannot be set to Offline C because it is the last path to the applicable logical unit aa aa Path ID decimal number Action Click Refresh to update the view contents check the path status and then retry KAPL02028 W You lack write permission for the aa aa Details You lack write permission for the specified CSV file aa aa Output CSV File Name Act
51. cc cc Day 01 31 Action Install the permanent license by the expiration day Message ID KAPL09078 Message The emergency license was installed The license expires on aa aa bb bb cc cc Recommended Action Details The emergency license was installed aa aa Year 4 numeric characters bb bb Month 01 12 cc cc Day 01 31 Action Install the permanent license by the expiration day KAPL09079 The permanent license has been installed Action None KAPL09080 The temporary license has been installed The license expires on aa aa bb bb cc cc Details The temporary license has been installed aa aa Year 4 numeric characters bb bb Month 01 12 cc cc Day 01 31 Action Install the permanent license by the expiration day KAPL09081 The emergency license has been installed The license expires on aa aa bb bb cc cc Details The emergency license has been installed aa aa Year 4 numeric characters bb bb Month 01 12 cc cc Day 01 31 Action Install the permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO09082 W The temporary license expired Action Enter the permanent license key KAPL09083 W The emergency license expired Action Enter the permanent license key KAPLO9086 W The entered license key is invalid Action Enter a valid license key KAPL09087 E The entered license k
52. click OK To cancel the Offline processing click Cancel KAPL02021 aa aa path s were successfully placed bb bb cc cc path s could not be placed bb bb Details The online offline operation has completed aa aa Number of paths successfully processed decimal number bb bb Online or Offline cc cc Number of failed paths decimal number Action Check the operation log for the Path ID s of the path s that resulted in the online or offline operation error KAPL02022 W A path that cannot be placed in the Online status has been detected PathID aa aa Would you like to continue the Online processing OK Cancel Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details While performing online processing of multiple paths a path that cannot be changed to Online was detected If you want to ignore the path and continue enter y To cancel the operation enter n aa aa Path ID decimal number Action If you wish to continue online processing click the OK button to cancel online processing click the Cancel button For the paths that caused the online processing error correct the error and then re execute the online processing Message ID KAPL02023 W KAPL02026 W Message A path that cannot be placed in the Offline C status has been detected PathlD aa aa Would you like to continue the Offline processing OK Cancel The target path of the aa aa operation could not
53. disabled and you cannot set the trace file size Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 2 12 Setting the Number of Trace Files A trace file in which the number of files can be set is hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 Number of files for Trace allows you to specify the number of trace files You can specify a value between 2 and 64 By default 4 is set The recommended value is 4 If you specify a value smaller than the set value the KAPL11163 W message for confirming the execution appears and trace files are deleted The maximum size of trace information that can be collected in all the trace files with the specified trace file size is 1024000 kilobytes When the HDLM version on the management target host is earlier than 5 6 this item is disabled and you cannot set the number of trace files 3 5 2 13 Reflecting the Environment Settings Click the Apply button The setting contents in the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow are reflected Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 95 3 5 3 Performing Setup by the dinkmgr Command s set Operation Table 3 10 shows the default and recommended values for the HDLM functionalities Table 3 10 Default and Recommended Settings for the HDLM Functionalities Functionality Default Value Recommended valueV Load balance on with the round robin algorithm on The recommended algorithm depends on
54. for details on the Path Management window see section 5 5 1 2 and for details on the Show Path List subwindow see section 5 5 1 3 AutoPATH_ID The ID assigned to a path This ID is re assigned each time the management target host or the HDLM Manager is started You can check this ID by using either the dinkmgr command s view operation the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI or the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI For details on the view operation see section 6 7 for details on the Path Management window see section 5 5 1 2 and for details on the Show Path List subwindow see section 5 5 1 3 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 8 Monitoring Intermittent Errors Auto Failback Used An intermittent error means an error that occurs irregularly because of some reason such as a loose cable connection I O performance might decrease when an intermittent error occurs while automatic failback is used because automatic failback is performed repeatedly To prevent this phenomenon HDLM can automatically remove the path where an intermittent error is occurring from those paths subject to automatic failback This process is called intermittent error monitoring It is recommended that intermittent error monitoring be used along with automatic failback With intermittent error monitoring a path in which an error occurs a specified number of times within a specified interval is determined to have an intermittent error The
55. hdisk111 9200 0010 0007 3 Place the HDLM device dlmfdrvn in a defined state rmdev 1 dlmfdrv6 4 Use the chdev command to change the attributes Execute the following command for each physical volume that was recorded in step 2 chdev 1 hdisk10 a queue_depth 32 a rw_timeout 60 5 Enable the HDLM device dlmfdrvn mkdev 1 dlmfdrv6 6 Activate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryonvg volume group name Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 1 8 Notes on Configuring an HDLM Device This section provides notes on configuring an HDLM device by executing the cfgmgr or dimcfgmgr utility for managing the HDLM configuration 4 1 8 1 Changing the PVID of a Secondary Volume To execute the cfgmgr or dlmcfgmgr utility to configure an HDLM device each corresponding physical volume must have a unique PVID When you use a function such as Shadowlmage to copy a volume on the substorage system the physical volume on the corresponding host can be created under the same PVID If an attempt is made to configure an HDLM device in such a state an error might occur If an error occurs change the PVID of the physical volume that corresponds to the secondary volume and then configure the HDLM device To change the PVID of the physical volume that corresponds to the secondary volume 1 Execute the following command to deactivate the volume group If multiple hosts share
56. iemnum parameters Specify the monitoring interval for an intermittent error in the intvl parameter and the number of times that the error is to occur in the iemnum parameter The system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring if the specified number of times that the error is to occur is reached during the monitoring interval from the time that the monitoring interval starts until the specified interval ends A path that is assumed to have an intermittent error is excluded from automatic failback Intermittent error monitoring starts when the path is recovered from the error by using automatic failback Monitoring is performed on individual paths When these parameters are omitted and 3 or more errors occur within 210 minutes the system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring When a value of 2 or more is specified in number of times the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 99 If this condition is not satisfied a KAPLO1080 W error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the ab
57. lu cp Use this parameter to sort the list of path information in ascending order according to the specified sorting keys The sorting keys are as follows the first sorting key is the name of the storage subsystem DskName the second sorting key is the value that you specify with the srt parameter and the third sorting key is the AutoPATH_ID The values that you can specify for the second sorting key are pn Path name lu LU number of the storage subsystem cp Port number of the channel adapter When the srt parameter is omitted the path information is listed in order of ascending AutoPATH_IDs When you use the srt parameter the items used for the sorting keys DskName AutoPATH_ID and the item specified by this parameter are displayed by default Therefore it is not necessary to specify these items for the item parameter t Does not display the title for each information item Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 267 Table 6 4 Values of the item Parameter for the dinkmgr view path item Command Value of the item Description Parameter None Path ID None Status pn PathName dn DskName lu iLU cp ChaPort type Type ic 10 Counts ie 10 Errors dnu DNum hd HDevName iep IEP Because both PathID and Status are always displayed they do not require any parameters to be specified Parameters to display LU information without sele
58. make sure to perform the operations described in the following sub sections on all hosts that comprise the cluster Important Before installing HDLM you must connect the storage subsystem present a LUN to the server in which you are installing HDLM 3 4 3 1 Stop Applications HDLM manager stops during an update installation so stop any applications that require HDLM manager operations such as a log output operation 3 4 3 2 Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Device 1 Terminate the processes of all applications that are accessing the HDLM management target devices 2 If necessary back up all HDLM management target devices to a medium such as tape 3 Unmount the disks 4 If the HDLM management target devices are mounted unmount them as follows First execute the command below to check the current settings mount p The current settings will be output as shown in Figure 3 5 A 6 rw log 02 12 11 rw log d July Figure 3 5 Execution result example of the mount p command preparations for an update installation of HDLM This example uses HDLM to manage the devices that are shaded in Figure 3 5 Execute the following command to unmount the disk umount mntpt 5 Execute the following command to inactivate the applicable volume group usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 67
59. n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and HDLM GUI log dlmguin 1og n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 Before setting the HDLM Web GUI log see section 3 13 6 File size for Error log allows you to specify the size of error log files in kilobytes You can specify a value between 100 and 2000000 For HDLM GUI logs the valid range of a file size is from 100 to 9900 If you specify a value more than 9901 9900 is applied The specified value is applied for HDLM manager logs When the HDLM version on the management target host is earlier than 5 6 You can specify a value between 100 and 9900 The default and recommended setting is 9900 If each error log file reaches the specified size the information in the old error log file will be replaced with new information By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000 kilobytes approximately 30GB of error logs in total Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 93 3 5 2 10 Setting the Number of Error Log Files There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log HDLM manager logs dlmmgrn 1og n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and HDLM GUI logs dlmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 can be set in the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow For a setting of HDLM Web GUI logs see section 3 13 6 and then take appropriate action Number of files for
60. 10 Setting the Trace File Size The trace file in which a file size can be set is hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The length of a trace file is fixed Thus even if the amount of the written trace information is less than the set file size the file size for each output trace file is always fixed The following is an example command to set the trace file size opt DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set systfs 2000 In this case the trace file size is set to 2000 You set the trace file size in kilobytes and you can specify a value between 100 and 16000 The default is 1000 The recommended value is 1000 If you specify a value smaller than the set value the KAPLO1097 W message for confirming the execution appears and trace files are deleted When all the trace files reach the specified size the oldest trace file is wrapped around to allow new trace information to overwrite old information The maximum size of trace information that can be collected in the specified number of trace files is 1024000 kilobytes You can check the value of the trace file size by displaying information about HDLM settings using the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details on the view operation see section 6 7 3 5 3 11 Setting the Number of Trace Files A trace file in which the number of files can be set is hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The following is an example command to set the number
61. 260 The following shows the sub parameters to specify the error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine that an intermittent error is occurring intvl error monitoring interval Specify the monitoring interval for an intermittent error in minutes Use a value from 1 to 1440 The default is 30 During intermittent error monitoring if changes are made in the settings of the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that an error is to occur the error count and the elapsed time measured since monitoring starts are set to 0 and monitoring starts by using the new settings Outside the duration of intermittent error monitoring if changes are made in the settings of the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that an error is to occur the new settings take effect after the next time automatic failback succeeds Because the errors and elapsed time are not counted or measured while intermittent errors are not monitored those values do not change The monitoring interval specified in this parameter is stored even though specifying iem off disables intermittent error monitoring Therefore when you re enable intermittent error monitoring and the monitoring interval is not specified error monitoring will be executed for the stored monitoring interval iemnum number of times error is to occur Specify the number of times the error is
62. 4 displays the detailed configuration information for the paths managed by HDLM The view frame for the Path List tab of the Path Management window see section 4 2 4 5 displays the detailed path information for the paths managed by HDLM The Refresh button refreshes the information displayed on the Path Management window The Options button opens the Options window see section 4 2 4 6 which displays and allows you to change the HDLM environment settings basic and error management functions The Help button opens the Help window which displays the online version of this manual The Exit button closes the Path Management window and exits the GUI see section 4 2 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 165 4 2 4 2 Host Tree Frame of the Path Management Window The host tree frame of the Path Management window see Figure 4 2 allows you to specify the range of path information to be displayed in the view frame of the Path Management window yl host Tere 3 0001 3 0002 3 0003 3 0004 3 0005 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 3 0001 3 0002 3 0003 Wi HITACHI 9970 9980 03A97 GA 0001 SA 0002 SA 0003 Eh HITACHI 9970 9980 03A99 eM 0001 gm 0002 gA 0003 Figure 4 2 Host Tree Frame of the Path Management Window 166 Chapter4 Working with the Graphical User Interface Host The tree frame displays an icon not selectable that indicates the current host When the Path Managem
63. 4 1 displays detailed HDLM configuration and path information for the current management target host and provides access to all HDLM operations The Path Management window can be accessed from either the management target host or a HiCommand Device Manager Web Client system For instructions on opening the Path Management window from the management target host or from the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client system see section 4 3 7 2 Note You can open up to four Path Management windows at one time which enables you to display information for up to four management target hosts concurrently on the Device Manager Web Client system 164 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface DLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Configuration Managed object lem HITACHI 9200 0123 Type v Owner path v Non owner path Status WZ vi eo HITACHI 9200 0123 oa HITACHI 9910 996 0 03495 of HITACHI 9970 998 0 03497 E HITACHI 9970 9980 03A99 Subsystem HITACHI 9200 0123 Figure 4 1 Path Management Window The host tree frame of the Path Management window see section 4 2 4 2 allows you to specify the range of path information to be displayed in the view frame The function bar of the Path Management window see section 4 2 4 3 allows you to select the paths to be displayed in the view frame and perform path operations The view frame for the Configuration tab of the Path Management window see section 4 2 4
64. 4 3 3 Exiting the HDLM Web GUI This section explains how to close a HDLM Web GUI window The two ways to close a HDLM Web GUI window are by logging out and quitting all programs and by quitting only the HDLM Web GUI without logging out To log out and quit all programs In the menu bar frame click Log Out The HDLM Web GUI quits All other programs that have been started from the Device Manager main console also quit To quit without logging out In the menu bar frame click Close Or close the browser window The HDLM Web GUI quits Any other programs that have been started from the Device Manager main console remain active Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 189 4 3 4 Executable Operations in the HDLM Web GUI When HDLM is linked with Device Manager and you operate the HDLM Web GUI from a Device Manager client executable operations differ depending on the Device Manager login privileges shown in Table 4 10 For details on the login privileges see the HiCommand Device Manager Server Installation and Configuration Guide MK 91HC002 Table 4 10 Executable Operations Device Manager Login Privileges Executable Operation s in the HDLM Web GUI System Administrator Refreshing the display Storage Administrator Changing the HDLM operating environment Local System Administrator Starting the Help window Local Storage Administrator Performing online operations Performing offline operations
65. 8 1 8 1 1 8 1 2 312 Error Information Checking You can use the following information to check for an error a Information collected by the error information collection utility DLMgetras a Information displayed in the Path List view of the HDLM GUI a Information displayed by the dinkmgr view command and or a Messages that are output when an error occurs Information collected by the error information collection utility DLMgetras Immediately after an error occurs execute the error information collection utility DLMgetras since restarting the machine may delete information collected by DLMgetras Note When you use a Device Manager client to display the Path Management window and operate HDLM error information is output to a folder in the Device Manager client the folder specified in J avaWebStart These log files are not collected by the DLMgetras utility If an error occurs ensure that you collect the log files output to the Device Manager client as well as the error information collected by the DLMgetras utility Information Displayed in the Path List View You can use the Path List view to check for error information see section 4 2 4 5 Note If an error occurs make sure to collect the log files output to the Device Manager client as well as the error information collected by the DLMgetras utility When a path error occurs the items that you need to check are a Status The Offline E status indicates tha
66. 92DLM111 1P MK 92DLM1 11 1 MK 92DLM1 11 2 MK 92DLM111 3 MK 92DLM1 11 4 MK 92DLM111 05 MK 92DLM1 11 06 MK 92DLM1 11 07 Date February 2002 March 2002 July 2002 July 2002 September 2002 October 2002 April 2003 October 2003 February 2004 August 2004 September 2004 June 2005 Source Document for this Revision Description Preliminary Release Revision 1 of Prelim Release supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 P Prelim Release of Rev 0 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 P1 Revision 0 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 0P Revision 1P supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 0 Revision 1 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 1P0 Revision 2 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM1 11 1 Revision 3 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM1 11 2 Revision 4 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 3 Revision 5 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 4 Revision 6 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 05 Revision 7 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM1 11 06 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide MK 92DLM111 06 TI document TI_Rev_Com MK 92DLM111 XX a Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User s Guide Manual number 3000 3 926 40E Preface Changes in this Revision m Added New section 2 1 Devices Managed by HDLM Updated Chapter 3 completely Added Important Notes to Chapter 4 see section 4 1 ms Added new utilities Utility for setting the HDLM execution environment see section 7 3 Utility for ch
67. ADEM paa cceme oe seis aa EA Se ae Paiva OS teenies 144 3 14 1 Overview of HDLM Uninstallation 0 cece cece 144 3 14 2 Uninstalling the HDLM Web GUI nccc 144 3 14 3 Preparations for HDLM Uninstallation cceeccee eee e eee eee ee eee eaes 146 3 14 4 Uninstalling HDLM oo tenet neta 146 3 14 5 Uninstalling the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 147 3 14 6 Uninstalling Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib 148 3 14 7 Deleting the HACMP SettingS 0 cece eect e eee teed 149 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 3 15 Deleting the GPFS RVSD Settings cece ee cece e teeters 151 3 16 Deleting the VCS Settings arinen eiie aii cece eee eter eee nee nae tate e eee 151 Working with the Graphical User Interface c ssssssssesssssessesessessenseseesteaneneseeensensnesenes 153 4 1 Important Notes on Using HDLM 0 cece cece eee eee t een eas 154 4 1 1 Displaying Path Information cecce 154 A 1 2 Detecting Path Errors rieni ae rs GaN aka NE EE EREE ee 154 A 1 3 Storage Subsystem ieni a a aE aad Se eA Oa 154 4 1 4 Canceling Reservation Normal Host cccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 154 4 1 5 Canceling Reservation Erroneous HOSt ccecceeeeeeteeeeeseeeeeeeenees 154 4 1 6 Error Checking For Physical Volume hdisk Specification Operations 155 4 1 7 Changing the attributes of HDLM management target devices 157 4 1 8
68. API trace error information Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL03008 E KAPL03999 E An error occurred during log input to the HDLM alert driver aa aa An unexpected error occurred Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa API trace error information Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Details A conflict occurred in the versions of the modules that HDLM uses internally Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Table 9 7 HDLM Manager Messages Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL04001 I HDLM manager started Details HDLM manager has started successfully Action None KAPL04002 E Could not start the HDLM manager Details HDLM manager failed to start because the environment is incorrect for the manager to run properly Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance
69. Action Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04023 E HDLM manager error information aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa HDLM manager trace error information Action Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04024 C A critical error occurred in the HDLM manager aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa HDLM manager trace error information Action Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04025 C A memory shortage occurred in the HDLM manager Details Sufficient memory to process the HDLM manager could not be obtained Action Increase the amount of memory available for the process KAPL04026 The temporary license is valid The license expires in aa aa days on bb bb Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The temporary license is valid aa aa Expiration day bb bb Year 4 numeric characters Month 01 12 Day
70. Action If you want to continue the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel KAPL02200 GUI information aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa Trace information Character string Action None Table 9 5 HDLM Web GUI Messages Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL11001 I HDLM Web GUI will now start User ID aa aa Details Initialization completed normally and HDLM Web GUI will start aa aa User ID Action None KAPL11002 E An authentication error occurred HDLM Web Details GUI cannot start Details aa aa During HDLM Web GUI startup an authentication error occurred aa aa One of the following causes of the authentication error Authentication failed Expired authentication information The format of the authentication information is invalid Unexpected error Action Log in to Device Manager again and restart HDLM Web GUI If the error occurs repeatedly execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL11003 E An attempt to connect the authentication server Details has failed HDLM Web GUI cannot start During HDLM Web GUI startup connection to the authentication server failed Actio
71. Clearing data Outputting information to a CSV file Guest Refreshing the display Local Guest Starting the Help window Outputting information to a CSV file The operations that can be executed in the HDLM Web GUI differ depending on which permissions have been specified for operating the HDLM Web GUI For details on how to set HDLM Web GUI operating permissions see section 3 13 5 When the HDLM Web GUI starts which icon is selected in the tree frame differs depending on the LDEV selected in the Host View Table 4 11 describes the icons selected in the tree frame when the HDLM Web GUI starts Table 4 11 Icons Selected in Tree Frame LDEV Selection from the Host Level of the Host View Device Manager Main Window No LDEV is selected Multiple LDEVs are selected Icon Selected in the Tree Frame when the HDLM Web GUI Starts The storage subsystem that is one level lower than the host level One LDEV is selected The LU corresponding to the selected LDEV Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 3 4 1 Specifying a host To specify a host 1 Click on a host name in the navigation frame of the Device Manager main window In the information frame the Device Manager s Show Properties subwindow appears 2 Click the Dynamic Link Manager button The HDLM Web GUI window opens the host that you selected on the Device Manager s Show Properties subwindow is selected 4 3 4 2 Specifyin
72. Client see section 5 3 a For details on the remote operation of the HDLM Web GUI from the HiCommand Device Manager Client see section 5 4 a For details on installing the HDLM Web GUI in a Device Manager server when linking with Device Manager and on creating an environment after the installation see section 3 4 1 For details on how to uninstall the HDLM Web GUI see 3 14 2 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 49 2 13 Login Information and Performing Device Manager Operations 50 When HDLM is linked with Device Manager and you operate the Show Path List subwindow on a Device Manager client executable operations differ depending on the HDLM version and depending on the Device Manager login privileges shown in Table 2 11 Table 2 13 Operations Executable on the Show Path List Subwindow guest granting Guest privileges only HDLM HDLM Web GUI Operating Privileges Device Manager Login Operations Executable on the Show Version Note Privileges Path List Subwindow 5 2 Not Applicable System Administrator Refreshing the display Storage Administrator Changing the HDLM operating Local System environment Administrator Starting the Help window Local Storage Performing online operations Administrator Performing offline operations Clearing data Outputting information to a CSV file Guest Refreshing the display Local Guest Starting the Help window Outputting info
73. Displays the format of the issued command Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities Note DLMgetras compresses files other than the OS crash dump and directories and saves them to the getras tar Z file in the specified directory Note If the specified output directory already exists a message confirming the overwrite of the directories and files is displayed If you enter y the file is overwritten If you enter n the utility is terminated without being executed Note If you create an archive for the system crash dump collected by the DLMgetras utility execute the following cd directory to which collected information is output tar cvfh archive file name var Table 7 1 Error Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility Directory File Description Directly under the directory to which getras log Log file generated when DLMgetras is collected information is output executed ust DynamicLinkManager drv dimfdrv conf conf file of the HDLM filter driver opt Hitachi Hamon etc sysdef File to define HA monitor environment servers File to define HA monitor server Nar DynamicLinkManager log dimmgr log 1 2 dimmgr1 log dimmgr2 log dimmgr 1 16 log HDLM manager log file driver logs are included dlmcfgmgr1 log dlmcfgmgr2 log Error information pertaining to dlmefgmgr utility execution dlmgui log 1 2 dimgui1 log dimgui2 log dimwebagent 1 N log Log files of HD
74. Error Occurs in the Path eceeeeee ee 36 Figure 2 11 Action When an Intermittent Error Does Not Occur in the Path 37 Figure 2 12 Action When the Conditions for the Intermittent Error are Changed During Error MOnIEOKING vc3 eves dee cost e el oder beech eee 38 Figure 2 13 Error Management 6c cece teeta 42 Figure 2 14 System Configuration Example for Linking with Device Manager 4 48 Figure 3 1 Flow of HDLM Environment Setup ccceceeeee eee ee ee eeee eee eeeeeaeeeeaees 52 Figure 3 2 Execution Result Example of the mount p Command Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM cccc cece cc cccce eee eeeeee steve seeeeneneeeeanneeeeaes 56 Figure 3 3 Example of system configuration cece cece ee eect teenies 62 Figure 3 4 Example of system configuration after HDLM device configuration 64 Figure 3 5 Execution result example of the mount p command preparations for an update installation Of HDLM cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeatesateeateseeeenneenees 67 Figure 3 6 Options Window vii s c 5s boii eine ete es A ce a 79 Figure 3 7 Show HDLM Environment Settings SUDWINdOW 0c cece cette eee e eens 88 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide xiii xiv Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 4 7 F
75. Execute the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups We recommend that you execute the utility from the SMIT window Enter the following command to execute the command of the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmmkvg s 32 y HDLM volume group name HDLM device s logical device file name for physical volume To check the correspondence between a physical volume hdiskn and the logical device file name of a HDLM device execute the dlnkmgr command s view drv operation To see the correspondence between a physical volume and an LU check lun_id displayed by the command lsattr E1 physical volume name In the following example the command creates the volume group dlmvg01 using dlmfdrv0o usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmmkvg s 32 y dlmvg01 dlmfdrvo 2 Create a file system Execute the following command to create a file system crfs v jfs g volume group name a size block size of file system m mount point In the following example the command creates a file system whose size is 8192000 blocks for the volume group dlmvg01 at the mount point tmp dlmvg01 crfs v jfs g dlmvg01 a size 8192000 m tmp dlmvg01 3 Execute the following command to release the mount point If you have performed step 1 and 2 skip this step umount mount point 4 To enable the volume group in HDLM execute the following commands of the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups The commands deacti
76. GUI startup processing Details The version of JRE required by HDLMGUI has not been installed Action Install the JRE required by HDLM GUI by referring to the User s Guide and then start HDLM GUI You can make sure of existence of JRE by checking if your computer has usr java131 bin java directory Details The path information could not be acquired because the configuration of paths was changed during HDLM GUI startup processing Action Click Refresh after you confirm the reconfiguration of the path is not done KAPL02062 E The getting PathInformation has been stopped because the path configuration was changed during HDLM GUI startup processing Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The information of the path could not be acquired because the configuration of paths was changed during the processing of the Refresh operation Action Click Refresh after you confirm the reconfiguration of the path is not done Message ID KAPL02063 W Message The version number cannot be displayed Recommended Action Details The version number couldn t be acquired because it failed in reading of a parameter file to start HDLM GUI Action The version number cannot be displayed but the operation of HDLM GUI can execute If you want to display the version number install the HDLM again KAPL02064 W The getting PathInformation has been stopped because the path configuration was change
77. HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0003 Owner 205124 000032 10 00 0000 HITACHI9970 998 OPEN 3 0003 Owner 208364 000033 09 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 398 OPEN 3 0003 205750 000034 05 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0003 Owner 207334 e ococ oO 8 89 OO Oo ee me ee Vin Now NES NG NES Nee oo o o Figure 4 6 Path List View Note You can select a continuous group of lines in the Path List view by dragging your mouse over the lines or by clicking lines while pressing the Shift key You can select lines throughout the list by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key Chapter4 Working with the Graphical User Interface Table 4 5 Path Information on the Path List View Column Header Description Status This column displays the path status J Online 9 Offine C 444 Ottine E fh Online E an intermittent error occurs this icon flashes The icon lights for 3 seconds and then goes out for 0 2 seconds repeatedly Path ID This column displays the AutoPATH_ID as a decimal number Path Name This column displays the path name A path name consists of the following four items separated by periods HBA number bus number target ID and serial number Subsystem This column displays the name of the storage subsystem to which the path is connected A storage subsystem name consists of the following three items separated by periods vendor ID e g HITACHI product ID e g 9200 and serial number
78. Installation of HDLM 60 To install HDLM use one of the following procedures Use the smit command a standard AIX command or the installp command You can also copy the contents of the HDLM CD ROM to a desired directory and then perform installation from that directory a Usethe utility for HDIM installation configuration support This utility sets the HDLM functionality by using the set operation and dlmodmset utility at the time of HDLM installation For details about the installation procedure using the dlmsetup utility see section 3 4 5 Important Before installing HDLM you must connect the storage subsystem present a LUN to the server in which you are installing HDLM When using HDLM in a cluster configuration install HDLM on all of the hosts that comprise the cluster The following describes how to install HDLM using the installp command Before installing HDLM make sure that you have a license key available Note You can install HDLM on a virtual I O server A virtual I O server is a system that enables multiple client logical partitions to share one resource To use a virtual I O server see your virtual I O server manual to log in to AIX Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment To perform a new installation of HDLM 1 Log in to AIX as the root user If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server manual to log in to AIX Prepare the license key file Store the license key
79. Kernel parameter value Directory File Description Isps a txt Swap area usage of swap genkex txt Information of loaded drivers alog txt System diagnosis message dimmgr lu txt HDLM LU information dimmgr lu all txt HDLM LU information including the number of times an intermittent error occurred dimmgr path txt Path information of HDLM dimmgr path iem txt HDLM path information including the number of times an intermittent error occurred dimmgr sys txt System setting information of HDLM dlmpr k txt Persistent reservation key information Maintenance Level txt Config_Rules txt Maintenance level of information displayed when instfix i grep ML was executed t Information of Object Database Manager PdAt txt Information of Object Database Manager PdDv ixt Information of Object Database Manager CuAt txt Information of Object Database Manager CuDv txt Information of Object Database Manager CuDvDr txt Information of Object Database Manager CuVPD txt Information of Object Database Manager unix UNIX file HDLMDrvConf txt ODM for defining HDLM operations iotool txt Driver information uname a txt Information on the AIX version bootinfo txt Information on the operation mode of the kernel 32 64 bit and multi CPU support ps ef txt Information on the executing process Ispv txt Physical volume informatio
80. Manager Agent has started If it has not started start and then restart HDLM Web GUI KAPL11012 E Cannot start HDLM Web GUI due to insufficient memory on the management target host Host aa aa Details During HDLM Web GUI startup the memory required for processing on the management target host could not be allocated aa aa Host name selected in the HDvM host management window Action Terminate unnecessary applications on the management target host to increase the amount of free memory or restart the host Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 355 356 Message ID KAPL11013 E Message An error occurred during internal processing on the management target host HDLM Web GUI cannot start Host aa aa Details bb bb Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Recommended Action Details During HDLM Web GUI startup an error that might not have been caused by a user operation occurred in processing on the management target host aa aa Host name selected in the HDvM host management window bb bb One of the following failed API names JHSPGetOption JHSPSetOption JHSPOnlinePath JHSPOfflinePath JHSPGetPathBy JHSPClearStatistics JHSPGetManagerStatus JHSPGetDriverStatus JHSPGetADriverStatus JHSPGetClusterService Action Collect the error information on the server and the management target host and t
81. Manager HDLM Alert Driver and HDLM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly If you are not using a virtual I O server you can skip steps 15 to 17 After installation finishes check the path configuration according to the procedure described in section 3 7 If you are using a virtual I O server define the HDLM device as a virtual target device Execute the following command on the virtual I O server when creating the HDLM device as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev dlmfdrvn vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name Execute the following command on the virtual I O server when creating the logical volume as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device cfgmgr Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm that the physical volume hdiskn is recognized If the following message is displayed then the command was executed without any problems lsdev Cc disk hdisk1l Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive After you complete installation check the path information according to the procedure described in section 3 7 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 4 3 Preparations for an Update Installation of HDLM Make necessary preparations such as backing up the HDLM management target devices When using HDLM in a cluster configuration
82. Message ID KAPL11905 E KAPL11906 Message An unexpected error occurred GUI information aa aa Recommended Action Details An exception occurred during processing in the management target host Action Collect the error information on the server and the management target host and contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute DLMgetras Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa Trace information Character string Action None KAPL11907 XML reception aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa XML information Character string Action None KAPL11908 XML transmission aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa XML information Character string Action None Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Table 9 6 Message ID KAPL03001 HDLM API Messages Message HDLM API information aa aa Recommended Action Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa Trace information Action None KAPL03003 E HDLM API Error informa
83. Notes on Configuring an HDLM Device 00 cc eee ce eee ee eee e eee eee 159 4 1 9 Physical Volume and HDLM Device In a Defined State 161 4 2 Working with the HDLM GUI WiINdOWS ccc cece teeta 162 4 2 1 Notes on Operating HDLM GUI WindOWS ccceeece cene 162 4 2 2 Launching the HDLM GUI cece eee nett tenets 163 4 2 3 Exiting the HDLM GUI 0 eect nett eee eae teeta eee 163 4 2 4 Operating the HDLM GUI WindoWS ccee cee 164 4 2 5 Viewing or Changing the Operating Environment cceeeeee eee 184 4 2 6 Using the HDLM GUI Windows to Perform the Same Operations as HDLM COMIMANGS js4 Bates cle eae sa wanes sae atons acetate oa ree 184 4 3 Working with the HDLM Web GUI Windows cceceec eect teen eee teens 185 4 3 1 Notes on the HDLM Web GUL ccecce 185 4 3 2 Launching the HDLM Web GUI cece eee 186 4 3 3 Exiting the HDLM Web GUI cece ce eee ene 189 4 3 4 Executable Operations in the HDLM Web GUI cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeas 190 4 3 5 Viewing HDLM Web GUI Version Information cccceeee eee eea 192 4 3 6 Operating the HDLM Web GUI WindowWS cc cceec cece eee teeta eee 193 4 3 7 About the Subwindows that are Displayed cecceecee cece nent ee eee 195 Operating HDM siccccidesssuiass ctacssanpuesaantaneststanscded dates asndnsssdesccedstesinautoadstaccidaiiedtsadscsntatannndsd 205 5 1 HDLM Usage Prec
84. Parameter name cc cc Parameter value aa aa Parameter name dd dd view set Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter and parameter value and then retry KAPL01060 The user terminated the operation Operation name aa aa Details The command processing will be aborted because n was entered in reply to the acknowledgment aa aa online offline set clear Action None KAPL01061 I aa aa path s were successfully placed bb bb cc cc path s were not Operation name dd dd Details This message indicates the number of the paths processed in the online offline operation aa aa Number of paths where online offline operation is successful decimal number bb bb Online or Offline C cc cc Number of paths where online offlineis unsuccessful decimal number dd dd online offline Action None KAPL01063 I KAPL01068 The target path s are already aa aa Enter a license key Details As a result of executing the online offline operation the specified path is already placed Online Offline C aa aa Online or Offline C Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the status of the path Details The license key will now be renewed Enter a license key Action None Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 335 336
85. Product Description Model name of the storage subsystem Serial number Serial number of the storage subsystem LUs Total number of LUs managed by HDLM among the LUs in the storage subsystem iLU LU number in the storage subsystem HDevName In AIX the logical device file name of the HDLM device dlmfdrvn where n is the driver s instance number is displayed Device Physical volume name that corresponds to each instance of an HDLM driver PathID AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number Status Status of the path Online Online Offline C Placed offline by using the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI by using the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI or by a command Offline E Offline due to an error Online E Failure has occurred If none of the paths accessing a device is in the Online status one of the paths is changed to the Online E status Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 281 282 Figure 6 29 Displaying Abbreviated LU Information Table 6 15 Device Information using Host LUs as a Sorting Key and Displaying a Summary Item Description Product Model name of the storage subsystem S N Serial number of the storage subsystem VG Volume group name LUs Total number of LUs managed by HDLM among the LUs in the storage subsystem iLU LU number in the storage subsystem HDevName In AIX the logica
86. SCSI cables The cable port on the host is a host bus adapter HBA The cable port on the storage subsystem is a port P on a channel adapter CHA A logical unit LU contained in a storage subsystem is the target of input to or output from the host An area in an LU is called a Dev A route that connects a host and a Dev in an LU is called a path HDLM manages a path by assigning an ID to it This ID is called the AutoPATH_ID A path may also be called a management target Figure 2 1 shows the HDLM system configuration Table 2 1 describes the HDLM system components Storage subsystem Legend Fiber cable or SCSI cable Path Physical path Figure 2 1 HDLM System Configuration Table 2 1 HDLM System Components Component Description HBA A host bus adapter This serves as a cable port on the host All HBAs on the host must be the same type SAN A dedicated network that is used for data transfer between the host machine and storage subsystems CHA A channel adapter P A port on a channel adapter This serves as a cable port on a storage subsystem LU A logical unit a logical volume defined on the storage subsystem This serves as the target of input or output operations from the host Dev An area in an LU Path A route that connects a host and a Dev Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 13 2 3 LU Configuration When you install HDLM the LU c
87. Systems User s Guide 351 352 Message ID KAPL02077 W KAPL02078 Message An attempt to acquire the Service Pack version information failed Details aa aa The Help window has started Browser aa aa Recommended Action Details The Service Pack version information could not be acquired correctly aa aa Code showing reason for error Action Re execute If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Details The Help window started normally aa aa Netscape Mozilla Action None KAPL02079 W An attempt to start the Help window has failed Browser aa aa Details An attempt to start the Help window has failed because the browser could not be started aa aa Netscape Mozilla Action Confirm that Netscape or Mozilla have been installed If they have been installed confirm that the PATH environment variables for Netscape or Mozilla have been set KAPL02080 W All the current trace files will be deleted Is this OK OK Cancel Details If you set a value less than the current value of the trace file size or number of trace files all the current trace files will be deleted To continue the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel
88. The following diagram shows what you should define in the dlmfdrv unconf file Contents in the dimfdrv unconf file hdiskS hdisk7 To specify that only LU1 s physical volumes hdisk5 and hdisk7 be used by HDLM In the dlmfdrv unconf file define hdisk4 and Y which do not use LU1 that is y is not Y The following diagram shows what you should define in the yfile Contents in the dimfdrv unconf file hdisk4 hdisk6 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 63 9 Execute the dlmcfgmgr utility to configure the HDLM devices usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr If you do not create the dlmfdrv unconf file the HDLM driver and HDLM alert driver are loaded into the running kernel according to the information for physical volumes managed by AIX If you specify the physical volumes to be excluded from the HDLM management target in the dlmfdrv unconf file the HDLM driver and HDLM alert driver are loaded into the running kernel according to the definition of the dlmfdrv unconf file specified in step 8 and the physical volume information in AIX For an example of a system configuration when HDLM devices are configured using only LU1 s physical volumes hdisk5 and hdisk7 with the configuration shown in Figure 3 3 see Figure 3 4 Host HDLM device CHUD dimfdrv0 p hdisk7 c e gt E l t hdisk4 hdisk6 hdisk7 S C S LOCO EA Cee oe hdisk4 hdisk6 hdisk5 hdisk7 Storage
89. Total number of times path I O occurred decimal O Errors Total number of path I O errors decimal Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 313 8 1 3 Information Displayed by the dinkmgr view Command You can use the dinkmgr command together with the view operation to check for error information For example specify path parameter of the view operation to display the path information Figure 8 1 shows an example of the results of executing the dinkmgr command s view operation gt dinkmer view path hdev f Paths 000002 OnlinePaths 000002 PathStatus O Count 10 Errors Online 1486 0 PathiD PathName DskName iLU ChaPort Status Type 1O Count IO Errors DNum HDevName 427 0 OF 000000 0004 0001 0000000000000000 0001 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0005 0A Online Own 000003 0005 0001 000000000000007A 0001 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0005 1A Online Non 59 0 OF KAPLO1001 I HDLM command completed successfully Operation name view gt Figure 8 1 Result of Executing the View Operation with the path Parameter Note a lf an error occurs make sure to collect the log files output to the Device Manager client as well as the error information collected by the DLMgetras utility a Equipment that is not mounted is also displayed when the hdev parameter is not used Check the following items in the display for path errors a PathlID ID that HDLM assigned to the path at system startup also called AutoPATH_ID a
90. Using iLUs as a Sorting Key and Selecting the Items to be Displayed 286 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view lu c Product S N LUs iLU HDevName Paths OnlinePaths USP 0014010 10 003A dlmfdrvo 2 2 003B dlmfdrv1 2 2 003C dlmfdrv2 2 2 003D dlmfdrv3 2 2 003E dlmfdrv4 2 2 003F dlmfdrv5 2 2 0040 dlmfdrv6 2 2 0041 dlmfdrv7 2 2 0042 dlmfdrv8 2 2 0043 dlmfdrv9 2 2 KAPL01001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 33 Example Showing How to Display a Summary of the LU Information Without Selecting Items to be Displayed Figure 6 34 Example Showing How to Display a Summary of the LU Information by Selecting Items to be Displayed Table 6 17 describes the items that can be selected by using the lu c item parameter Table 6 17 Items that can be selected with the lu c item parameter Item Description SLPR The number of the SLPR to which the LU belongs indicated by a decimal number from 0 to 31 A hyphen is displayed if the storage logical partition functionality for the storage subsystem for the target LU is not supported VG The name of a volume group to which an LU is registered A hyphen is displayed if no LU is registered to the volume group Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 287 288 Table 6 1
91. Windows and Solaris versions Table 3 23 Output Destinations of Operation Logs and Trace Logs on the Device Manager Server Log Windows Solaris Trace for each instal lation folder 1og var opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI 1log process dlmservlet 1 NNote2 log dimservlet 1 wNoete2 log Integrated traces HNTRLib2 installation var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2 folder spool hntr2 1 16 log 1 16 log Note 1 installation folder is the folder you specified when you installed HDLM Web GUI Note 2 The value of n depends on a setting in the dlmservlet properties file The default value is 8 3 13 7 2 Management Target Host Operation logs and trace logs are output to the following files Output destination of trace logs by process var DynamicLinkManager 1log dlmwebagent 1 N log The value of n depends on a setting in the dlmservlet properties file The default value is 2 Output destination of composite logs var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 143 3 14 Uninstalling HDLM This section explains how to return the HDLM environment to the way it was before HDLM was installed and describes each step of the process 3 14 1 Overview of HDLM Uninstallation Return the HDLM environment to the way it was before HDLM was installed by following the flow shown below in Fi
92. adapter port Before you execute the offline operation to place offline all paths connected to a specific HBA port or channel adapter port we recommend that you use the following command and verify the information on the target paths Example 1 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all paths that pass through the HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 04 and bus number is O1 dlnkmgr view path grep 04 01 The above command will display information on all the paths that pass through the specified HBA port Example 2 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all paths that pass through the channel adapter port OA of the Thunder 9500V Series product identifier DF600F The following commands differentiate upper and lower case dlnkmgr view path grep DF600F grep 0A The following commands do not differentiate upper and lower case dlnkmgr view path grep i df600f grep i 0a The above commands will display information pertaining to only those paths that pass through the specified channel adapter port Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command 6 5 online Operation Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online path hba HBA adapter number bus number cha pathid AutoPATH_ID pathid AutoPATH_ID s Description The online operation together with the dinkmgr command places offline paths online You can specify the path
93. adapter ports that are actually connected are usually displayed as active However if a Type or Status checkbox specifies that a connected path is not to be displayed the channel adapter port button for that path is inactive When you select a channel adapter port button all paths connected to the selected channel adapter port are highlighted Expand button and Minimize button For the USP subsystem these buttons switch the mode for displaying the CHA ports of each CHA The Expand button appears when the CHA ports are displayed in the minimized mode When you click this button it changes to the Minimize button and all the CHA port numbers belonging to the selected CHA appear When you place the mouse pointer on the Expand button Expand is displayed in the tool tip The Minimize button appears when the CHA ports are displayed in the expanded mode When you click this button it changes to the Expand button and one CHA port number that integrates all the CHA ports belonging to the selected CHA appears When you place the mouse pointer on the Minimize button Minimize is displayed in the tool tip When there is already a CHA port in the expanded mode and you switch another CHA port to the expanded mode the first CHA port in the expanded mode is switched to the minimized mode Only one CHA can be in the expanded mode The Expand or Minimize button is always active whether or not the path connected to the CHA is displayed Cha
94. analyze the cause of the error For further information on the HDLM log files see section 5 7 1 Table 2 8 describes the different logs Table 2 8 Log Descriptions Log Name Description Output Destination Integrated Operation logs of the HDLM command The default file path is trace file and GUI are collected var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2 1 16 log To specify the output destination directory and the file prefix for the integrated trace file use a utility of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 Trace Files Trace information on the HDLM The trace file name is manager is collected for the level set var DynamicLinkManager log hdlmtr 1 64 log by the user If an error occurs you might need to change the settings to collect trace information Error log Error information for the user defined HDLM Manager logs level is collected from detected errors ne L l0og dl 16 1 By default HDLM collects all detected vat Dynami See ere dlior 1 161109 error information HDLM GUI logs var DynamicLinkManager log dlmgui 1 2 log HDLM Web GUI logs var DynamicLinkManager log dlmwebagent 1 N log The value n depends on the setting in the file dlmwebagent properties Syslog The HDLM messages on or above the Syslog is not output by default level set by the user with lected To output syslog The syslog file path is specified in the file etc syslog conf are collected etc syslog con For details see
95. and then retry KAPLO1023 W The last Online path for the device cannot be placed Offline C Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The path specified in the offline operation cannot be placed in the Offline C status because it is the last path for the applicable logical unit Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the status of the path For details on the view operation see section 6 7 Message ID KAPLO1024 W Message The specified parameters cannot be specified at the same time Operation name aa aa parameters bb bb Recommended Action Details The specified parameters cannot be specified at the same time aa aa offline online set view bb bb Parameters cannot be specified at the same time Action Execute help operat ion name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter that can be specified and then retry For details on the help operation see section 6 3 KAPL01036 E KAPLO1039 W The Offline path cannot be placed online PathID aa aa During the online operation processing of the HDLM command a path that cannot be placed in the Online status was detected PathID aa aa Would you like to continue the processing of the online operation y n Details The path could not be recovered aa aa Path ID decimal number Action Remove the error in the path and then retry Details A path that cannot be pl
96. attempt to re create an option definition file usr DynamicLinkManager con f ig dlmmgr xm1 using the default values has failed Action Remove unnecessary files to secure free space on the file system or check the write permissions for the directory and file Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 389 390 Message ID KAPL04035 Message The path health check will now start Total number of paths aa aa Recommended Action Details The path health check will now start aa aa Total number of paths Action None KAPL04036 The path health check for the path aa aa was executed Number of error paths bb bb Details The path health check has completed normally aa aa Number of paths targeted for the path health check bb bb Number of error paths by the path health check Action None KAPL04037 The path health check completed normally Path ID aa aa Details There were no error paths as a result of executing the path health check aa aa PathID for executing the path health check Action None Note When you reinstall HDLM default values are assigned to the function settings in the Options window If needed reset these values according to your preference Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Table 9 8 Message ID KAPL05003 HDLM Driver Filter Component Messages Message The HDLM driver fil
97. changed from 3 or more errors in 30 minutes to 3 or more errors in 40 minutes The events occurring in one path are written on the time arrow Changes the conditions for the intermittent errors Resets the number of errors and the time that has passed since the error monitor started at 0 Stop monitoring Start monitoring Time AFB First AFB First AFB Second AFB time time time Da er Y 40 minutes 30 minutes Legend AFB Indicates where the path was changed from error status to online status by automatic failback This includes online operation performed by a user Figure 2 12 Action When the Conditions for the Intermittent Error are Changed During Error Monitoring Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 8 4 When User Operations Change the Intermittent Error Information The following might be reset when the user changes the values set for an intermittent error or the path status the number of errors that are counted during error monitoring the time that has passed since error monitoring started and the information about whether an intermittent error occurs the path has been removed from those paths subject to automatic failback Table 2 7 shows whether the above items are reset If you want to check whether intermittent error monitoring is being performed for the path check the IEP item displayed when the dinkmgr command s view path operation is executed with the iem parameter the Intermittent Error Path
98. check the path information use the dlnkmgr command s view operation or use the Path List view in the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI or the Show Path List subwindow in the information frame of the HDLM Web GUI For details about the view operation see section 6 7 3 7 1 Checking Path Information Using the dinkmgr Command s View Operation The following describes how to check path information 1 Execute the HDLM command s view operation specifying the path and drv parameters to output path information For details about the view operation see section 6 7 Execute the following commands usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path gt pathinfol txt usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv gt pathinfo2 txt In the above pathinfol txt and pathinfo2 txt are the names of the files to which the execution results are redirected You can change this name according to the situation The above command outputs the information about all paths For details about the output items using the view operation see section 6 7 Open the redirect files pathinfol txt and pathinfo2 txt in Step 1 and check the following The HDLM management target devices file to be used pathinfo2 txt Compare the names of the HDLM management target devices to the logical device file names of the physical volume before HDLM was installed to see if the names of the HDLM management target devices are associated with the logical device
99. check the status of the volume group dimvgl for HDLM use usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmlsvg p dlmvg1 dlmvgl PV_NAME PV STATE TOTAL PPs FREE PPs FREE DISTRIBUTION dlmfdrv2 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 dlmfdrv3 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 Example 2 To correct the status when the AIX physical volume hdisk4 is mixed with the HDLM volume group dlmvgl1 1 Check the status of the volume group dimvg1 for HDLM use usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmlsvg p dlmvg1 dlmvgl PV_NAME PV STATE TOTAL PPs FREE PPs FREE DISTRIBUTION dimfdrv2 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 dlmfdrv3 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 hdisk4 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 Delete the mixed AIX physical volume hdisk4 from the HDLM volume group dimvg1 reducevg dlmvg1 hdisk4 Recheck the status of the HDLM volume group dimvg1 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmlsvg p dlmvg1 dlmvgl PV_NAME PV STATE TOTAL PPs FREE PPs FREE DISTRIBUTION dlmfdrv2 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 dlmfdrv3 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 Example 3 To correct the status when the AIX physical volume datavg1 is mixed with the HDLM driver dimfdrv4 this example executes AIX commands 1 Check the status of the HDLM volume group datavg1 lsvg p datavgl datavg1 PV_NAME PV STATE TOTAL PPs FREE PPs FREE DISTRIBUTION
100. command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Even when cluster software is being used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally 18 From the execution result by the view operation check that the correct version of HDLM is installed If HDLM versionis 5 6 the installed version of HDLM is correct 19 From the execution result by the view operation check that the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDLM Alert Driver and HDIM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly If you are not using a virtual I O server you can skip steps 20 to 22 For details on the files to be inherited after an update installation of HDLM see Table 3 1 20 If you are using a virtual I O server define the HDLM device as a virtual target device Execute the following command on the virtual I O server When creating an HDLM device as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev dlmfdrvn vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name When creating a logical device as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name 21 Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device cfgmgr 22 Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm that the physical volume hdiskn is recognized If the following mess
101. command terminated normally aa aa clear help offline online set view bb bb the year of grace month day hour minute second Action None KAPL01002 The HDLM command started Operation name aa aa Details The HDLM command was executed aa aa clear offline online set view Action None KAPLO1003 W No operation name is specified Details The operation name is missing Action Specify the operation name and then retry KAPLO1004 W KAPLO1005 W The operation name is invalid Operation name aa aa A parameter is invalid Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details The specified operation name is invalid aa aa Specified operation name Action Execute the help operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the operation name and then retry For details onthe help operation see section 6 3 Details The specified parameter is invalid aa aa clear set online offline view bb bb Specified parameter Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter and then retry For details onthe help operation see section 6 3 327 328 Message ID KAPLO1006 W Message A necessary parameter is not specified Operation name aa aa Recommended Action Details The specified operation does not conta
102. described below to execute the command to delete the HDLM device delete the corresponding physical volume and then delete the applicable logical unit from the storage subsystem configuration To add a physical volume add the applicable logical unit to the storage subsystem configuration Check and make note of the hdisk entries corresponding to dimfdrvn for the disk that is to be removed from the management target Following is an example command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv grep w dimfdrv6 000024 dlmfdrv6 hdisk10 9200 0010 0007 000025 dlmfdrv6 hdisk49 9200 0010 0007 000026 dlmfdrv6 hdisk80 9200 0010 0007 000027 dlmfdrv6 hdisk111 9200 0010 0007 Delete the HDLM driver rmdev dl dlmfdrv6 Delete the physical volume rmdev dl hdisk10 rmdev dl hdisk49 rmdev dl hdisks0 rmdev dl hdisk111 Execute cfgmgr to reconfigure the physical volume hdiskn 2 Edit the dlmfdrv conf or dimfdrv unconf file Obtain the output result of the command shown below before and after the configuration change compare the results and then reset dlmfdrv conf and dimfdrv unconf Execute the following command to determine the applicable logical unit from scsi_id and lun_id lsattr El hdiskn If you are using a character device determine the applicable logical unit from scsi_id and lun_id in the same manner as above and then check and if
103. describes the displayed items Paths that access a host device Figure 6 24 shows how to display information about the paths that access the host device whose name is dimfdrv1 Table 6 12 describes the displayed items Abbreviated path information Figure 6 26 shows how to abbreviate the display of path information ordered by iLU For details on the displayed items refer to Table 6 12 Specifying path info Figure 6 27 shows how to specify the items to display in an execution result In this example the user specified PathName ChaPort 10 Counts and 10 Errors Path ID and Status are always displayed For details on the displayed items refer to Table 6 12 LU information Figure 6 28 shows how to display LU information Table 6 15 describes the displayed items Abbreviated LU information Figure 6 29 shows how to abbreviate the display of the LU information Table 6 15 describes the displayed items Specifying device information Figure 6 30 shows how to specify the items to display in an execution result ordered by iLU In this example the user specified PathName ChaPort Type 1O Counts lO Errors DskName IEP and VG For details on the displayed items refer to Table 6 16 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 271 Displaying LU Information Without Selecting Items to be Displayed Figure 6 31 shows how to display LU information without selecting specific items to be displayed Using iL
104. displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally 3 5 3 2 Setting Load Balancing The following is an example command to set load balancing usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set lb on lbtype rr on which is the default setting specifies that load balancing is to be used To disable load balancing specify off When you use load balancing path load is distributed to prevent deterioration of system wide performance We recommend that you set this option to on Following the parameter value on specify the type of algorithm Table 3 11 lists and describes the algorithm options Table 3 11 Algorithm Options for Load Balancing Option Description rr Load is balanced according to the round robin algorithm All I Os will be distributed across multiple paths For sequential access the storage subsystem cache might not be fully usable When multiple applications that request sequential access are performed concurrently and all of those applications use the same HBA as the most preferred HBA we recommend that you specify round robin exrr Load is balanced according to the extended round robin algorithm The type of I O determines how I Os will be distributed among paths For sequential access a single path will be used when issuing an I O The storage subsystem cache can be used Random access distributes an I O to multiple paths When you execute only a single application that requ
105. eee ee tenet eas 116 3 9 3 Setting the Reservation Level annerri 119 3 9 4 Setting the clconraid dat File cece cece eee eee eee eee teed 119 Settings for Using GPFS RVSD c cece cee eee eee eee rete eee tae 120 S ttings Tor USING VCS vssscesenasspesen id muds a e E Da EAE EEEE AE E 120 Creating an HDLM GUI Environment for Operating HDLM from Device Manager 122 3 12 1 Procedure for Creating an Environment for HDLM GUI nccrne 122 3 12 2 Prerequisite Programs for HDLM GUI cece eee eee ee ed 123 3 12 3 Proxy Settings for a Device Manager Client ccc cece cece cette eee 125 3 12 4 Using the Device Manager Client to Collect Logs cceeceeeee eee eee 125 Creating an HDLM Web GUI Environment for Operating HDLM from Device Manage ienis emanet adssaieiaiuin din fake Sen panels dred eaa aa Sides aai ES aaa 126 3 13 1 Procedure for Creating an Environment for the HDLM Web GUI 126 3 13 2 Prerequisite Programs for the HDLM Web GUI cceeeeee eee e eae 127 3 13 3 New Installation for the HDLM Web GUI ccceece eect eee tees 129 3 13 4 Update Installation for the HDLM Web GUI ccecee eee eee eee eee 133 3 13 5 Setting Up HDLM Web GUI Operating Permissions 0 ceceeee eee 137 3 13 6 Setting up Log Output Conditions cece eee eee eee need 140 3 13 7 Log Output Destinations 0c cece eee etee eee nee nad 143 Uninstalling
106. extension jar is appended to the output archive file name Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 441 442 Returned Value 0 Normal termination 1 Parameter error 2 Abnormal termination Examples Example 1 To collect only the HDLM Web GUI logs in the dlmwebgui_log jar file When the Device Manager server is running on Windows gt Device Manager installation location Base bin hemdsgetlogs dir folder that you specify type DynamicLinkManager arc dlmwebgui_log When the Device Manager server is running on Solaris opt HiCommand Base bin hcmdsgetlogs dir directory that you specify type DynamicLinkManager arc dlmwebgui_log Example 2 To collect all logs for every HiCommand program product in the default archive file When the Device Manager server is running on Windows gt Device Manager installation location Base bin hemdsgetlogs dir folder that you specify When the Device Manager server is running on Solaris opt HiCommand Base bin hcmdsgetlogs dir directory that you specify Appendix B Working with the HiCommand Common Maintenance Command B 2 Setting the File Backup Command Format When the Device Manager server is running on Windows Device Manager installation location Base bin hcmdsbackups dir folder name type application name When the Device Manager server is running on Solaris opt HiCommand Base bin hcmdsgetlogs dir directory name type
107. file names of the HDLM devices The logical units that are accessed by paths file to be used pathinfol txt You can identify a path from PathName You can identify an LU reached by a path from a combination of DskName and iLvU Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 113 Whether the paths are accessing the same logical unit via different host bus adapters file to be used pathinfol txt Check the PathNames of the paths reaching the same LU to see whether the combinations of numbers up to the second dot HBA adapter number Bus number are different for each path Check whether there are the same number of HBA adapter number Bus number combinations as the actual number of HBA ports Whether the paths are accessing the same logical unit via different channel adapters file to be used pathinfol txt Check whether more than one CHA is actually mounted Check whether the ChaPorts CHA port numbers of the paths to the same LU are all different The path status file to be used pathinfol txt Check that each Status is Online or that the number of Paths and the number of OnlinePaths are the same 114 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 8 Setting Up Volume Groups If there is no volume group before installing HDLM perform the following procedure to create a volume group and a file system If a volume group exists start from step 3 To create a volume group 1
108. file for the HDLM alert driver or the HDLM device has not been deleted or the HDLM manager has not stopped Make sure that no processes services file systems and volume groups are using any HDLM management target path and then re execute the above command 7 Execute the following command to adjust HDLM to the environment for the OS version you want to change usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv v OS mode Table 5 3 lists the available OS modes and their corresponding OS versions and kernel modes Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 225 Table 5 3 OS Modes OS modes OS versions and kernel modes 2 AIX 5L V5 1 32 bit version 3 AIX 5L V5 1 64 bit version 4 AIX 5L V5 2 32 bit version 5 AIX 5L V5 2 64 bit version 6 AIX 5L V5 3 32 bit version 7 AIX 5L V5 3 64 bit version In the following example the command upgrades the 64 bit version of AIX 5L V5 1 to the 64 bit version of AIX 5L V5 3 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv s l v 7 8 Upgrade the OS The host restarts and the HDLM driver is configured 5 6 2 2 Settings when the Kernel Mode is Changed The following shows the procedure when changing the kernel mode If you execute the dimrmdev A utility as follows you can omit step 3 through step 6 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A To change the kernel mode and set up HDLM when the kernel mode is changed 1
109. from the error status by performing automatic failback Set IEM to IEM is disabled OFF The error count elapsed time and information about paths not subject to automatic failback are cleared OFF Set AFB to The operations of AFB and IEM do not change ON Change the AFB operates using new settings AFB setting Set AFB to AFB is disabled OFF Set IEM to IEM is enabled 2 ON OFF ON Note 1 Set AFB to AFB and IEM are enabled 2 ON Set AFB to The operations of AFB and IEM do not change OFF OFF Set AFB to AFB is enabled ON Set AFB to The operations of AFB and IEM do not change OFF Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface Note 1 Since automatic failback is OFF intermittent error monitoring is disabled and the settings of Intermittent Error Monitor are not specifiable Note 2 When the following condition is not satisfied a message KAPLO1080 W is output and an error occurs When a message dInkmgr command KAPL01080 W HDLM GUI KAPLO2064 W HDLM Web GUI KAPL11144 W is output and an error occurs the status of the intermittent error monitoring is not changed at that time Condition required when intermittent error monitoring iem parameter is ON error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring LM Component Information HDLM Component Information Component Version number Status Wakeup time
110. group activated or deactivated In addition when a node changes in a cluster environment since the cluster software may change the reservation state even when it does not perform the above mentioned operation there is no problem Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 183 4 2 5 Viewing or Changing the Operating Environment When you log on to a Device Manager client as a member of the Guest group and then display the Path Management window you are not allowed to change the operating environment for HDLM To change the operating environment for HDLM log on to a Device Manager client as a member of a group other than the Guest group Note Before logging on to a Device Manager client as a member of the Guest group verify that Device Manager 2 40 is installed This is required for the Path Management window to be displayed in the client 4 2 6 Using the HDLM GUI Windows to Perform the Same Operations as HDLM Commands 184 You can use the HDLM GUI windows to perform the same operations as you would perform using the HDLM commands see Table 4 9 You can also use the HDLM windows together with HDLM commands to operate HDLM For example when you execute an HDLM command you can check the results in the HDLM windows Likewise when you operate HDLM using the HDLM windows you can check the results by executing the dinkmgr view command Table 4 9 Correspondence between the HDLM Commands and the HDLM GUI
111. in the All the paths will be placed Online Offline C Offline E and Online E statuses will because the path selection parameter is be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n not specified in the onl ine operation To place all the paths Online enter y To not place them online enter n Action If you want to execute the online processing enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPL01052 1 The currently selected paths will be changed to Details the Offline C status Is this OK y n The offline operation will be started To continue the offline operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute the offline processing enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPLO01053 If you are sure that there would be no problem Details when the path is placed in the Offline C status The offline operation will be started enter y Otherwise enter n y n To continue the offline operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute the offline processing enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPLO1054 W During the offline operation processing of the Details HDLM command a path that cannot be placed in A path that cannot be placed Offline C the Offline C Status was detected PathiD ae detected during multipath offline aa aa Would you like to continue the pr
112. installation d Install the HDLM Web GUI When Device Manager 3 1 or later is installed An error occurs during uninstallation and Device Manager uninstallation terminates When this occurs uninstall the HDLM Web GUI first and then uninstall Device Manager m If an error occurs during the HDLM Web GUI installation collect the files under the following folder or directory and then contact your Hitachi Data Systems technical representative When the Device Manager server OS is Windows folder specified during installation of HDLM Web GUI DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI log When the Device Manager server OS is Solaris var opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI log 134 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 4 2 Windows To perform an update installation of the HDLM Web GUI in Windows 1 2 Log into Windows as an Administrators Group user Insert the CD ROM and then start the following installation program CD ROM drive WebGUI Windows Setup exe The following message will be displayed on the screen Warning This installation program temporarily starts and stops the web services shared by HiCommand products Before installing confirm that no running jobs are using HiCommand products After confirming that no processes from HiCommand products are running click the Next button to continue with the installation Click the Cancel button to terminate the installation If you choose to continue installat
113. installing HDLM from a directory copied from the CD ROM you do not need to insert the CD ROM Execute the following installation command When installing HDLM from the CD ROM installp aXgd CD ROM special file name all When installing HDLM from a directory copied from the CD ROM installp aXgd directory copied from CD ROM all Note When performing an update installation onto the same version of HDLM use the aXFd parameter instead of axgd Follow the instruction shown in the messages that appear on the screen Execute the following command to make sure that the package is installed lslpp L DLManager rte Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains DUManager rte and that the status is c commit Execute the dlmcfgmgr utility to configure the HDLM devices usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr Execute the following command to make sure that the HDLM drivers and HDLM alert driver are loaded into the running kernel and are available lsdev C grep dlm dimadrv Available HDLM Alert Driver dimfdrvo Available HDLM Driver Make sure that all the displayed HDLM related devices are Available One HDLM device dimfdrvn is created for each logical unit Make sure that the HDLM device displayed in step 12 dlmfdrvn corresponds to the physical volume that is managed by HDLM In the example of a system configuration shown in Figure 3 4 dlmfdrvo corresponds to
114. intermittent error occurred is not automatically placed online when the path recovers from the error In such a case place the path online manually Note If there is a path failure immediately after a path is made offline by using an HDLM command HDLM GUI or HDLM Web GUI offline Cc might change to Offline E If an offline operation was performed wait for a fixed period of time about 1 minute check the path status by using an HDLM command HDLM GUI or HDLM Web GUI and make sure that the status has changed to offline C If it is offline E retry the offline operation Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 7 4 Priority of Paths Path priority depends on the architecture of the target host machine If the architecture of the machine is CHRP when selecting a switching destination from among paths that access the same device HDLM determines the appropriate destination by selecting paths from the following keys in order from the lowest values slot number first key CHA port number second key and AutoPATH_ID third key If the machine has an architecture other than CHRP HDLM determines the appropriate destination by selecting paths from the following keys in order from the lowest values CHA port number first key and AutoPATH_ID second key Slot number This number indicates the position of the slot where an HBA is mounted You can find the order of the slot numbers by comparing their physical location code Th
115. intermittent error monitoring status use an HDLM command Note 5 The number of errors is reset to 0 and then monitoring restarts Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 9 Detecting Errors by Using Path Health Checking HDLM can check the status of paths at regular intervals and detect errors This verification is called path health checking Without path health checking an error is not detected unless I O is performed However with path health checking the system checks the status of online paths at regular intervals regardless of whether I O is performed If an error is detected in a path path health checking switches the status of that path to Offline E or Online E so you can check the path error using the view operation of the diInkmgr command the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI or the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI For example in a normal state I O is not performed on the paths of the standby host in the cluster configuration or on the non owner paths that is some of the paths that access the Thunder 9500V Series Thunder 9200 Freedom Storage 5800 and Freedom Storage 5700E storage subsystems Because of this for the standby host or a host connected to non owner paths we recommend that you use path health checking to detect errors This enables the system to use the most recent path status information when selecting the switching destination You can configure path health checking using t
116. launch integration with HDLM You can display the HDLM GUI or the HDLM Web GUI from the HiCommand Device Manager GUI Web Client enabling you to perform HDLM operations remotely from the Device Manager Web Client PC For details on the functionality and system configuration for remotely operating HDLM from HiCommand Device Manager see section 2 12 For details on how to display the HDLM GUI from the HiCommand Device Manager GUI see Chapter 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 5 1 3 HDLM Graphical User Interface HDLM provides the following two types of GUI HDLMGUI The HDLM GUI is the GUI that is displayed by the HDLM application The HDLM GUI is available when HDLM is not linked with Device Manager and the GUI is used on a host on which HDLM is installed HDLMis linked with Device Manager version 2 4 HDLM Web GUI The HDLM Web GUI is the GUI that is displayed when you use a Web browser such as Netscape The HDLM Web GUI is available when HDLM is linked with the Device Manager version 3 0 or later 6 Chapter1 Overview of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager 1 4 HDLM GUI Overview The HDLM GUI is comprised of the following windows a Path Management Options a Help 1 4 1 About the Path Management Window The Path Management window lets you view path information and change path status Following is an example of the Path Management window Common frame
117. lic KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1083 I There is no license key file File name var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO1068 I Enter a license key dikk d k de d dedede de deke de k k w KAPL01071 I A permanent license was installed KAPL01001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name set completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 16 Example of Updating a License Key When the License Key File Exists Update the license key when the license key file does not exist Figure 6 17 shows how to update the license key when the license key file does not exist usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set lic KAPL01049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPL01083 I There is no license key file File name var tmp hdlm license KAPLO1068 I Enter a license key x xkx KAPLO1071 I A permanent license was installed Figure 6 17 Example of Updating a License Key When the license key file does not exist When the confirmation is displayed enter y to continue or n to cancel the operation When a message prompts you to enter a license key enter the license key Set the intermittent error monitoring Figure 6 18 shows how to set the intermittent error monitoring usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set iem on intvl 20 iemnum 2 KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the o
118. management target host subwindow of the method frame Identify the error path Check the path information that is displayed in the Show Path List subwindow to find the error path The path whose status indication is Offline E or Online E is the error path When using the GUI if an intermittent error occurs the path icon flashes The icon lights for 3 seconds and then goes out for 0 2 seconds repeatedly Narrow down the hardware that may have the error Check the value displayed in the Subsystem LUN and CHA columns for the error path to identify the hardware that may be the cause of the error To physically identify the hardware corresponding to Subsystem LUN and CHA use the management program for the storage subsystem Identify the error location and correct the error Use the AIX and hardware management tools to identify the error location and then take corrective action For hardware maintenance contact your hardware vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract Place the offline path s online Use the Show Path List subwindow a From the Device Manager main console select the management target host to start the HDLM Web GUI b Click the Show Path List in the management target host subwindow of the Method frame The Show Path List subwindow appears in the information frame c Select the offline path then click the Online button Offline paths that are displayed are placed online A maximum of 15
119. menu appears again Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 111 3 6 6 Finishing the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings This section explains how to close the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu when you are finished 1 Inthe Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type e and press the Enter key You will be asked to if you wish to save the new settings 2 To save the new settings click yes otherwise click No 3 6 7 Applying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings After you change the amount of integrated trace information by using Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library use the following procedure to apply the settings 1 Login asa root user 2 Execute the following command to stop the integrated trace collection process opt hitachi HNTRLib2 bin hntr2kill 3 Execute the following command to delete the memory mapped file xm opt hitachi HNTRLib2 mmap hntr2mmap mm 4 Execute the following command to start the integrated trace collection process opt hitachi HNTRLib2 bin hntr2mon d amp 112 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 7 Checking the Path Configuration HDLM functionalities such as load balancing and failover are available only for devices that have more than one active path After you install HDLM or change the hardware configuration check the structure and statuses of these paths To
120. message for confirming the execution appears and trace files are deleted The maximum size of trace information that can be collected in all the trace files with the specified trace file size is 1024000 kilobytes 3 5 1 14 Closing the Options Window When you click the OK button in the Options window the new settings in the Options window are applied and the Options window closes When the error log file size is changed the change is applied for HDLM GUI logs dlmguin 1log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 among the error logs after the HDLM GUI is restarted 3 5 1 15 Closing the Path Management Window To close the Path Management Window click the Close button 86 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 2 Performing Setup Using the HDLM Web GUI Show Environment Settings Subwindow Table 3 6 shows the default and recommended values for the HDLM functionalities Table 3 6 The Recommended and Default Values of Each Function Functionality Load balancing Default value ON The algorithm is round robin Recommended value ON The recommended algorithm depends on the operating environment Path health checking ON ON 30 minute check interval 30 minute check interval Automatic failback OFF OFF Intermittent Error Monitor OFF OFF Reservation level ON 2 persistent reservation ON 2 persistent reservation Remove LU Not applicable Not applicable Logging level 3 Collect al
121. messages see Table 9 12 Messages from the error information collection utility see Table 9 13 Message from the HDLM Volume Group Operation Utility see Table 9 14 Messages from the HDLM device removing utility see Table 9 15 Messages from the Utility for Modifying the HDLM Execution Environment see Table 9 16 Messages from the utility for changing the HDLM HBA see Table 9 17 Messages from the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation see Table 9 18 Messages from the utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM see Table 9 19 Messages from the utility for VCS see Table 9 20 Messages from Utility for Checking the Device Configuration see Table 9 21 Messages from Utility for HDLM Installation Configuration Support see Table 9 22 Message ID Each message has a message ID The format of the message ID is KAPLmmnnni Table 9 1 describes the message ID format Table 9 2 describes the terms that may appear in HDLM messages or message descriptions The term HDLM in Table 9 2 below may be replaced by DLM or Dynamic Link Manager in the actual message displayed by HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 325 326 Table 9 1 Format KAPL Message ID Format Meaning Indicates that the message is an HDLM message mm Number of the HDLM module that issued the message 01 HDLM command 02 HDLM GUI 03 HDLM API 04 HDLM manager
122. messages in 7 Max messages per span the amount of integrated trace information to be output will not be adjusted Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 4 Inthe Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 7 and press the Enter key A screen to set the maximum number of messages output to the integrated trace file based on the monitoring interval specified in 6 Lookout span will appear The current value is displayed in Current Max 5 Adjust the maximum number of messages output to the integrated trace files in New Max The specifiable range is between 0 messages and 500 messages with a default of 0 If you want to increase the number of messages which are output to the integrated trace file as much as possible we recommend setting a value of 0 When you specify a monitoring interval of 0 in 6 Lookout span the value set in New Max will be disregarded Also when you specify a value of 0 for New Max even if you specify the monitoring interval in 6 Lookout span the maximum number of messages output will not be adjusted To leave the maximum number of messages output as is leave New Max blank enter and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu 6 Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the HNTRLib setup
123. more information see section 2 7 4 26 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations Host Application Application Before path After path switching switching Storage subsystem Legend Path Path before switching gt 1 O request Path after switching Figure 2 8 Path Switching Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 27 2 7 1 2 About Automatic Failback 28 After a path recovers from an error HDLM automatically places the recovered path online This functionality is called automatic failback When using this function HDLM monitors error recovery on a regular basis When using the 9500V 9200 5800 or 5700E HDLM selects the path to use from online owner paths and then from online non owner paths Therefore if an owner path recovers from an error and HDLM automatically places the recovered path online while any non owner path is in use the path to use is switched to the owner path When the USP 9900V 9900 or 7700E is being used all the paths are owner paths Therefore if an owner path recovers from an error and HDLM automatically places the recovered path online the path to use is not switched When intermittent errors Note 1 occur in paths the path status may frequently alternate between the online and offline status if you are using automatic failback so the I O performance might deteriorate In such a case if there is a path in
124. necessary revise the settings of the applications that use the character device 3 Stop all the processes and services that are using the HDLM management target path When the processes and services of any other applications such as DBMS are using the HDLM management target path stop all those processes and services 4 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used in HDLM umount file system mount point 5 Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 231 6 Among the displayed volume groups deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 7 Execute the following command to delete any redundant HDLM devices To delete all HDLM devices from the active kernel usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev To delete a specific HDLM device xrmdev dl dlmfdrvn 8 Execute the dimcfgmgr utility to configure the HDLM device usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr 232 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 6 6 Changing the Configuration of an HDLM Driver Instance This section describes the procedure for using dimfdrv conf or dlmfdrv unconf to reconfigure an HDLM driver instance when the configuration of host bus adapters or switches is changed This section explains the procedure for both when the dlmfdrv conf file is being used and w
125. not Start it if VERITAS Cluster Server is not found running Register it if the service group is not registered in VERITAS Cluster Server KAPL10853 W The attribute s was not found in the service Register it if the attribute is not registered in the group s service group KAPL10854 E An attempt to clear the persistent reservation has failed HDLM driver s ErrorCode d Recover at least one path if an error for all paths occurs Clear the disk s persistent reservation by using the utility for dlmpr If the same message continues to be output after the above countermeasure contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10855 E An attempt to acquire the minor number of the Clear the disk s persistent reservation by using HDLM driver s has failed the utility for dlmpr If the same message continues to be output after the persistent reservation has been cleared contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10856 W No HDLM driver configuration was found for the Configure it if the HDLM driver has not been volume group s configured for the volume group KAPL10857 The utility for VCS dlm_ves_pgr_release None completed normally Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Table 9 21 Message ID KAPL12201 Message An invalid path was not found Messages from Util
126. number hh hh Host device name Action There could be an error in the path Restore the path displayed in the message to running status KAPL08023 A path was recovered PathID aa aa PathName bb bb cc cc dd dd ee ee DNum ff ff HDevName gg 99 Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The path was recovered from the error aa aa Path ID same as PathID of view path decimal number bb bb HBA adapter number same as PathName of view path Character string cc cc Bus number same as PathName of view path Character string dd dd Target ID same as PathName of view path Hexadecimal number ee ee Host LU number same as PathName of view path Hexadecimal number ff ff Device number same as DNum of view path gg gg Host Dev name same as HDevName of view path Action None Message ID KAPL08026 E Message An error occurred on all the paths of the LU PathiD aa aa Recommended Action Details An error occurred in the last path of one LU because of a condition such as a disconnection aa aa Path ID same as PathID of view path decimal number Action Errors are detected in all the paths connected to the LUs Make the path shown in the error message or the paths connected to the target LU KAPL08027 E A path was excluded from the items subject to automatic failoack PathID aa aa Details A path was excl
127. operation the model name of the storage subsystem is displayed refer to Table 4 1 If you do not specify the stname parameter for the 9900V 9900 and 7700E the product ID displays the emulation type of the storage subsystem e g 3990 2105 If you do not specify the stname parameter for the 9500V 9200 5800 or 5700E the product ID displays the product identifier specified for the storage subsystem Serial number The serial number of the storage subsystem e g 15001 Note To physically identify the storage subsystem use the management program for the storage subsystem to reference these information items iLU The number assigned to the LU that is managed within the storage subsystem This number combined with the subsystem name indicated in DskName identifies the LU that is accessed by a path Use the management program for the subsystem to physically identify the LU For the 9900V 9900 or 7700E the iLU indicates the LDEV ID the first two digits are the CU number and last two digits are the LDEV number within the CU For the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E the entire iLU indicates the internal LU number in the subsystem ChaPort Port number of CHA mounted on the storage subsystem ChaPort is abbreviated as CP To physically identify the channel adapter use the management program for the subsystem to reference this port number Status Status of the path Online Path is online Offline C
128. order Edit only the right hand side of the equal sign The following shows an example of the entries in a settings file Log output conditions loggingLevel 0 logFileSize 1000 logFileNum 5 traceLevel 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 141 3 13 6 2 Setup for a Management Target Host You can change the output level and file size of operation logs on a management target host as well as the output level of trace logs by editing the usr DynamicLinkManager config dlmwebagent properties file After editing this file you must restart Device Manager Agent For details about restarting Device Manager Agent see the HiCommand Device Manager Server Installation and Configuration Guide MK 91HC002 The items and formats in the settings file for the management target host are the same as the items and formats in the settings file for the Device Manager server except logFileNum From the items in the settings file the LogFileNum default and recommended value is 2 The specifiable range is the same as the settings file for the Device Manager server 142 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 7 Log Output Destinations This section explains the output destinations of logs output to the Device Manager server and a management target host 3 13 7 1 Device Manager Server Table 3 23 lists the output destinations of operation logs and trace logs on the Device Manager server for both
129. path where an intermittent error occurs has an error status until the user places the path online Automatic failback is not performed for the path This status is called not subject to auto failback 2 8 1 Checking Intermittent Errors You can check the path in which an intermittent error occurs by using the execution result of the HDLM command s view operation the HDLM GUI Path List view or the HDLM Web GUI Show Path List subwindow For details on the view operation see section 6 7 For details on how to operate the Path List view and displayed items in the Path List view see section 4 2 4 5 For details on how to operate the Show Path List subwindow and the window components in the Show Path List subwindow see section 4 3 7 2 2 8 2 Setting up Intermittent Error Monitoring When you use the intermittent error functionality you can enable or disable the functionality If you enable the functionality specify the monitoring conditions the error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur If an error occurs in a path the specified number of times within the specified error monitoring interval the system determines that the path has an intermittent error For example if you specify 30 for the error monitoring interval and 3 for the number of times that the error is to occur the path is determined to have an intermittent error if an error occurs 3 or more times in 30 minutes You can set up intermittent erro
130. paths are displayed in the Show Path List subwindow When you want to display more than 16 paths from the pull down list box displayed in the title part of Path List select a range of the number of paths Note If any path cannot be placed online due to an error the KAPL11134 W message appears To ignore these paths and continue processing click the OK button To cancel the processing click the Cancel button Check the status of the paths that cannot be placed online and take appropriate corrective action d Close the HDLM Web GUI Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Note Even if you select the paths in the offline E status in the Show Path List subwindow and click the Online button some paths may not be placed online In this case use the Show Path List subwindow to change those paths from the offline E status to the Offline C status Then place the paths online The system automatically checks whether the target paths are available puts available paths into the Online status and puts unavailable paths into the Offline E status The paths in the Offline E status have not recovered from an error yet Take corrective action for the error and then use the Show Path List subwindow to place the paths online again Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 319 8 3 Actions Taken for a Program Error 320 You can troubleshoot HDLM program errors using the HDLM GUI or the HDLM Web GUI To perform trou
131. s you want to place online by specifying an HBA port or channel adapter port to which the path s are connected or by specifying the path using the pathid parameter Note If an error exists in two or more paths or if path health checking or automatic failback is running response to the dinkmgr online command may be slow Parameters path Specifies that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM This parameter is optional because the online operation is only effective on paths You can specify the target path in a subsequent parameter hba cha or pathid If you do not specify any of these parameters the command places all the offline paths online If there is a path that cannot be placed online a message asks whether you would like to continue processing To ignore the offline path that cannot be placed online and to continue processing enter y To stop the processing enter n hba HBA adapter number bus number Use this parameter to place online at one time all paths that pass through a specific HBA port This command will place online all paths connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA adapter number and bus number The HBA adapter number and bus number of an HBA port are found in the PathName field displayed by using the view operation Enter a period between these two values The HBA adapter number bus number string is case sensitive cha pathid AutoPAT H_ID Use this parameter to place online at one t
132. shorter interval in New Span The specifiable range is between 1 second and 300 seconds with a default of 10 We recommend setting a value of 5 when collecting an integrated trace To leave the monitoring interval as is leave New Span blank enter and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again 3 6 5 Adjusting the Number of Messages to be Output per Monitoring Interval 110 This section explains how to adjust the number of messages output to fit a particular monitoring interval To adjust the number of messages to be output per monitoring interval 1 2 In the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 6 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the monitoring interval for the amount of messages output to the integrated trace file will appear The current value is displayed in Current Span sec Enter a desired interval in New Span The specifiable range is between 0 and 3600 seconds with a default of 0 We recommend setting a value of 0 To leave the monitoring interval as is leave New Span blank type and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Note that when you specify a monitoring interval of 0 even if you specify the maximum number of
133. such as a batch job running at night we recommend that you use the extended round robin algorithm The default is round robin The recommended setting depends on the operating environment 3 5 1 4 Setting Path Health Checking 80 Path health checking lets you select whether to enable path health checking To enable path health checking set it to ON the default setting Otherwise set it to OFF The default checking interval is 30 minutes I O requests are not usually issued to non owner paths or paths on stand by hosts Therefore if you do not use path health checking you will not be able to detect path errors in such paths when an error occurs We recommend that you use path health checking on hosts connected to these kinds of paths so that you will be able to switch path destinations by using the most recent path information Change the check interval based on the environment being used Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 1 5 Setting Automatic Failback Auto failback lets you select whether to enable automatic failback To enable automatic failback select ON Otherwise set it to OFF the default setting When you specify ON you can select the checking interval for automatic failback from the pull down list The default checking interval when automatic failback is enabled is 60 minutes When Intermittent Error Monitor is ON and Number of times is 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error
134. that This setting might cause paths that the user does not recovered from an error to automatically change want to go online such as paths placed offline for to online maintenance work to go online When intermittent errors occur in paths or storage subsystems path status alternates between the online and offline status frequently so the I O performance might deteriorate Note Note To prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance we recommend that you also enable intermittent error monitoring when enabling automatic failback You can specify intermittent error monitoring only when automatic failback is enabled 3 5 3 5 Settings for Intermittent Error Monitoring Intermittent error monitoring is specifiable only when automatic failback is set to on The following shows an example of executing the command to enable intermittent error monitoring opt DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set iem on intvl 20 iemnum 2 on specifies that intermittent error monitoring is to be used To disable intermittent error monitoring specify off which is the default setting We recommend that you set intermittent error monitoring to on when automatic failback is on to prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance When you set this parameter to on you can specify intermittent error conditions the conditions used by the system to determine whether an intermittent error is occurring by using the intvl and
135. the cause of the problem that occurred with the HiCommand Server and then restart HDLM Web GUI For more information on error codes see the manual for Device Manager KAPL11109 E There is no response from the management target host Host aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details An attempt to communicate with Device Manager Agent of the management target host has failed aa aa Name of the target host Action Check whether Device Manager Agent has started If Device Manager Agent has not started start Device Manager Agent Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL11111 E The management target host is being used Host Details aa 2a Using user bb bb Access to the management target host for the operation failed because another operation was already being executed on the host aa aa Name of the target host bb bb User ID of the user who started the operation being executed on the management target host Action Wait for the other user to complete the operation Once the user s operation is complete try to perform the operation again KAPL11112 E aa aa cannot be executed due to insufficient Details memory on the management target host Host bb bb The memory required for processing on the management target host could not be allocated aa aa Operation name Online Offline Get Path Information Refresh Clear Data Get Option Infor
136. the service online again For a path that failed to run offline execute DLMgetras to collect error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL11135 I aa aa path s were successfully placed bb bb cc cc path s could not be placed bb bb Host dd dd Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The online offline operation has completed aa aa Number of paths successfully processed decimal number bb bb Online or Offline Character string cc cc Number of failed paths decimal number dd dd name of the target host Character string Action For the Path ID s of the failed path s see the operation log Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL11136 W The last Online path or Online E path tothe LU Details cannot be placed in the Offline C status Host The target path of the offline operation is aa aa PathiD bb bb the last path of the LU and cannot be placed in the offline status aa aa Name of the target host Character string bb bb Path ID of the specified path decimal number Action Click Refresh to update the view contents check the path status and then retry KAPL11137 I aa aa path s were successfully placed Details Offline C The Offline request of bb bb path s This message displays the number of were registered cc cc path s could not be processed paths
137. the AIX documentation We recommend that you configure the system so that information at the Information level and higher is output Syslogs can be checked using a text editor HDLM An HDLM Inquiry log is a response log HDLM Inquiry logs Inquiry log when the Inquiry command is issued to ial j indii the hdisk To collect HDLM Inquiry aryna Onana lop diingu log logs perform the log collection settings vat DynamicLinkManager log diminquiry2 log by using the dlmodmset utility the utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM Logs When you use the HDLM GUI ina User defined file collected by Device Manager client Java Web Start Device collects logs The level of the logs manager collected is the same as the collection client level for the trace information Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 43 44 Log Name Logs collected by Device manager server Description When you use the HDLM Web GUI in a Device Manager client a Device Manager server collects logs The trace information for the user defined level is collected Output Destination When the OS of the Device Manager server is Windows Trace for each process installation folder log dlmservlet 1 N log The installation folder varies depending on the user specification during installation The value depends on the setting in the dimservlet properties file The default value
138. the Configuration view open the HDLM Path Management window see section 4 2 2 and then select the Configuration tab When you select a subsystem in the host tree frame the Configuration view displays all paths of the selected Type and Status that are connected to all LUs in that subsystem that can be accessed from the current host When you select an LU in the host tree frame the Configuration view displays all paths of the selected Type and Status to the selected LU When the Configuration view is selected you cannot select the host in the host tree frame Select the Path List tab to display all paths for the host Figure 4 3 shows the Configuration view for the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E subsystems Figure 4 4 shows the Configuration view for the 9900V 9900 and 7700E subsystems Figure 4 5 shows the Configuration view for the USP subsystem Contiguration Managed object Subsystem HITACHI 9200 0123 9980 03A97 HITACH 9970 9980 03A99 Figure 4 3 Configuration View for the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E Subsystems Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface FOLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Configuration Managed object Subsystem HITACHI 9910 9950 03A95 g host HITACHI 9200 0123 996 0 03A95 HITACHI 9970 9980 03497 HITACHI 9970 9990 03499 Figure 4 4 Configuration View for the 9900V 9900 and 7700E Subsystems E z HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager ee
139. the Export CSV dialog that is displayed from the Device Manager client you can display disconnected drives by reallocating those drives then displaying the Export CSV dialog To view files that are contained on a floppy disk or CD ROM ensure that the removable media is inserted before using the Look in list Note Please refer to the HDLM Release Notes for additional information about the Export CSV dialog To export the path information to a CSV text file Note This operation applies to the paths displayed on the Path List view 1 Open the Path Management window see sections see sections 4 2 2 and 4 2 4 1 for instructions and select the Path List tab 2 Select the desired range of paths to be displayed using the host tree frame as follows To display all paths that are connected to the current host select the host in the host tree frame To display all paths connected to a storage subsystem select the desired subsystem in the host tree frame To display all paths connected to an LU select the desired LU in the host tree frame 3 Select the desired Type and Status of the paths to be displayed in the view frame For example to display only online owner paths in the view frame select the Owner and Online checkboxes and clear the Non owner Offline C Offline E and Online E checkboxes 4 When the Path List view displays the desired path s select the Export CSV button 5 When HDLM displays the panel f
140. the Reservation Key to cancel the persistent reservation Parameters k Specify this parameter to display the Reservation Key The utility displays an asterisk for a Reservation Key of another host If the Reservation Key is not set 0x0000000000000000 is displayed Regist Key The registered Keys are displayed Key Count The number of registered Keys is displayed c Specify this parameter to clear the Reservation Key hdiskn Specify the physical volume hdiskn for which you want to display the Reservation Key You can specify more than one volume Note If you do not specify this parameter the utility displays the Reservation Keys for all the physical volumes a When multiple physical volumes hdiskn are specified even if an error occurs during processing the processing continues for all physical volumes h Displays the format of the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation subsystem does not support the persistent reservation or if a hardware error occurs Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities Examples To check the Reservation Keys and then clear the Reservation Keys other than those for the local host 1 Execute the dlmpr utility to display the Reservation Keys for hdisk1 hdisk2 hdisk3 hdisk4 hdisk5 and hdisk6 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr k hdisk1 hdisk2 hdisk3 hdisk4 hdisk5 hdisk6 self Reservation Key hdiskl Reservation Regist hdisk2 Reservation Reg
141. to the LDEV specified in the Device Manager client select the corresponding LU from the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame Do not operate the navigation frame until the information frame is completely displayed m When the access concentrated on the Device Manager server during HDLM Web GUI operation the KAPL11103 E might message appear In such a case retry the operation when access becomes less concentrated 4 2 2 Launching the HDLM GUI The operation of the HDLM GUI is guaranteed in the following J ava runtime environment JRE 1 3 1 Operation is not guaranteed in other J ava runtime environments Note When the HDLM GUI Path Management window opens a warning may be displayed This is not an issue for operation of HDLM If the HDLM GUI is active when a driver is rebuilt exit and then restart the GUI To display the HDLM GUI from a management target host 1 Login as a user with root privileges 2 Execute one of the following commands usr DynamicLinkManager bin HDLM GUI usr DynamicLinkManager bin hdlmgui The Configuration tab of the Path Management window is displayed 4 2 3 Exiting the HDLM GUI To close the Path Management window and exit the HDLM GUI first make sure that the Options window has been closed and then select the Exit button The Path Management window cannot be closed if the Options window is open Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 163
142. together with the dinkmgr command sets the HDLM operating environment Parameters Table 6 2 lists the parameters for the set operation and their default values If you change a parameter using the set operation the new value takes effect immediately You can install HDLM 5 6 over HDLM 4 0 or later Load balancing distributes load among paths and prevents the performance of the entire system from deteriorating As such we recommend that you set this parameter to on Table 6 2 Default Settings Parameter Description Default lb Load balancing function on Enabled ellv Log level 3 Collect error information for Information or higher level that is all levels elfs Log size 9900 Kbytes systflv Trace level 0 Do not output any trace pchk Path health checking function on Enabled with an execution interval of 30 minutes afb Automatic failback off Disabled rsv on Reservation control on 2 Enabled with persistent reservation 254 Chapter6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Ib on Ibtype rr exrr off Enables on or disables off load balancing The default is on Ibtype rr exrr Specify the algorithm to be used for load balancing rr Round robin All I Os will be distributed across multiple paths exrr Extended round robin The type of I O determines how I Os will be distributed among paths For sequential access after an I O or a set number of I Os are issued to a
143. version of HDLM earlier than 4 1 on 0 is added to the description of the reservation level setting Note 2 The log files that are output from HDLM whose version is earlier than 5 1 Delete these files if no longer needed Note 3 The log files that are output from HDLM whose version is 5 1 or later Note 4 HDLM 5 2 or later versions output log files Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 71 3 4 5 Installing HDLM Using the dimsetup Utility If you execute the dimsetup utility to perform a new or update installation of HDLM you can also perform the following setup during installation m Setup for HDLM functionality by using the set operation For details see section 6 6 Setup for HDLM operation by using the dlmodmset utility For details see section 7 4 You can install HDLM from the CD ROM or you can copy the contents of the CD ROM to a chosen directory The following steps explain how to install HDLM from the CD ROM 3 4 5 1 Notes about Using the dimsetup Utility a If you are installing HDLM from a directory in which files on the CD ROM are copied make sure that the file organization has not been changed If the file organization has changed the dimsetup utility might not function correctly The following shows an execution example mkdir cdrom mount r v cdrfs dev cdo cdrom mkdir tmp hdlm cp rp cdrom tmp hdlm If you copy files from the CD RO
144. volume group Proceed to step 2 Executing the diag command Executing the chdev and To execute the diag command in AIX 4 3 3 disable the volume group change the volume group s state to inactive then execute the command When executing the chdev command when the HDLM driver is rmdev commands Available or when executing the rmdev command do not specify the disk hdiskn that configured the HDLM driver dlmfdrvn in the parameter Configuring HDLM after When HDLM is configured after a VG is created on an hdisk that does creating a VG not have a pvid the relationship between the VG and dimfdrvn may Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide become unobservable To correct execute the following command and make a pvid in dimfdrvn chdev 1 dimfdrvn a pv yes 207 208 Area GUI Updates Managing Operation Status messages Item SMIT menu changes While refresh online offline and data clear operations are being processed in the HDLM Web GUI a message titled Operation Status may appear The contents of the message read The Offline operation is executing If this message appears do not close it If you do close it another Operation Status message appears After the process completes click OK to close the message Chapter5 Operating HDLM Notes Instructions The following SMIT menus cannot be executed for HA
145. y Enter y to execute n to cancel KAPLO1056 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified CHA are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n y Enter y to execute n to cancel KAPLO1061 I 2 path s were successfully placed offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline Figure 6 8 Example of the Offline Operation With the cha Parameter usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline pathid 1 s KAPLO1061 I 1 path s were successfully placed offline 0 path s were not Operation name offline Figure 6 9 Example of the Offline Operation With the pathid Parameter Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 249 250 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline help offline Format dinkmgr offline path hba H ortNumber BusNumber s dinkmgr offline path cha pathid AutoPATH_ID s dinkmgr offline path pathid AutoPATH_ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name offline completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 10 Example of the Format of the offline Operation Reference Using the view operation together with standard UNIX commands enables you to filter the path information listed for a specific HBA port or channel
146. you will perform such preparations as backing up the HDLM management target devices applying AIX patches and performing hardware setup When using HDLM in a cluster configuration make sure to perform the operations described in the following sub sections on all hosts that comprise the cluster Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Devices If you have already defined physical volumes and have been running the HDLM management target devices perform the following procedure 1 Terminate the processes of all applications that are accessing the HDLM management target devices 2 If necessary back up all HDLM management target devices to a medium such as tape 3 Unmount the disks If the HDLM management target devices are mounted unmount them as follows First execute the command below to check the current settings mount p The current settings will be output as shown in Figure 3 2 Figure 3 2 Execution Result Example of the mount p Command Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment The following example manages the device which is showed in the shaded portion of Figure 3 2 by using HDLM Execute the following command to unmount the disk umount mntpt 4 Execute the following command to inactivate the applicable volume group varyoffvg volume group name 3 4 1 2 Apply AIX Patches Please contact your Hitachi Data Systems technical
147. 0 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000001 0001 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000002 0002 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000003 0003 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000004 0004 0000 0900000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000005 0005 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000006 0006 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000007 0007 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000008 0008 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 00009 0009 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000010 j 0010 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHIUSP 0014010 oooo1t Toor 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000612 001 2 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000013 001 3 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 000014 0014 0000 0000000000000000 0000 HITACHI USP 0014010 r a C 4 D c 4 cl s o nl 7 mile o 7 DRZ Diz r 7 nl 7 rel BZ o 7 Figure 5 2 Displaying Path Information in Path List Form 216 Chapter5 Operating HDLM Displaying path information in configuration diagram form itachi Dynamic Link Manager Management Console Microsoft Internet Explorer 216 x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help S rhitieni Dynciuile HUAVE Tools Logout Close Hela Object Tree a ic Link Manager Gy kanagawa D HITACHI 991 0 9960 03495 HITACHI9200 0123 HITACH 9970 9980
148. 00003 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0001 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 q 0152 12 dlmfdrv2 samplevg002 hdisk5 000004 08 11 0000000000660B00 0002 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 ga hdisk35 000005 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0002 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0153 12 dlmfdrv3 hdisk6 000006 08 11 0000000000660B00 0003 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk36 000007 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0003 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0154 12 dlmfdrv4 hdisk7 000008 08 11 0000000000660B00 0004 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk37 000009 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0004 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0155 12 dimfdrv5 hdisk amp 000010 08 11 0000000000660B00 0005 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk38 000011 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0005 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0156 12 dlmfdrv6 hdisk9 000012 08 11 0000000000660B00 0006 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk39 000013 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0006 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0157 12 dlmfdrv hdisk10 000014 08 11 0000000000660B00 0007 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk40 000015 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0007 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0158 12 dlmfdrv8 hdisk11 000016 08 11 0000000000660B00 0008 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk41 000017 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0008 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 0159 12 dlmfdrv9 hdiski2 000018 08 11 0000000000660B00 0009 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk42 000019 08 1D 0000000000660B00 0009 3B 1 Online Own 0 0 0 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 32 Example Showing How to Display LU Information
149. 01 B Lv 0002 HITACHI 2970 9900 03429 B uu 0000 B uo fonan a s Round robe B wo0002 le l agormnm ol z Q chia ON uke C OFF Checking interval 1 1440 Bo manute s C ON G OFF Checking intervat 1 1440 F manute s on oF Monitoring interval 1 1440 minute s Number of mes 1 99 time s OFF Do not control reservation C ONGOY ignore reservation ONC Persistent reservation Gon OFF IT Remove me LU even if there are Omine C paths Hitormation or higher level 0 Do not output any trace Fie size 100 2000000 P900 Kores Number of fies 2 16 E File size 100 16000 1000 Kortes Number of les 2 64 F a a OE T toed intranet Figure 3 7 Show HDLM Environment Settings Subwindow 88 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 2 2 Setting Load Balancing Load balancing lets you select whether to enable load balancing To enable it set it to ON the default setting Otherwise set it to OFF When you use load balancing path load is distributed to prevent deterioration of system wide performance We recommend that you set this option to on After selecting ON select a desired algorithm to be used for load balancing from the pulldown list Table 3 7 lists and describes the algorithm options Table 3 7 Algorithm Options for Load Balancing Option Description Round Robin Load is balanced according to the round robin algorithm All I Os will be distributed across multiple paths For sequentia
150. 03A99 Btochial yramic Link Manager gt Kanagawa gt HIT A owo Show Configuration HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 Type Ownerpath Non owner path Status VS MX MB RA ee Subsystem HITACHIL99109960 03A95 am nan BE Local intranet Figure 5 3 Displaying Path Information in Configuration Diagram Form Note The GUI cannot be used to display the correspondence between HDLM driver instances and disk devices If you require this information you must use the dInkmgr command s view operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 217 To check the path information by using the Show Path List subwindow 1 Display the HDLM Web GUI window For details on displaying the HDLM Web GUI window see section 4 3 2 2 Inthe navigation frame select a management target host storage subsystem or LU that is connected to the paths whose information you wish to display The item you selected displays in the method frame Note Only a storage subsystem or LU can be selected for viewing information ina configuration diagram 3 Choose one of the following display options To view path information in list form select Show Path List on the management target host storage subsystem or LU subwindow in the method frame To view path information in configuration diagram form select Show Configuration on the storage subsystem or LU subwindow in the method frame The selected subwindow displays
151. 0652 E Message The entered value is invalid The operation stops Recommended Action Details An invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action Re execute the dlmpr utility KAPL10653 W The entered value is invalid Please re enter it y n Details A value other than y or n has been entered for a y n request Action Enter y or n KAPL10665 The dlmpr utility completed Details The dimpr utility completed normally Action None Table 9 19 Messages from the Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM parameter bb bb Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL10800 I The dlmodmset utility completed normally Details The dlmodmset utility completed normally Action None KAPL10801 W No parameter has been specified operation Details aa aa No parameter has been specified aa aa Specified operation Action Execute help of the dlmodmset utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry KAPL10802 W A parameter is invalid operation aa aa Details The specified parameter is invalid aa aa Specified operation bb bb invalid parameter Action Execute help of the dlmodmset utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 427 428 Message ID KAPL10803 W Message The l
152. 17 000010 08 1f 0000000000610813 003F 6A Online Own 0 0 Oy ce hdisk7 000011 08 1c 0000000000610813 003F 6A Online Own 0 0 0 0040 dlmfdrv6 hdisk18 000012 08 1 0000000000610813 0040 6A Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk8 000013 08 1c 0000000000610813 0040 6A Online Own 0 0 0 0041 dlmfdrv7 hdisk19 000014 08 1f 0000000000610813 0041 6A Online Own 0 0 OG hdisk9 000015 08 1c 0000000000610813 0041 6A Online Own 0 0 Q 0042 dlmfdrvs hdisk20 000016 08 1 0000000000610813 0042 6A Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk10 000017 08 1c 0000000000610813 0042 6A Online Own 0 0 Q s 0043 dlmfdrv9 hdisk21 000018 08 1f 0000000000610813 0043 6A Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk11 000019 08 1c 0000000000610813 0043 6A Online Own 0 0 Oem KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view Figure 6 30 Displaying Specific Items of LU Information Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 283 284 Table 6 16 Items That Can Be Selected with the item Parameter Item Description PathName Path name that consists of the following four elements separated by periods Host port number hexadecimal number Bus number hexadecimal number Target ID hexadecimal number Host LU number hexadecimal number ChaPort Port number of the channel adapter For the Lightning 9900V Series the port number of the channel adapter is the same as the number shown by the SVP
153. 2 3 Log in to AIX as a user with root privileges Stop all the processes and services using the HDLM management target paths Stop any process or service for an application such as DBMS that is using the HDLM management target paths Execute the following command to unmount the file system used in HDLM umount file system mount point Deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name Execute the following command to remove the HDLM driver and the HDLM alert driver from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev Execute the following command to adjust HDLM to the environment for the operating system version you want to change usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv v OS mode Table lists the available OS modes and their corresponding OS versions and kernel modes The following shows an example of upgrading AIX V4 3 3 to AIX 5L V5 1 64 bit version usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv s 1 v 3 1 Upgrade the operating system Restart the host 2 3 Execute the following command to start the HDLM configuration manager and then configure the HDLM driver usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr Table A 1 OS Modes OS Modes OS Versions and Kernel Modes AIX V4 3 3 AIX 5L V5 1 32 bit version AIX 5L V5 1 64 bit version AIX 5L V5 2 32 bit version AIX 5L V5 2 64 bit version
154. 3 5 1 9 Setting the Trace Level A trace file in which a trace level can be set is hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The Trace level list box lets you select the level of trace information to be output From this list box you can select one of the following five levels a 0 No trace is output a 1 Only error information is output m 2 Program operation summaries are output 3 Program operation details are output 4 All information is output The default and recommended value for this setting is o If an error occurs you may have to set the trace level to 1 or higher to collect the log information The higher this value is set the more log information will be output When the amount of output is great it takes less time for file writing to wrap around overwriting old log information with new log information 3 5 1 10 Setting the Error Log File Size 84 There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The error logs you can set in the Options window are limited to the HDLM manager log dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and HDLM GUI log dlmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 Before setting the HDLM Web GUI log see section 3 13 6 File size for Error log allows you to specify the size of error log files in kilobytes You can specify a value between 100 and 2000000 For HDLM GUI logs the valid range of a file size is from 100 to 9
155. 3 Creating an HDLM Environment Table 3 22 Settings File Items Setting Item Default Value Recommended Value Description loggingLevel 3 3 Output level for operation logs 0 Do not output operation logs 1 Output Error level operation logs 2 Output Warning level and higher operation logs 3 Output Information level and higher operation logs logFileSize 9900 9900 kilobytes Size of an operation log file kilobytes The specifiable range is between 100 and 9900 logFileNum 8 8 Number of operation log files The specifiable range is between 1 and 16 traceLevel 0 1 Output level for trace logs 0 Do not output trace logs 1 Output trace logs Note You should note the following points about changing items in the settings file The default value is used if no value is set for an item described in Table 3 22 or if the file itself does not exist The default value is used if the value you specify for an item is not within the indicated range or if an invalid character string is specified Device Manager ignores any line that begins with a hash mark or an exclamation point as well as any line that contains an invalid character string If the same item is coded more than once the first item from the top is applied Device Manager ignores any spaces at the beginning of a line before and after the equals sign and following a value The setting items can be specified in any
156. 5 HDLM Driver and Device Position cece cece eee nent tenets 18 2 5 1 Logical Device Files for HDLM Devices nccc 19 2 6 Load Distribution Using Load Balancing ccccc eee ee eee e eee e eee eee 20 2 6 1 Load Balancing Range cece eee ttn tee 22 2 6 2 Types of Load Balancing cccccecce eee eee renee t eens 24 2 7 Path Failover and Path Failback Using Path Switching cccceeceee eens eee eee 25 2 7 1 Automatic Path Switching 42 c0 6 cc52 ese eie desta iv ede enrere eerren 26 2 7 2 Manual Path Switching cece eee een tenet etnies 29 2 7 3 Path Status Transition vice cs occcieccess oia beta deena bee ee deed edie odi eben 30 2 7 4 PriQnityOf Patisserie taia e aia d aikai eer akei 33 2 8 Monitoring Intermittent Errors Auto Failback Used ccccceseceeeeeeeeeeeeneees 35 2 8 1 Checking Intermittent Errors cece eee e eee ee nee teens 35 2 8 2 Setting up Intermittent Error Monitoring ccccccee cece eee ee eee teens 35 2 8 3 Actions for Intermittent Error Monitoring c ceceee eect eee eee ene eee 36 2 8 4 When User Operations Change the Intermittent Error Information 39 2 9 Detecting Errors by Using Path Health Checking cccccece eee renee 41 2 10 Error Management eni maa vinieaerkeridaa AAAA taleviea da yeh ea ee Lie raat 42 2 10 14 HOGS CONECTA ainaani haem e AA E E ade hundes vere 43 2 10 2 Error Information F
157. 8 Correspondence between HDLM Driver Instances and Disk Devices Item Description PathID AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number HDevName Special file name of an HDLM driver Device Physical volume name that corresponds to each instance of an HDLM driver LDEV LDEV that consists of the model name of the subsystem serial number and iLU number separated by periods PathID 000000 000001 000002 000003 000004 000005 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv HDevName Device LDEV dlmfdrvo hdisk1 9500V 0051 0005 dlmfdrv1 hdisk2 9500V 0051 0015 dlmfdrv2 hdisk3 9500V 0051 0020 dlmfdrvo hdisk4 9500V 0051 0005 dlmfdrv1 hdisk5 9500V 0051 0015 dlmfdrv2 hdisk6 9500V 0051 0020 KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name 2005 06 01 12 00 00 view completion time Figure 6 35 Displaying Correspondence between HDLM Driver Instances and Disk Devices Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities This chapter describes the HDLM for AIX utilities Users who have root privileges can execute the HDLM utilities HDLM error information collection utility DLMgetras see section 7 1 HDLM volume group operation utility see section 7 2 Utility for setting the HDLM execution environment see section 7 3 Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment dlmodmset see section 7 4 Utility for modify
158. 900 If you specify a value more than 9901 9900 is applied The specified value is applied for HDLM manager logs The default and recommended setting is 9900 To apply the new error log file size specified in the Options window restart the HDLM GUI If the sizes of all error log files in an error log file group reach the specified value the oldest file in the corresponding error log file group is overwritten by the new log information By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000 kilobytes approximately 30GB of error logs in total To apply the error log file size that were changed in the Options window to the HDLM GUI logs dlmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 restart the HDLM GUI Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 1 11 Setting the Number Of Error Log Files There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The number of files can be set in the Options window for only the HDLM manager logs dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 The number of files for HDLM GUI logs is fixed to 2 For a setting of HDLM Web GUI logs see 3 13 6 and then take appropriate action Number of files for Error log allows you to specify the number of error log files You can specify a value between 2 and 16 By default 2 is set The recommended value is 2 By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can
159. APL10808 The user terminated the operation Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The utility has been terminated because n was sent to a request Action None Message ID KAPL10809 W Message No operation has been specified Recommended Action Details No operation has been specified Action Execute help of the dlmodmset utility to check the operations that can be specified and then retry KAPL10810 W An operation is invalid operation aa aa Details The specified operation is invalid aa aa invalid operation Action Execute help of the dlmodmset utility to check the operations that can be specified and then retry KAPL10811 W The aa aa parameter value is invalid bb bb parameter value cc cc Valid value dd dd Details The parameter value is invalid aa aa attribute name bb bb attribute name cc cc specified value decimal number dd dd permitted range character string Action Specify the correct parameter value and then retry Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 429 430 Table 9 20 Messages from the Utility for VCS Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL10850 I The utility for VCS s s started None KAPL10851 E The service group is not specified Specify the service group for the parameter and then retry KAPL10852 E The specified service group s was
160. AVEO E A oes nncdunet plumb teeta ahaa haga and ee 285 Example Showing How to Display LU Information Using iLUs as a Sorting Key and Selecting the Items to be Displayed cece eeee eee eee reee 286 Example Showing How to Display a Summary of the LU Information Without Selecting Items to be Displayed cee ceeec eee ee 287 Example Showing How to Display a Summary of the LU Information by Selecting Items to be Displayed cce cece eee eee eee tenet eas 287 Displaying Correspondence between HDLM Driver Instances and Disk DEVICES acrewnicni E E E alate ada N ela aeny 288 Example of File for Defining the Information to be Collected 0068 295 SMIT MNO aea e a a a cel a T Mine aie tae bop har E ANE 299 Result of Executing the View Operation with the path Parameter 314 Sample Error Message s sssssssesirsesrirrrsrrrrrrrtrnrrrirtrnrrrriranrrerirrnn 316 HDLM Web GUI Frame DeSCcriptions ccc ccee eect e teeta eee cent eens 10 HDEM Systenr Components i Perier atoa i eiae Lei nE a aE EEE 13 HOSE COMPONENCS reisini naan t a ele ake a a a a iA 15 Maximum Number of LUs and Paths Supported by HDLM 00 0eee 15 Functions of HDLM Programs cccece cence eee eee tenet e tenet ees 17 Relation between logical device files for the HDLM devices and physical volumes based on the HDLM version c ceccee cette ee eee eee teeta eee eae 19 Types of Loa
161. An path information was not found Recommended Action Details Acquisition of path information failed The configured HDLM device was not found Action Be being installed or confirm whether or you compose a HDLM driver and the one after HDLM 5 1 is to carry it out again KAPL12204 The dlmchkdev utility completed normally Details The Utility for checking the device configuration dlmchkdev terminated normally Path information for the configured HDLM device is correct Action None KAPL12205 W The dimchkdev utility completed Details The utility for checking the device configuration dlmchkdev detected a configured HDLM device whose path information is invalid and then the utility terminated itself Action Refer to coping of KAPL12202 E Table 9 22 Messages from Utility for HDLM Installation Configuration Support Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL12251 The dimsetup utility completed Action None KAPL12252 A new installation of HDLM will now be Action performed Is this OK y n To execute a new installation of HDLM enter y To stop without executing enter n KAPL12253 An update installation of HDLM will now be Action performed Is this OK y n To execute an update installation of HDLM enter y To stop without executing enter n KAPL12254 The dimodmset utility will now be executed Is Action this OK y n To execute the uti
162. BM AIX Systems User s Guide 17 2 5 HDLM Driver and Device Position The HDLM driver is positioned above the SCSI driver Each application on the host uses the HDLM device logical device file created by HDLM to access LUs in the storage subsystem Figure 2 4 shows the position of the HDLM driver and device Host Application HDLM driver HDLM driver SCSI driver SCSI driver Storage subsystem Legend Fiber cable or SCSI cable Physical path O request Figure 2 4 Position of the HDLM Driver And Device The installation of HDLM creates logical device files for the HDLM drivers When accessing the devices in a storage subsystem each application uses the logical device files for the HDLM drivers instead of the logical device files for the SCSI drivers 18 Chapter2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 5 1 Logical Device Files for HDLM Devices A logical device file is assigned to an HDLM device The name of this logical device file is different from the name of the logical device files for physical volumes SCSI devices To use an HDLM management target LU in an application you must use the logical device file name of the HDLM device The following explains the names and locations of the logical device files for HDLM devices Logical device file names of HDLM devices The logical device file names for HDLM devices have the dimfdrvn format where n indicates the instance number of the driver
163. BM AIX Systems User s Guide 419 Table 9 14 Message from the HDLM Volume Group Operation Utility Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL10501 W The specified value is invalid Details An invalid logical device file name has been specified for the HDLM device in a utility for operating HDLM volume groups Action Specify dlmfdrvn n stands for the instance number of the driver and then retry KAPL10521 W A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa Details Specified parameter is invalid aa aa invalid parameter Action Execute help of the dlmrmdev utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry KAPL10523 E An attempt to unmount the file system has failed Details file system aa aa An attempt to unmount the file system has failed aa aa failed file system Action Make sure of the status of the failed file system and then re execute the program Unmount the failed file system manually and re execute the program KAPL10524 E An attempt to inactivate the volume group has Details failed volume group aa aa An attempt to inactivate the volume group has failed aa aa failed volume group Action Make sure of the status of failed volume group and then re execute the program Inactivate the failed volume group manually and re execute the program KAPL10525 E An internal error occurred in the dimrmdev utility Details error code aa aa In the d
164. CD ROM does not load automatically execute the following command mount F hsfs o ro CD ROM device name CD ROM mount location Execute the following installation command pkgadd d CD ROM mount location WebGUI Solaris HDLMGUI The following message will be displayed on the screen Warning This installation program temporarily starts and stops the web services shared by HiCommand products Before installing confirm that no running jobs are using HiCommand products Do you want to start installation y n After confirming that no processes from HiCommand products are running enter yes or y to continue with the installation and then proceed to step 5 Enter no or n to terminate the installation The KAPLO9067 message appears and installation is canceled The entered value is not case sensitive If you enter a value other than the above values to respond to the message the KAPLO9068 W message appears and the system prompts you to re enter the value When you fail to re enter a value twice in a row the KAPL09069 E message will appear and installation will be canceled If you choose to continue installation in step 4 proceed as instructed by the messages that appear on the screen After the installation finishes the following message appears Installation of lt HDLMWebGUI gt was successful After the installation finishes execute the following command to confirm that the HDLM Web GUI packag
165. CMP 4 5 Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Cluster System Management Cluster Logical Volume Manager Shared Logical Volumes Set Characteristics of a Shared Volume Group Add a Volume to a Shared Volume Group And Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Cluster System Management Cluster Concurrent Logical Volume Manager Concurrent Volume Groups Set Characteristics of a Concurrent Volume Group Add a Volume to a Concurrent Volume Group Instead specify the HDLM driver as a physical volume name and execute from a command line as shown in the following example usr es sbin cluster sbin cl_extendvg cspoc n nodeA nodeB R nodeA f hdlmlv dimfdrv Managing Operation Status messages 5 2 Starting and Stopping the HDLM Manager To use HDLM you need to start the HDLM manager This section describes how to start and stop the HDLM manager 5 2 1 Starting the HDLM Manager The HDLM manager is started using the startup script that was set up when HDLM was installed This means that when AIX starts the HDLM manager also starts automatically If for some reason the HDLM manager has not started or has stopped log in to AIX as a user with root privileges and then execute the following command You can use lower case characters dimmanager startsrc s DLMManager This starts the startup script that was set up when HDLM was installed 5 2 2 Stopping the HD
166. Configuration Managed object Subsystem HITACHI USP 03A99 hd Type vi Owner path Non owner path Status WZ Ims woth vA Online Offline Figure 4 5 Configuration View for the USP Subsystem Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 171 172 Host box The Host box display differs depending on how you open the Path Management window If you opened the Path Management window from the management target host the Host box displays the word host f you opened the Path Management window from a Device Manager Client the Host box displays the Device Manager name of the management target host Buttons for HBA ports These buttons display the HBA ports by HBA port number The HBA port number is assigned by HDLM to the combination of the adapter number and bus number of the HBA port to which the path is connected The buttons for the HBA ports that are actually connected are usually displayed as active selectable However if the Type or Status checkbox specifies that a connected path is not to be displayed the HBA port button for that path is inactive Placing the pointer over an HBA port button displays the HBA number and bus number Selecting an HBA port button selects all paths connected to the selected HBA port The following example shows how the HBA port numbers are assigned to two HBA ports to which the paths are connected The path names shown below consist of the HBA number
167. D The name of the storage subsystem vendor for example HITACHI Product ID Indicates the storage subsystem product ID emulation type or model name for example OPEN 30PEN 3 Serial number The serial number of the storage subsystem for example 15001 You can identify an actual storage subsystem by referencing the above information from the storage subsystem management program When the stname parameter is not specified The product ID element shows the product ID or emulation type of the storage subsystem When the stname parameter is specified The product ID element shows the model name of the storage subsystem Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 277 Item Description iLU LU number within the storage subsystem e g two digit CU and two digit LDEV hexadecimal number This number combined with the storage subsystem name shown in DskName identifies the LU that is accessed by a path For TagmaStore USP Lightning 9900V Series Lightning 9900 Series and Freedom Storage 7700E the first two characters of iLU are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU For the Thunder 9500V Series Thunder 9200 Series Freedom Storage 5800 and Freedom Storage 5700E the entire value of iLU is the internal LU number within the storage subsystem You can identify an actual LU by referencing iLU from the storage subsystem management program
168. DLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 375 376 Message ID KAPL11159 W KAPL11160 W Message An attempt to acquire the HDLM version information failed Host aa aa Details bb bb An attempt to acquire the Service Pack version information failed Host aa aa Details bb bb Recommended Action Details The HDLM version information could not be acquired correctly aa aa Name of the target host bb bb Code showing reason for occurrence of error Action Re execute If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Details The Service Pack information could not be acquired correctly aa aa Name of the target host bb bb Code showing reason for occurrence of error Action Re execute If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL11161 W The HDLM Web GUI version information cannot be displayed Details aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The HDLM Web GUI version information cannot be displayed because
169. DLM command and HDLM GUI operations are output to integrated trace files Trace information for an HDLM manager is output to trace files The output destinations for the files are changed as follows When you install HDLM 5 6 after uninstalling earlier than HDLM 4 1 or when you perform an update installation from HDLM 4 1 Trace files before update opt hitachi HNTRLib spool hntrn 1log n indicates a file number Integrated trace files after update var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log n indicates a file number Trace files after update var opt DynamicLinkManager log hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number When you install HDLM 5 6 after uninstalling HDLM 4 1 or later or when you perform an update installation from HDLM 4 1 Trace files before update var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log n indicates a file number Integrated trace files after update var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log n indicates a file number Trace files after update var opt DynamicLinkManager log hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number When an update installation of HDLM 5 6 is performed on a host that contains HDLM 4 1 the HNTRLib installed with HDLM 4 1 remains You can uninstall Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib only when none of the programs other than HDLM are using it For details on how to check whether programs other than HDLM are using HNTRLib see the documentation for the programs For details on un
170. DLM driver and a disk device 244 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command 6 2 clear Operation Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr clear pdst s a Description The clear operation together with the dInkmgr command clears the statistics I O count and I O errors of all paths that are managed by HDLM to the initial value 0 Parameters pdst Clears statistics such as the path error count to the initial value 0 s Executes the command without displaying user confirmation message Specify this parameter if you want to skip the user confirmation message for a shell script or batch file Examples Figure 6 1 shows how to clear the statistics to the initial value 0 after asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Figure 6 2 shows how to clear the statistics to the initial value 0 without asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Figure 6 3 shows how to display the format of the clear operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr clear pdst KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name clear y n y Enter y to execute the command KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed successfully Operation name clear completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 1 Example of the Clear Command with User Confirmation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear pdst s KAPLO1001 I The HDIM c
171. DLM manager and then re execute the dlmchenv utility KAPL10607 E A file or directory related to HDLM could not be found Details The required file could not be found when changing the HDLM SMIT menu Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10608 E An attempt to change the link has failed Error Code aa aa Details Changing of the link failed aa aa internal code in dlmchenv Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10609 E An attempt to change the SMIT menu has failed Error Code aa aa Details Changing of the SMIT menu failed aa aa internal code in dlmchenv Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 423 424 Table 9 17 Messages from the Utility for Changing the HDLM HBA Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL10620 The dimHBAdel utility completed normally Details The dimHBAde1 utility completed normally Action None KAPL10621 W No parameter has been specified Details No parameter has been specified Action Execute the dlmHBAde1 h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution KAPL10622 W A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa Details
172. DLM service pack version number This item is blank if a service pack is not installed Load Balance Setting for load balancing on Enabled off Disabled Support Cluster The dinkmgr view sys command displays nothing in this field However HDLM operates normally in both cluster and non cluster configurations Elog Level Error Logging level 0 Do not collect an error log 1 Collect error information for the Error or higher level 2 Collect error information for the Warning or higher level 3 Collect error information for the Information or higher level that is all levels 4 Collects error information at the Information or higher level including maintenance information Elog File Size KB Size of the error log file in kilobytes Number of Elog files Number of error log files Trace Level Trace output level 0 Do not output any trace 1 Only output error information 2 Output a summary of program operation 3 Output details of program operation 4 Output all information Trace File Size KB Trace file size in kilobytes Number of Trace Files Number of trace files Path Health Checking Setting for path health checking on Enabled off Disabled When path health checking is on the execution interval in minutes of path health checking is displayed in parentheses refer to Figure 6 20 Auto Failback Setting for automatic failback on Enabled off Disabled When automatic failback is
173. Dynamic Link Manager kanagawa HITACHI SANRISE2000 3A95 Lu 0000 000 Dynarnic Link Manager kanagqawa LU 0001 Show HDLM Environment Settings kanagawa Refresh Help LU 0002 B Lu 0003 Aby LU 0004 LU 0005 HITACHI SANRISE1000 0123 ON Lu 0000 Load balancing C OFF B Lu 0001 Algorithm Round robin z LU 0002 HITACHI SANRISE9J00V 03A ON B Lu 0000 Path health checking OFF LU 0001 Checking interval 1 1440 fpo minute s g Lu 0002 ON i tochigi Auto failback OFF tokyo Checking interval 1 1440 i minute s HITACHI SANRISE9900V 03A Lu oo00 OFF Do not control reservation Lu 0001 Reservation level ON Ignore reservation Lu 0002 ON 2 Persistent reservation HITACHI SANRISE9900V 034 Lucod Logging level E hiormation or hicher level JE amp Lu 0001 amp Lu 0002 Trace level fo Do not output any trace x h washington i s 000 Kbytes au y ay Done E Local intranet Figure 4 16 The Show HDLM Environment Settings Subwindow Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface You can specify the following HDLM operating environment setup facilities on the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow Basic HDLM facilities Load balancing Path health checking Auto failback Intermittent Error Monitor Reservation level a Error management function settings Logging level Trace level Log file size For information about these it
174. Error log allows you to specify the number of error log files You can specify a value between 2 and 16 By default 2 is set The recommended value is 2 By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000 kilobytes approximately 30GB of error logs in total When the HDLM version on the management target host is earlier than 5 6 this item is disabled and you cannot set the number of error log files 3 5 2 11 Setting the Trace File Size 94 The trace file in which a file size can be set is hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The length of a trace file is fixed Thus even if the amount of the written trace information is less than the set file size the file size for each output trace file is always fixed File size for Trace allows you specify the size of trace files in kilobytes You can specify a value between 100 and 16000 By default 1000 is set The recommended value is 1000 If you specify a value smaller than the set value the KAPL11163 W message for confirming the execution appears and trace files are deleted When all the trace files reach the specified size the oldest file is wrapped around to allow new trace information to overwrite old information The maximum size of trace information that can be collected in the specified number of trace files is 1024000 kilobytes When the HDLM version on the management target host is earlier than 5 6 this item is
175. HDLM Web GUI again Details Since HiCommand Server is not running you cannot uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Start the HiCommand Server service and then install HDLM Web GUI again KAPL09064 E An attempt to delete the application information in HiCommand Common Component failed Details Since the system failed to delete the application information in HiCommand Common Component you cannot uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPLO9065 E An attempt to delete the information in the repository for HiCommand Common Component failed Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details Since the system failed to delete the view definition and data definition information in the repository you cannot uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPLO9066 E An attempt to delete the Web contents in Details HiCommand Common Component failed Since the system failed to delete the Web contents in the repository you cannot uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPL09067 The user terminated the aa aa Details Installation or uninstallation will be aborted
176. HDLM program a message whose message ID is other than KAPLO8xxx is output to the OS log Check the output message Messages with error level E Error or higher require corrective action Take action for the error Take the action recommended for the message in Chapter 9 If the same error occurs again after you take the corrective action check the status of the HDLM program using the Show HDLM Component Information subwindow Check the HDLM program status a Click Show HDLM Component Information in the management target host subwindow of the Method frame b Check the information that is displayed for HDLM manager HDLM driver and HDLM alert driver and take the appropriate action If the HDLM manager status is Dead start the HDLM manager see section 5 2 1 Ifthe HDLM alert driver or HDLM driver status is Dead restart the management target host If the same error occurs again after you take the above action obtain the information necessary for contacting maintenance personnel 1 Obtain program information Use the DLMgetras utility for collecting error information that should be reported to maintenance personnel see section 7 1 and section 8 3 1 Contact maintenance personnel Contact maintenance personnel and report the obtained information see section 8 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 321 8 3 1 Additional Notes about Obtaining Program Information When HDLM i
177. HITACHI DATA SYSTEMS Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide MK 92DLM1 11 07 2005 Hitachi Data Systems Corporation ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Notice No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording or stored ina database or retrieval system for any purpose without the express written permission of Hitachi Data Systems Corporation Hitachi Data Systems reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time without notice and assumes no responsibility for its use Hitachi Data Systems products and services can only be ordered under the terms and conditions of Hitachi Data Systems applicable agreements All of the features described in this document may not be currently available Refer to the most recent product announcement or contact your local Hitachi Data Systems sales office for information on feature and product availability This document contains the most current information available at the time of publication When new and or revised information becomes available this entire document will be updated and distributed to all registered users Trademarks Hitachi Data Systems is a registered trademark and service mark of Hitachi Ltd and the Hitachi Data Systems design mark is a trademark and service mark of Hitachi Ltd Hitachi Freedom Storage Lightning 9900 Thunder 9500
178. IO Counts IO Errors 000000 08 14 00000000000000E2 000C 1H Online 95 0 000001 08 14 00000000000000E2 000D 2H Online 0 0 000002 08 14 00000000000000K2 000E 1H Online 0 0 000003 08 14 00000000000000E2 000C 2H Online 0 0 000004 08 14 00000000000000E2 000D 1H Online 95 0 000005 08 14 00000000000000E2 000E 2H Online 0 0 KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed successfully Operation name view Figure 6 27 Displaying Specific Items of Path Information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu Product USP SerialNumber 0014010 LUs 10 iLU HDevName Device PathID Status 003A dlmfdrv0 hdisk12 000000 Online hdisk2 000001 Online 003B dlmfdrvl hdisk13 000002 Online hdisk3 000003 Online 003C dlmfdrv2 hdisk14 000004 Online hdisk4 000005 Online 003D dlmfdrv3 hdisk15 000006 Online hdisk5 000007 Online 003E dlmfdrv4 hdisk16 000008 Online hdisk6 000009 Online 003F dlmfdrv5 hdisk17 000010 Online hdisk7 000011 Online 0040 dlmfdrv hdisk18 000012 Online hdisk8 000013 Online 0041 dlmfdrv7 hdisk19 000014 Online hdisk9 000015 Online 0042 dlmfdrv8 hdisk20 000016 Online hdisk10 000017 Online 0043 dlmfdrv9 hdisk21 000018 Online hdisk11 000019 Online KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view Figure 6 28 Displaying LU Information 280 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Table 6 14 Device Information Using Host LUs as a Sorting Key Item
179. IT Eana Figure 4 18 About Subwindow Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 203 4 3 7 7 Closing the HDLM Web GUI Window 204 This section explains how to close an HDLM Web GUI window The two ways to close an HDLM Web GUI window are by logging out and quitting all programs and by quitting only the HDLM Web GUI without logging out Logging out and quitting all programs 1 Inthe menu bar frame click Log Out This action quits the HDLM Web GUI 2 This action also quits all other programs that have been started from the Device Manager main window Quitting without logging out To quit only the HDLM Web GUI 1 Inthe menu bar frame click Close Or close the browser window This action quits the HDLM Web GUI 2 It does not however quit any other programs that have been started from the Device Manager main window Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface Chapter5 Operating HDLM This chapter describes the procedures for operating the HDLM software including Usage precautions see section 5 1 Starting and stopping the HDLM manager see section 5 2 Starting the HDLM Manager see section 5 2 1 Stopping the HDLM Manager see section 5 2 2 Operating the HDLM GUI remotely see section 5 3 Checking path information see section 5 5 Checking path information by using the dInkmgr view command see section 5 5 1 1 Checking path information by using th
180. If Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library is already installed the existing settings will be inherited When changing these settings keep in mind that they are used by programs other than HDLM The following sections explain how to change these settings Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 105 3 6 1 Displaying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Setup Menu The following procedure shows how to display the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu To display the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu 1 Login asa root user 2 Execute the following command opt hitachi HNTRLib2 bin hntr2ut12 The Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears If you do not want to change the settings type e and then press the Enter key to quit the menu The following section explains how to modify each setting 106 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 6 2 Changing the Size of Integrated Trace Files The following procedure shows how to change the size of integrated trace files To change the size of trace files 1 Inthe Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 1 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the size of the integrated trace file will appear The current value is displayed in Current Size 2 Enter the desired size in New Size The specifiable range is between 8 KB and 8192 KB with a de
181. L02054 Message The HDLM manager could not be connected Would you like to terminate the HDLM GUI OK Cancel aa aa path s were successfully placed Offline C The Offline request of bb bb path s were registered cc cc path s could not be placed Offline C Recommended Action Details The HDLM manager could not be accessed during the start processing of the HDLM GUI aa aa Get Option Information or Set Option Information Action Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check whether the HDLM manager has started If the HDLM manager has not started start the HDLM manager and then restart HDLM GUI Details Terminate the HDLM GUI To continue click OK Otherwise click Cancel Action If you want to terminate the HDLM GUI click OK If you do not want to terminate the HDLM GUI click Cancel Details Indicates the number of the processed paths when the offline request was registered during the Reserve processing aa aa The number of paths succeeded in the offline processing decimal number bb bb The number of paths for which the offline request was registered decimal number cc cc The number of paths failed in the offline processing decimal number dd dd the offline processing Action For the Path ID s of the failed path s see the operation log Click Refresh if you want to check the registered path s in a batch job KAPL02055
182. LM GUI When more than one Path Management window is open only the log for the first Path Management window opened is output to dlmguin log See the HNTRLib2 trace files var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n lo g for the log of the other windows HDLM Web GUI log Note 3 dlminquiry1 log Inquiry logs dlminquiry2 log hdlmtr 1 64 log Trace file var DynamicLinkManager log mmap hdlmtr mm Trace management file opt hitachi HNTRLib2 mmap hntr2mmap mm Memory mapped file integrated trace file output directory specified in the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library utility Default var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide integrated trace file prefix specified in the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library utility2 1 16 log Note 3 default prefix hntr 291 292 Directory Nat opt hitach HNTRLib2 spool File hntr2 log 1 16 e g hntr21 log hntr22 log hntr23 log hntr24 log etc Description Trace files Note 2 usr DynamicLinkManager config dimmgr xml dlmmgr setting file dimwebagent properties HDLM agent add in component setting file usr DynamicLinkManager drv dimfdrv unconf File that defines non HDLM managed disks letc syslog conf File for defining the directory for the output destination of syslog filesystems Mount inf
183. LM HBA ccce 424 Messages from the Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation 425 Messages from the Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM 427 Messages from the Utility for VCS 0 cece cette tee eee ete ne ees 430 Messages from Utility for Checking the Device Configuration 431 Messages from Utility for HDLM Installation Configuration Support 432 OS Mod s hi pnp i a eat elsaabh dee A o cinta en teat aeeeseaa T 439 Chapter 1 Overview of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM This chapter introduces the Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager software About the Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM see section 1 1 Major Functions see section 1 2 HDLM Graphical User Interface see section 1 3 HDLM Web GUI Overview see section 1 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM User s Guide for IBM AIX Systems 1 1 About the Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM The Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM licensed software manages access paths to storage for the Hitachi Freedom Storage family of disk array subsystems HDLM provides functions for distributing workload across paths if multiple paths are used and switching to an alternate path if one is available in the event of a failure on the current path These functions ensure improved system reliability HDLM enables high speed processing of large volumes of data on a network Networks dedicated to data transfer such as a storage are
184. LM Manager When you uninstall HDLM the HDLM manager automatically stops If for some reason the HDLM manager does not automatically stop log in to AIX as a user with root privileges and then execute the following command You can use lower case characters dlmmanager stopsrc s DLMManager This starts the stop script that was set up when HDLM was installed Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 209 5 3 Operating the HDLM GUI Remotely from a Device Manager Client 210 HiCommand Device Manager provides a link and launch function which enables you to launch and use the HDLM GUI from any Device Manager Web Client system To operate the HDLM GUI remotely from the Device Manager Web Client you need to perform the setup procedures on the Device Manager Web Client system that are described in section 3 5 You do not need to do anything on the HDLM management target host The HDLM GUI is accessed from the Host level of the Host View displayed by the Device Manager Web Client For details on displaying the HDLM GUI from the Device Manager Client see section 4 2 4 For details on the installation and operation of the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client see the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client User s Guide MK 91HC001 Note The information that you can view and the operations that you can perform depend on the Device Manager login authority Administrative users c
185. Link Manager The Dynamic Link Manager subwindow appears in the method frame This subwindow displays the operations that can be selected for HDLM On the Dynamic Link Manager subwindow method frame click About The About subwindow appears in the information frame This subwindow displays HDLM Web GUI version information nt Console Microsoft Internet Explorer d rlitic Dynamic Link Manag Tools Logout Close Help Retean Object Tree zi Ee Cr Eiane Figure 4 10 HDLM Version Information 192 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 3 6 Operating the HDLM Web GUI Windows The HDLM Web GUI uses subwindows to manipulate paths and set up an operation environment Subwindows are displayed in the method frame and the information frame as shown in the following example Dynaevic Linw Manage List Hosts Dmamic Link Manager 192 168 1 101 492 168 4 100 192 166 1 103 192 168 1 10 gt Bitchy ATAcHi 907080 03497 A Lu on wm B uve HACH en a wno amp Lu w Bwe gt Q waswnglon Navigation frame Information frame Method frame Figure 4 11 HDLM Web GUI Displaying the Navigation Information and Method Frames The subwindow to be displayed depends on the object selected in the navigation frame Figure 4 12 shows the relationships between the objects in the navigation frame and the subwindows to be displayed The name of a subwindow is the same as the title of the subwindow
186. Login to AIX as a user with root privileges 2 Stop all the processes and services using the HDLM management target paths Also stop any process or service for an application such as DBMS that is using the HDLM management target paths 3 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used in HDLM umount file system mount point 4 Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o 5 Among the displayed volume groups deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 6 Execute the following command to remove the HDLM device and the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev If the KAPLO9012 1 message is displayed there is no problem If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed the HDLM device or the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver has not been deleted or the HDLM manager has not stopped Make sure that no processes services file systems and volume groups are using any HDLM management target path and then re execute the above command 226 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 7 Execute the following command to adjust HDLM to the environment for the kernel mode you want to change usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv 1 v OS mode Table 5 4 lists the available OS modes and their corresponding OS versions and kernel mo
187. M to a chosen directory see section 3 4 5 3 a The dimsetup utility does not set up a file that defines non HDLM managed disks Make sure that you manually set up the file that defines non HDLM managed disks For details on how to set up a file that defines non HDLM managed disks see step 8 in section 3 4 2 3 4 5 2 Errors Using the dlmsetup Utility If an error occurs while executing the dlmsetup utility for supporting HDLM installation and configuration resolve the problem indicated in the message and then re execute the dlmsetup utility However if the KAPL12263 E KAPL12264 E or KAPL12265 E message is output follow the instructions shown in the message 72 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 4 5 3 Performing a New Installation of HDLM Using dimsetup When performing a new installation of HDLM using the dimsetup utility the definition file for non HDLM managed disks cannot be used 1 2 Insert the CD ROM Create a directory where the CD ROM is to be mounted mkdir cdrom You can change the name indicated by cdrom In the following explanation cdrom is used without change Mount the CD ROM mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom The dev cdo portion varies depending on the system From the CD ROM copy dlmodmset_sample and dinkset_sample to the directory cp p cdrom hdlmtool dlmodmset_sample tmp your desired directory cp p cdrom hdlmtool dinkset_sample tmp your desired directory You can rename th
188. M version is shown in screen captures as 05 40 This is equivalent to version 5 4 Table 6 8 Description of HDLM Manager Information Item Description HDLM Manager Status of the HDLM manager Alive Normal Dead Stopped Ver Version number of the HDLM manager WakeupTime Startup time of the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys adrv HDIM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 10 33 03 1000 KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 22 Displaying Information on the HDLM Alert Driver Note The HDLM version is shown in screen captures as 05 40 This is equivalent to version 5 4 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Table 6 9 Description of the HDLM Alert Driver Information Item Description HDLM Alert Driver Status of the HDLM alert driver Alive Normal Dead Stopped Ver Version number of the HDLM alert driver WakeupTime Startup time of the HDLM alert driver Elog Mem Size Size of error log memory for the HDLM alert driver usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys pdrv 2005 06 01 12 00 00 HDIM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 11 28 34 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time Figu
189. M volume group operation utility you can also execute the dlmrecreatevg command from the command line Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities System Management Interface Tool rootGnara Exit Show m E m r F m Figure 7 2 SMIT Window Notes The HDLM volume group commands output the same error messages as the corresponding AIX commands For details on the commands and or messages see the information displayed by executing the man command for the corresponding AIX command Make sure to use the HDLM volume group operation utility If you perform these operations without using this utility the status of a volume group might become incorrect If the volume group status does become incorrect use AIX commands to correct the volume group In parameters only specify volume groups that were created using the HDLM utility If you specify in a parameter a volume group that was not created using the utility an error check is not performed so the status of a volume group might become incorrect Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 299 300 Examples Example 1 To create the volume group dimvgl for HDLM use 1 When the HDLM driver dimfdrv2 and dimfdrv3 use different LUs execute the following command to create the volume group dimvg1 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmmkvg s 32 y dlmvgl dlmfdrv2 dlmfdrv3 Execute the following command to
190. Management FUNCctions 0 cece cece cence eee eee ee teenies 237 5 7 1 Setting Up the Logging Functions c cece ce 237 5 7 2 Excluding Disks from HDLM Management 0 cceee eee e eee eee ceed 239 5 7 3 Messages to be Output in a Monitoring Interval cceceeee eens eee 240 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command scssessssessessseeesseseeiessenseesesseaneteeseeensaeeneseeennoeaens 243 6 1 Overview of the dinkmgr Command c cccec eect eee ete teens 244 6 1 1 dinkmgr Command Format 00 c cece eee eee ene e nnne 244 6 1 2 Operations of the dinkmgr Command 244 6 2 clear Operation yacd oish setae casp teased silanes Peeve hata EAA A ed bl ein ada 245 6 3 help Operation saiereseeciags sexes cide yer peiek eaatert wees ey ENA eae ered 246 6 4 offline Operation ceciren dees ee n eed donde EEE i koe 248 6 5 ONlINe OperatiOns sairing nirka eaaa seta acta beiwe en Eiana TEER Eia ka DER 251 6 60 set Operation ssn ina See eas Peas Ps a AAS ee a aA eat 254 6 7 view Operationiestik ieee adage aa asta eae ae a a A T AAEN 264 Chapter Using the HDLM Utilities cacccinsisscssscstcsssrecsassssecsccasventcecavasaccaveddstansesiecuatessteavescssssssasinansuias 289 7 1 HDLM Error Information Collection Utility DLMgetras ccccccccccree rerea 290 7 1 1 File for Defining the Information to be Collected ccccncccccrer cr 295 7 2 HDLM Volume Group Operation Utility sssesssssss
191. Microsoft Windows NT Server Enterprise Edition Version 4 0 Microsoft Windows 2000 Advanced Server Operating System Microsoft Windows 2000 Datacenter Server Operating System Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition Object Data Manager standard LU type e g OPEN 3 OPEN 9 operating system Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 447 448 RAC SAN SCSI SLPR SMIT TB TID VCS Windows NT Windows Server 2003 Windows XP Real Application Clusters storage area network small computer system interface Storage Logical Partition System Management Interface Tool terabyte 1 TB 1024 GB target ID VERITAS Cluster Server A generic term for Microsoft Windows NT Workstation Operating System Version 4 0 Microsoft Windows NT Server Network Operating System Version 4 0 Microsoft Windows NT Server Enterprise Edition Version 4 0 Microsoft Windows NT Server Version 4 0 Terminal Server Edition Microsoft BackOffice Small Business Server Version 4 0 A generic term for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Web Edition Microsoft Windows XP Operating System Acronyms and Abbreviations
192. OM is mounted or to which the CD ROM has been copied odm odm settings file Specifies the name of the file in which odm environment settings are defined Specify the file path set dlnk settings file Specifies the name of the file in which environment settings for the set operation are defined Specify the file path s Prevents the confirmation message from being displayed when the command is executed h Displays the format of the dimsetup utility Note When using the dlmsetup utility refer to section 3 4 5 Make sure that you specify a directory path after the i odm or set options Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 309 310 Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities Chapter 8 Troubleshooting This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures for HDLM How to check information in case of an error see section 8 1 Actions you should take when HDLM detects a path error see section 8 2 Actions you should take when an error occurs in an HDLM program see section 8 3 How to call the Hitachi Data Systems Support Center see section 8 4 Actions taken for other errors see section 8 4 For details on HDLM usage precautions see the HDLM Release Notes document For details on hardware setup and maintenance contact your Hitachi Data Systems representative or the Hitachi Data Systems Support Center Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 311
193. Oy OW age Oe oe e Online Placing the pointer over a path displays the path status and path type When you select a path the line for the selected path is highlighted displayed thicker than before Selecting an HBA port channel adapter port or channel adapter also highlights the associated path s Table 4 4 Path Lines on the Configuration Tab Path Line Path Status black unbroken line Online black broken line Offline C red broken line Note Offline E red unbroken line Note Online E Note If the system determines that the intermittent error is occurring the line that indicates the error path flashes The line lights for 3 seconds and then goes out for 0 2 seconds repeatedly Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 173 174 Buttons for channel adapter ports These buttons display the channel adapter ports by port name Port names for 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E A and B two ports per channel adapter Port names for 9900V A R and a r eight ports per channel adapter Port names for 9900 and 7700E A R four ports per channel adapter Port names for USP In the expanded mode the channel adapter port number example 1E In the minimized mode the first number and the last number of the channel adapter port connected by a hyphen example 1A 7D 128 ports per channel adapter The buttons for the channel
194. Path is offline due to a user issued command Offline E Path is offline due to an error Online E An error occurred in the last online path to the device 1 O Count Total number of times path I O occurred decimal O Errors Total number of path I O errors decimal Dnum A device number which is equivalent to a logical volume number in AIX A device number beginning from 0 is assigned to each device in the LU In AIX this value is fixed to 0 because one LU contains one device This name is the same as the DNum displayed by the view operation HdevName The name of the host device In AIX the logical device file name of the HDLM device dimfdrvn where n is the driver s instance number is displayed This name is the same as the HDevName displayed by the view operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 315 8 1 4 Messages that are Output When an Error Occurs 316 Examining the output message in the OS log allows you to check the information about the error To obtain detailed information about a path check the following windows according to the type of message For the HDLM GUI Path List view in the Path Management window For the HDLM Web GUI Show Path List subwindow Fora command Execution results of the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details on this operation see section 6 7 Figure 8 2 shows an error message that is output if a path error
195. PathName Name that identifies a physical path A path name consists of the following four items separated by periods refer to Table 8 1 HBA adapter number bus number target ID and host LUN Obtain information about the path name items as follows HBA adapter number Execute the following command to display the HBA number lsdev Cc disk Bus number Execute the following command to display the parent bus number lsdev Cc disk Target ID For fibre channel execute the following command to display the target ID which is the value of scsi_id lsattr El device name For SCSI execute the following command to display the target ID which is the leftmost value of connwhere odmget CuDv device name Host LU number For fibre channel execute the following command to display the host LU number value of lun_id lsattr El device name 314 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting For SCSI execute the following command to display the host LU number which is the second value from the left of connwhere odmget q name physical volume name CuDv DskName Name identifying the storage subsystem A storage subsystem name consists of the following three items separated by periods Vendor ID The name of the storage subsystem vendor e g HITACHI Product ID The emulation type product identifier or model name of the storage subsystem e g OPEN 3 If you specify the stname parameter with the view
196. Recommended Action KAPL11801 I GUI information aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa Trace information Character string Action None KAPL11802 XML reception aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa XML information Character string Action None KAPL11803 1 XML transmission aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa XML information Character string Action None KAPL11901 I aa aa has started Details The operation has started on the management target host aa aa Operation Character string Get Path Information Get Option Information Set Option Information Clear Data Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status Action None KAPL11902 1 aa aa has started PathID bb bb Details The operation has started on the management target host aa aa Operation Character string Online Offline bb bb The Path ID of the target path for the operation decimal number Action None Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 379 380 Message ID Message KAPL11903 I aa aa has completed normally Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Recommended Action Details Operat
197. Setting up HDLM section 3 5 Setting up integrated traces section 3 6 Checking the path configuration section 3 7 Setting up volume groups section 3 8 Settings for using HACMP section 3 9 Settings for using GPFS RVSD section 3 10 Settings for using VCS section 3 11 Creating an HDLM GUI environment for operating HDLM from Device Manager section 3 12 Creating an HDLM Web GUI environment for operating HDLM from Device Manager section 3 13 Uninstalling HDLM section 3 14 Deleting the GPFS RVSD settings section 3 15 Deleting the VCS settings section 3 16 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 51 3 1 System Requirements Important Read the Release Notes on the HDLM CD ROM prior to installation The Release Notes contain important information on supported hardware and software e g server machines HBAs drivers required patches and HDLM usage precautions The Hitachi Data Systems representative should refer to the applicable ECN and HDLM Hardware Notes for important information on storage subsystem setup Important Before installing HDLM you must connect the storage subsystem present a LUN to the server in which you are installing HDLM 3 2 Flow for Creating an HDLM Environment Set up the environment to use HDLM as follows 3 4 1 Preparations for a new installation of HDLM erence 3 4 3 Preparations for an update installation of HDLM installation of HDLM
198. T window instead of the command line because the SMIT window makes it easy to select a physical disk The SMIT window displays only the physical disk that was first registered in the Object Data Manager instead of all physical disks allocated to one LU Note The exception to using the SMIT window instead of a command line is when specifying an HDLM driver You cannot specify an HDLM driver in the following SMIT menu System Storage Management Physical amp Logical Storage Logical Volume Manager Logical Volumes Set Characteristic of a Logical Volume Remove a Copy from a Logical Volume Instead specify the HDLM driver as a physical volume name using the command line For example rmlvccopy hdlmlv 1 dimfdrv6 To display the SMIT window for the volume group operation utility select System Storage Management Physical amp Logical Storage Logical Volume Manager and then HDLM Volume Groups Figure 7 2 shows the SMIT window for the HDLM volume group operation utility Executing the dimrecreatevg command The dimrecreatevg command is not shown in the SMIT window for the HDLM volume group operation utility If you want to execute the dlmrecreatevg command from the SMIT window use the SMIT fast path and execute the following command smit dlmrecreatevg When you execute this command in the displayed SMIT window specify the physical volumes that you want to target when a volume group is recreated As with the other commands for the HDL
199. TRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log files where nis the file number are used as operation logs of the HDLM command and GUI They are integrated trace information files of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library If there is a significant amount of integrated trace information output the frequency of wraparound deletions increases and information may end up deleted in a short amount of time Also if a large amount of integrated trace information is output at once the integrated trace information that overflowed the buffer might not be saved in integrated trace files To save as much information as possible change the settings for Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library increasing the integrated trace file size and buffer size Note that specifying the values too large places a heavy load on the system When determining these values consider these operational tradeoffs Table 3 16 shows the default and recommended values for the integrated trace file settings Table 3 16 Default and Recommended Values for the Integrated Trace File Settings Setting Default value Recommended value Integrated trace file size 256 kilobytes 4096 kilobytes Number of integrated trace files 4 8 Buffer size per Buffer size per monitoring 64 kilobytes 256 kilobytes monitoring interval interval Monitoring cycle 10 seconds 5 seconds Number of messages Monitoring interval 0 seconds 0 seconds to be output per monitoring interval
200. The required operation depends on the order of resource group processing m When the resource group processing order is a sequential order Add a custom cluster event or custom disk methods m When the resource group processing order is a parallel order Add custom disk methods Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 9 2 1 Adding a Custom Cluster Event This subsection explains how to set up HACMP 5 1 For details on the setting procedure and how to specify the settings for other versions see the HACMP documentation Note Do not perform this procedure if the resource group processing order is a parallel order To register the HDLM script for HACMP 1 From the SMIT window display the Add a Custom Cluster Event window Choose the following sequence of menu items to display this window Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Event Configuration Configure Pre Post Event Commands and finally choose Add a Custom Cluster Event 2 Inthe Add a Custom Cluster Event window specify the items as shown below Cluster event name dlm hacmp disk available Cluster event description dlm hacmp disk available Script file name for the cluster event usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm hacmp disk available 3 When you finish specifying the settings click the OK button 4 From the SMIT window display the Extended Event Configuration window Choose the following sequence
201. The specified parameter is invalid aa aa invalid parameter Action Execute the dlmHBAde1 h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution KAPL10624 W The specified parent device of the HDLM driver Details does not exist Device aa aa The specified parent device of the HDLM driver does not exist aa aa specified parent device Action Execute the dlmHBAde1 h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution KAPL10625 E An attempt to remove a path has failed Error Details code aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages An attempt to remove a path of the specified parent device has failed aa aa internal code in dlmHBAdel Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Message ID KAPL10626 E Message An attempt to remove a path has failed Error code aa aa HDLM dirver bb bb Disk CC CC Recommended Action Details An attempt to remove a path of the specified parent device has failed Error Code aa aa internal code in dimHBAdel HDLM driver bb bb dlmfdrvn Physical volume cc cc hdiskn n instance number Action If the error code is 5 62 deactivate the volume group used by the HDLM driver If the error code is not 5 62 contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM Table 9 18 Messages fro
202. The target path s are already aa aa Details The specified paths are already Online Offline C resulting from the online offline operation aa aa Online or Offline C Action Click Refresh to check the status of the path Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 349 350 Message ID KAPL02056 E Message An attempt to acquire the operating permissions of Device Manager failed The HDLM GUI cannot start Recommended Action Details An attempt to acquire the operating permissions of Device Manager failed Action Check whether Device Manager Server has started If Device Manager Server has not started start Device Manager Server and then restart the HDLM GUI KAPL02057 E The Help window cannot start Details There is no Web browser installed or the installation of a Web browser failed Action Confirm that Web browser is installed If Web browser is installed on the machine confirm that the PATH environment variable is set KAPL02059 E Window could not be opened Details X Window System is not available or the DISPLAY environment variable is not set correctly Action Check that the DISPLAY environment variable is set properly KAPL02060 E KAPL02061 W The version of JRE required by HDLMGUI has not been installed The getting PathInformation has been stopped because the path configuration was changed during HDLM
203. Total I O error count for the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value is 2 2 1 4294967295 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 PathID PathName DskName AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number AutoPATH_ID is assigned when the management target host is restarted or when a path configuration is changed When a new LU was added and the management target host has not been restarted AutoPATH_ID is assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the HDLM config manager dlmcfgmgr The path name which indicates a path When you modify the system configuration or replace a hardware item you should check the path names to identify the path that will be affected by the change Path name that consists of the following four items separated by periods HBA adapter number character string Bus number character string Target ID hexadecimal number Host LU number hexadecimal number Table 4 6 contains details on path name components Note Whenever you modify the system configuration or replace a hardware item you should check the path names to determine if any of the physical paths are affected by the configuration or hardware change Storage subsystem name which identifies the storage subsystem that is accessed by a path A storage subsystem name consists of the following three elements separated by periods Vendor I
204. Type Attribute of the path Own Owner path Non Non owner path lO Count Total I O count for the path indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 lO Errors Total I O error count for the path indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 DNum A device number which is equivalent to a logical volume number in AIX A device number beginning from 0 is assigned to the device in the LU In AIX this value is fixed to 0 because one LU contains one device IEP The displayed paths are assumed to be in an intermittent error status and checked whether those paths are to be operated for automatic failback Indicates that intermittent error monitoring is disabled or the monitoring time for an intermittent error is out of range Numerical value larger than 0 Indicates the number of errors that occurred during intermittent error monitoring Indicates that an intermittent error occurred automatic failback does not check the path VG Volume group name Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu Product SerialNumber LUs iLU HDevName 003A 003B 003C 003D 003E
205. U have recovered from the error Error occurs Online operation is performed for a path in error status Automatic failback checks a path in error status Online operation performed in the Path Management window or Show Path List subwindow or by executing the dinkmgr command s online operation Offline operation performed in the Path Management window or Show Path List subwindow or by executing the dinkmgr command s offline operation 1 When no Online or Offline E paths exist among the paths that access the same LU 2 When an Online or Offline E path exists among the paths that access the same LU 3 One of the Offline E paths is changed to the Online E path 4 When an Offline E path exists among the paths that access the same LU Figure 2 9 Path Status Transitions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 31 32 The last available online path for each LU cannot be placed offline by using the Path Management window the Show Path List subwindow or by executing the offline operation This ensures access to the LU For details on the offline operation see section 6 4 If an error occurs in the last available online path for each LU the status of the path is changed to Online E If you are using automatic failback when the path recovers from an error HDLM automatically places the path online When you are using intermittent error monitoring the path in which the
206. Us as a Sorting Key and Selecting the Items to be Displayed Figure 6 32 shows how to display LU information using iLUs as a sorting key Display a Summary of the LU Information Without Selecting Items to be Displayed Figure 6 33 shows how to display a summary of LU information without selecting specific items to be displayed Displaying a Summary of the LU Information by Selecting Items to be Displayed Figure 6 34 shows how to display a summary of LU information by selecting specific items to be displayed HDLM driver instances and disk devices shows how to display information about the correspondence between each instance of an HDLM driver and a physical volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys sfunc IM Version 05 40 Load Balance on Support Cluster Elog Level 223 Elog File Size KB 9900 Trace Level z oo Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 1 Reservation Status on 2 Intermittent Error Monitor on 3 30 KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed successfully Operation name view Figure 6 20 Displaying Information on the HDLM Function Settings Note The HDLM version is shown in screen captures as 05 40 This is equivalent to version 5 4 272 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Table 6 7 Description of HDLM Function Settings Function Setting Description HDLM Version HDLM version number Service Pack Version H
207. a network SAN can use HDLM to provide enhanced access to storage Figure 1 1 illustrates a typical connection between hosts and storage HDLM supports the following Hitachi Freedom Storage disk array subsystems a Hitachi TagmaStore Universal Storage Platform USP a Hitachi Lightning 9900 V Series m Hitachi Lightning 9900 m Hitachi Freedom Storage 7700E m Hitachi Thunder 9500 V Series m Hitachi Thunder 9200 a Hitachi Freedom Storage 5800 a Hitachi Freedom Storage 5700E 2 Chapter1 Overview of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Storage subsystem Storage subsystem Figure 1 1 Connection between Hosts and Storage Note The use of HDLM and all other Hitachi Data Systems products is governed by the terms of your license agreement s with Hitachi Data Systems Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 3 1 2 Major Functions The major functions of HDLM are Load balancing When multiple paths connect a host and storage HDLM distributes the load across multiple paths to prevent a heavily loaded path from affecting processing speed For details on load balancing see section 2 5 1 Path Failover When multiple paths connect a host and storage HDLM switches to an alternate path if a failure occurs on the active path allowing processing to continue without interruption For details on failover see section 2 7 1 1 Failback When a previously fai
208. a 5 1 5 2 5 3 kernel mode bb bb 32 64 Action If you would like to change the link to the displayed OS version and kernel mode enter y Otherwise enter n KAPL10603 The HDLM SMIT menu will be changed to OS version aa aa Would you like to continue y n Details Select y to change the SMIT menu to the displayed OS version and n to not change the SMIT menu aa aa 5 1 5 2 or 5 3 Action If you would like to change the SMIT menu to the displayed OS version enter y Otherwise enter n KAPL10604 E This version of the OS is not supported by HDLM Uninstall HDLM Details This version of the OS is not supported by HDLM Uninstall HDLM Action Uninstall HDLM KAPL10605 W A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details A parameter is invalid aa aa invalid parameter Action Execute the dlmchenv h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution Message ID KAPL10606 E Message HDLM cannot change the SMIT menu or link HDLM aa aa is running Recommended Action Details The dimchenv utility cannot be executed because the HDLM driver HDLM alert driver and HDLM manager have been started aa aa driver alert driver manager Action Execute the dlmrmdev utility for deleting HDLM drivers to delete the logical device files for the HDLM device and the HDLM alert driver from the running kernel stop the H
209. about the HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM see the ENC for HDLM If the problem is not resolved by the upgrade of HDLM Web GUI collect the error information on the server and the management target host and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute DLMget ras Message ID KAPL11147 E Message Configuration figure cannot be displayed for this storage Host aa aa Storage bb bb Recommended Action Details The configuration figure cannot be displayed for the selected storage subsystem because the HDLM Web GUI does not support the Configuration subwindow for the selected storage subsystem aa aa Name of the target host bb bb Name of Storage Subsystem Action Display the Path List subwindow to refer the path information for the selected storage subsystem If you want to display the Configuration subwindow for the selected storage subsystem upgrade the version of HDLM Web GUI to following version The version of HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM installed in the management target host The newer version than 1 See the ENC for HDLM to check the version of HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM If the problem is not resolved by the upgrade of HDLM Web GUI collect the error information on the server an
210. ace file size or number of trace files all the current trace files will be deleted To continue the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel aa aa Name of the target host Action If you want to continue the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel Action None KAPL11702 W The default setting was set because the property file of HDLM Web GUI could not be read Details The dlmservlet properties file does not exist or cannot be read Action Check whether the dlmservlet properties file exists If it does not exist create the file and set each item For details about the setting for each item and the directory in which the file is to be created see section 3 13 5 or 3 13 6 If the dlmservlet properties file exists check the read permission for the file If read operation is not permitted grant read permission Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 377 378 Message ID KAPL11703 W Message The property file of HDLM Web GUI has invalid strings Recommended Action Details The invalid strings exist in the dlmservlet properties file Action Make sure that the correct item name is inthe dlmservlet properties file by referring to section 3 13 5 or 3 13 6 KAPL11704 W KAPL11705 W The default setting was set because the invalid setting was set to the Setting operating permissions opt
211. aced Online Host aa aa Path ID bb bb The target path s are already aa aa Host bb bb Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details aa aa Name of the target host bb bb Path ID of the failed path decimal number Action Remove the error in the path and then retry Details The specified paths are already Online Offline C resulting from the online offline processing aa aa Online or Offline C bb bb Name of the target host Action Click Refresh to check the status of the path 367 368 Message ID KAPL11134 W Message A path that cannot be placed in the aa aa status has been detected PathID bb bb Would you like to continue the cc cc processing OK Cancel Recommended Action Details During online offline processing of multiple paths a path that cannot be changed to Online Offline C was detected If you want to ignore the path and continue enter y To cancel the operation enter n aa aa Online or Offline C Character string bb bb Path ID of the unchangeable path decimal number cc cc Operation Character string Online Offline Action If you want to continue the online offline processing click OK To cancel the online offline processing click Cancel For paths that cannot be processed take the following actions For a path that failed to run online remove the error and then run
212. aced Online was detected during multipath online processing To ignore this path and perform online processing for the next path enter y To cancel processing enter n aa aa Path ID decimal number Action If you want to continue processing of the online operation of the HDLM command for other paths enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n For details on the online operation see section 6 5 KAPLO1040 W The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Details A value other than y and n was entered Enter y or n Action Enter y or n KAPL01041 E The entered value is invalid The operation stops Operation name aa aa Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details Command processing will be aborted because an incorrect response was made three times in reply to the request aa aa clear offline online set Action To execute the operation re execute the HDLM command 331 332 Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPLO1044 W A duplicate parameter value is specified Details Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb The same parameter value is specified parameter value cc cc two or more times aa aaiview bb bb Parameter name cc cc Duplicated parameter value Action Delete the duplicate parameter value name and then retry KAPLO1045 W Too many parameter values are specified Detai
213. age is displayed then the command was executed without any problems Isdev Cc disk hdisk1l Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive Table 3 1 lists and describes the files to be inherited during an update installation of HDLM Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment Table 3 1 List of Files Inherited During Update Installation File Description usr DynamicLinkManager config dlmmgr xm1 Note 1 File for setting up HDLM functionality usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv conf HDLM driver configuration definition file usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv unconf File that defines non HDLM managed disks file defining the physical volumes that are to be excluded from the HDLM management target usr DynamicLinkManager 1log dlmcfgmgr 1 2 log Note 2 Log files of the dlmcfgmgr utility for managing the HDLM configuration usr DynamicLinkManager log dlmmgr 1 2 log Note 2 Log files of HDLM Manager var DynamicLinkManager 1log dlmcfgmgr 1 2 log Note 3 Log files of the dlmcfgmgr utility for managing the HDLM configuration var DynamicLinkManager 1log dlmmgr 1 16 log Note 3 Log files of HDLM Manager var DynamicLinkManager 1log dlmgui 1 2 log Note 3 Log files of HDLM GUI var DynamicLinkManager 1log dlminquiry 1 2 log Note 4 Log files of HDLM Inquiry information var DynamicLinkManager 1log dlmwebagent 1 N log Note 4 HDLM Web GUI log file Note 1 When you are updating a
214. agement target host Execute DLMgetras KAPL11149 I aa aa has started Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The operation or information acquisition will now start aa aa Operation Refresh Get information Get host list Action None Message ID KAPL11150 I Message aa aa has completed normally Recommended Action Details The operation or the information acquisition operation finished normally aa aa Operation Refresh Get information Get host list Action None KAPL11151 I aa aa has started Host bb bb Details Information acquisition has started aa aa Get information Get path information Get component information Get option information bb bb Name of the target host Action None KAPL11152 aa aa has completed normally Host bb bb Details The information acquisition ended normally aa aa Get information Get path information Get component information Get option information bb bb Name of the target host Action None KAPL11153 I aa aa is displayed Object bb bb User ID CC CC Details The screen was displayed normally aa aa Screen name Host List About Path List Configuration HDLM Component Information HDLM Environment Settings bb bb Character string displayed for page navigation cc cc User ID Action None Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager H
215. ager Version Type Version 2 4 3 0 3 1 3 5 4 0 4 1 Windows Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Usable Unusable Unusable Unusable 5 5 or later Usable Usable Unusable Unusable 6 0 or later Usable Usable Usable Usable Solaris Netscape Navigator 6 23 orlater Unusable Usable Usable Unusable 7 0 or later Unusable Usable Usable Usable Mozilla Only Mozilla for 1 4 Unusable Unusable Unusable Usable Solaris can be used Prerequisite programs Device Manager Web Client Note1 JRE Java Web Start Note 1 Can be downloaded from the Device Manager server Note 2 If you use a version of Device Manager 3 0 or later when the HDLM Web GUI is installed on the Device Manager server the HDLM Web GUI will start and you will not be able to use the HDLM GUI For details about the Device Manager client see the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client User s Guide MK 91HC001 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 123 3 12 2 2 Device Manager Server Machine The program requirements on a Device Manager server machine are as follows a OS The OS depends on the Device Manager server requirement m Prerequisite programs Device Manager 2 4 or later Note If you use a version of Device Manager 3 0 or later when the HDLM Web GUI is installed on the Device Manager server the HDLM Web GUI will start and you will not be able to use the HDLM GUI
216. al function number of the core logic decimal number cc cc Detailed information 2 decimal number dd dd Detailed information 3 decimal number Action None Table 9 11 HDLM Management Target Messages Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL08019 E The path aa aa detected an error bb bb Details cc cc An error occurred in the path because of a condition such as a disconnection aa aa Path identifier Hexadecimal number bb bb Error code Hexadecimal number cc cc Address of the filter driver in which the error occurred Character string Action Check the path in which the error was detected Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 397 398 Message ID KAPL08022 E Message A path error occurred ErrorCode aa aa PathID bb bb PathName cc cc dd dd ee eeff ff DNum gg g9 HDevName hh hh Recommended Action Details A physical or logical error occurred in the path aa aa OS error code Hexadecimal number bb bb Path ID same as PathID of view path decimal number cc cc HBA adapter number same as PathName of view path Character string dd dd Bus number Character string ee ee Target ID Hexadecimal number ff ff Host LU number same as PathName of view path Hexadecimal number gg gg Dev number same as DNum of view path decimal
217. ame stname srt pn lu cp t To display Lu information without selecting items to be displayed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu hdev host device name pathid AutoPATH_ID t To display LU information displaying a summary usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu c t To display LU information by selecting items to be displayed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu item slpr pn cp clpr type ic ie dnu iep vg all hdev host device name pathid AutoPATH_ID t To display the correspondence information about each instance of an HDLM driver to a physical volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv t To display the format of the view operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view help Description The view operation together with the dlInkmgr command displays HDLM program information path information LU information and corresponding information about an HDLM device physical volume and LDEV Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command a Parameters to display program information sys sfunc msrv adrv pdrv lic Displays the HDLM program information Use one of the subsequent parameters following sys to specify the program information you want to display If you do not specify the subsequent parameter the command displays all program information Table 6 3 shows the parameters and the displayed information t
218. an view modify and delete data whereas Guest users can only view data and export CSV files Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 4 Operating the HDLM Web GUI Remotely from a Device Manager Client Figure 5 1 shows an example system configuration for linking to the Device Manager and using an HDLM Web GUI to operate HDLM remotely _ Ee Device Manager 03 00 HDLM Web GUI Windows or Solaris Device Manager client HDLM HDLM Device Manager Agent Device Manager Agent Windows AIX Windows AIX or Solaris or Solaris Management target host Management target host Storage subsystem Storage subsystem Figure 5 1 Example System Configuration for linking with Device Manager Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 211 212 For details on launching HDLM Web GUI from a Device Manager client see section 4 3 2 For details on the installation and uninstallation of the Device Manager see the HiCommand Device Manager Server Installation and Configuration Guide MK 91HC002 For details on the installation and uninstallation of the Device Manager Agent see the HiCommand Device Manager Agent Installation Guide MK 91HC019 For details on the installation and uninstallation of the Device Manager Web Client see the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client User s Guide MK 91HCO001 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 5 Checking and Configuring Paths 5 5 1 Checki
219. anager client requirements in Device Manager 3 0 or later Web browser The web browser depends on the operating system the Device Manager client and the version of Device Manager Table 3 19 shows the required Web browsers Table 3 19 Required Web Browsers os Web Browser Device Manager Version Product Version 3 0 3 1 3 5 4 0 4 1 Windows Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 or later Usable Unusable Unusable 6 0 or later Usable Usable Usable Solaris Netscape Navigator 6 2 3 or later Usable Usable Unusable 7 0 or later Usable Usable Usable Mozilla Only Mozilla for 1 4 Unusable Unusable Usable Solaris can be used For details about the Device Manager client see the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client User s Guide MK 91HC001 3 13 2 2 Device Manager Server Machine The program requirements on a Device Manager server machine are as follows m OS The OS depends on the Device Manager server requirement m Prerequisite programs Device Manager 3 0 or later Note If you use a version of Device Manager 3 0 or later and the HDLM Web GUI is not installed on the Device Manager server the HDLM GUI will start You will not be able to use the HDLM Web GUI For details about installing Device Manager see HiCommand Device Manager Server Installation and Configuration Guide MK 91HC002 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 127 3 13 2 3 Managemen
220. anager status is Dead start the HDLM manager see section 5 2 1 If the HDLM alert driver status is Dead restart the management target host If the HDLM alert driver was removed create it using the cfgmgr or dlmcfmgr command If the HDLM driver status is Dead restart the management target host When using the command line execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys If the KAPLO1012 E message is displayed in response to the dinkmgr view sys command start the HDLM manager see section 5 2 1 If the KAPLO1013 E message is displayed in response to the dInkmgr view sys command restart the management target host If the same error occurs again after you take the above action obtain the information necessary for contacting maintenance personnel Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Obtain program information Obtain the information you should report to maintenance personnel For AIX systems HDLM provides the DLMgetras utility for collecting error information that should be reported to maintenance personnel see section 7 1 and section 8 3 1 When an error occurs in the HDLM GUI or HDLM Web GUI collect the screenshot at the time the error occurred Contact maintenance personnel Contact maintenance personnel and report the obtained information see section 8 4 To perform troubleshooting for a program error using the HDLM Web GUI 1 Examine the message If an error occurs in the
221. and then re execute Details No parameter value has been specified aa aa Parameter Action Specify the h option in the utility for HDLM installation configuration support confirm the option that should be specified and then re execute KAPL12263 E The specified file does not exist parameter aa aa Filename bb bb Details A file that does not exist is specified aa aa Parameter bb bb The specified file name Action If odmis set for the parameter Execute dlmodm set dlmcfgmgr and then dinkmgr set one after another or specify odm settings file in dlmsetup again and then re execute If set is set for the parameter Specify the desired parameters and then execute the dinkmgr set command Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 433 434 Message ID KAPL12264 E Message An attempt to read the file has failed parameter aa aa Filename bb bb Recommended Action Details An attempt to read the file has failed aa aa Parameter bb bb The specified file name Action If odmis set for the parameter Execute dlmodm set dlmcfgmgr and then dinkmgr set one after another or specify an odm settings file that can be read in dlmsetup again and then re execute If set is set for the parameter Specify the desired parameters and then execute the dinkmgr set command KAPL12265 E There is an invalid character i
222. anually switched to offline Also the status of a path whose error has not been recovered cannot be switched to online HDLM selects the switching destination path the same way as for automatic path switching When using the 9500V 9200 5800 or 5700E HDLM selects the switching destination path from owner paths and then from non owner paths When the USP 9900V 9900 or 7700E is being used all paths that access the same LU are candidates for the switching destination path All other paths that run through the same physical path are switched Changing the path status online in the Path Management window or Show Path List subwindow or executing the online operation places the offline path back to online For details on the online operation see section 6 5 After the path status is changed to online HDLM selects the path to use in the same way as for automatic path switching which is described in section 2 7 1 When using the 9500V 9200 5800 or 5700E HDLM selects the path to use from online owner paths and then from online non owner paths When the USP 9900V 9900 or 7700E is being used the path to use is not switched after changing the path status to online by using the Path Management window or the online operation For details on changing the path status in the Path Management window see section 5 6 7 For information about the Show Path List subwindow see section 4 3 7 2 For details on the offline and online operations see s
223. application name arc archive file name Description The setting file command backs up the HDLM setting file Following are the setting files that are backed up When Windows is installed on the Device Manager server installation folder config dlmservlet properties Note You can specify the installation folder when installing the HDLM Web GUI When Solaris is installed on the Device Manager server opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI config dlmservlet properties Parameters dir directory name Use this parameter to specify the directory name for collecting backup data type application name Use this parameter to specify the name of the application that performs the backup To back up the HDLM log files specify DynamicLinkManager for the application name Note When the application name is not specified all the Web applications that are registered in the HiCommand Common Component are applied Returned Value 0 Normal termination 1 Parameter error 2 Abnormal termination Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 443 Examples Example 1 To back up only the HDLM Web GUI settings When the Device Manager is running on Windows gt Device Manager installation location Base bin hemdsbackups dir folder that you specify type DynamicLinkManager When the Device Manager is running on Solaris opt HiCommand Base Bin hemdsbackups dir directory that you specify type Dynami
224. are displayed for each LU Note You cannot specify the c parameter together with the hdev or pathid parameter For details on the contents of each display item see Table 6 16 t Does not display the title for each information item Parameters to display LU information selecting items to be displayed lu item The items specified with the item option are added to the items to be displayed by the lu option and displayed Note When the value of the item parameter is omitted or all is specified all the items that can be displayed are displayed Table 6 5 shows the correspondence between the items that can be displayed by the dinkmgr view lu item command and the parameter values for displaying each item Table 6 5 Items Displayed by the dinkmgr view lu item Command and the Values of the item Parameter Items Displayed by the Values Specified after the item dinkmgr view lu item Command SLPR slor PathName pn ChaPort cp CLPR clor Type type 10 Count ic lO Errors je DNum dnu IEP iep VG vg All items are displayed all In the subsequent sub parameters hdev or pathid you can filter the LU information to be displayed When you omit both parameters the command displays the information about all the LUs recognized by HDLM For details on the contents of each displayed item see Table 6 16 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 269 The sub
225. at Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 19 2 6 Load Distribution Using Load Balancing When multiple paths are connected to a device to an LU HDLM can distribute the load across the paths by using multiple paths for I O This is called load balancing and it prevents a heavily loaded path from affecting the performance of the entire system Figure 2 5 shows the I O flow when the load balancing function is not being used Figure 2 6 shows the I O flow when the load balancing function is being used Both figures show an example of an I O operation being issued for the same LU from multiple applications Host lt 2 04_SO amp o_wwNIS 9 I I0 0N YyYq 93239 Application Application Application Storage subsystem Legend Path Path where an 1 0 is issued gt _ Orequest Figure 2 5 I O Flow Without Load Balancing Function When the load balancing function is not being used I O operations converge on one path 1 The load on the path 1 will cause a bottleneck which might cause deterioration of the whole system s performance 20 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations Host Application Application Storage subsystem Legend Path Path where an 1 0 is issued 0 request Figure 2 6 I O Flow With Load Balancing Function When the load balancing function is being used I O operations are distributed via paths 1 2
226. ation and Path List tab displays all paths to the selected LU Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 167 168 Table 4 1 Product IDs of the Storage Subsystems Supported by HDLM for AIX Model Name Product ID Alternate Product ID TagmaStore USP USP RAID500 Lightning 9900 V Series 9970 9980 RAID450 Lightning 9900 Series 9910 9960 RAID400 Freedom Storage 7700E 7700E RAID300 Thunder 9500 V Series 953x 957x DF600 Thunder 9200 9200 DF500 Freedom Storage 5800 5800 DF400 Freedom Storage 5700E 5700E DF 350 Table 4 2 Subsystem Icons on the Tree Frame Icon Icon Name el Subsystem Description All of the paths connected to LUs are operating normally This icon is displayed only when the LU all paths are online icon is displayed under the subsystem ii Subsystem warning The subsystem contains an LU which has a path where an error occurred This icon is displayed only when more than one LU some paths are offline icon is displayed and no LU no paths are online icons are displayed under the subsystem Subsystem LU path error The subsystem contains an LU for which all paths are not working due to errors This icon is displayed only when more than one LU no paths are online icon is displayed under the subsystem Table 4 3 LU Icons on the Tree Frame Icon Icon Name 3 LU all paths are online Descripti
227. ation or Set Option Information Action Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check whether the HDLM manager has started If the HDLM manager has not started start the HDLM manager and then restart HDLM GUI Details This is confirmation for execution of the operation If you want to execute the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel aa aa Clear Data Action If you want to execute the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel KAPL02012 aa aa has started Details The operation has started aa aa Operation CSV Output Set Option Information Refresh Online Offline Clear Data Action None KAPL02013 I aa aa has terminated normally Details The operation has terminated normally aa aa Operation CSV Output Define Option Information Refresh Clear Data Action None Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 341 342 Message ID KAPL02014 W Message No data has been input in aa aa Recommended Action Details No value has been entered in the input field of the Option window aa aa Input item Path Health Checking Interval Auto Failback Checking Interval Error Log File Size Monitoring Interval Number of times Error Log Number of Files Trace File Size Trace Number of Files Action Data has not been input for the specified
228. ation program as a user with root permission KAPL09002 E The disk does not have sufficient free space Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details In HDLM Web GUI Windows The target drive of the installation does not have sufficient free space to install HDLM Web GUI In HDLM Web GUI Solaris The target file system of the installation does not have sufficient free space to install HDLM Web GUI Action In HDLM Web GUI Windows Change the installation destination or delete unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space and then retry In HDLM Web GUI Solaris Increase the amount of free space in opt and then retry Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL09003 E Cannot install in this system Details In HDLM for AIX HDLM cannot be installed on this system In HDLM Web GUI Windows Solaris HDLM Web GUI cannot be installed on this system Action In AIX Install HDLM in an AIX PowerPC system In HDLM Web GUI Windows Install HDLM Web GUI in a Windows 2000 system In HDLM Web GUI Solaris Install HDLM Web GUI in a Solaris 8 or 9 system KAPL09008 W The license code is invalid Details The license code is incorrect Action Check the license code and then re enter it KAPL09011 E Cannot find a license key file Details var DLM dlm lic_key The license key file var DLM dlm 1lic_key is not in the specified directory Action Create a license key file and re
229. autions cece eect nner eee 206 5 2 Starting and Stopping the HDLM Manager ccc cece cece eee eee ete e eens 209 5 2 1 Starting the HDLM Manager 209 5 2 2 Stopping the HDLM Manager 209 5 3 Operating the HDLM GUI Remotely from a Device Manager Client 210 5 4 Operating the HDLM Web GUI Remotely from a Device Manager Client 211 5 5 Checking and Configuring Paths c cece cette eet tte tetera 213 5 5 1 Checking Path Information cece eee ee eee ee eee tees eee ee teeta eae 213 5 5 2 Configuring Path Health Checking 219 5 5 3 Exporting the Path Information cece eee eee eee tee eee ee teeta 220 5 6 Changing the Path Configuration cece cece eee een ete teenie eee 222 5 6 1 Replacing a Host Bus Adapter scce 222 5 6 2 Settings for an OS Upgrade and Changing Kernel Mode 00ceeeeees 225 5 6 3 Replacing a Fiber Cable cet nner rene 228 5 6 4 Replacing a Fibre Channel Switch c cee eee ected 229 5 6 5 Changing the Configuration of HDLM Management Target Disks 230 5 6 6 Changing the Configuration of an HDLM Driver Instance 00ceseeees 233 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide xi 5 6 7 Changing the Path Status sociso Stead Mane eee Meh iia ea 235 5 6 8 Setting the Path Statistics to the Initial Value eee eee ee 236 5 7 Using the Error
230. ay subsystems This document is intended for system administrators who use HDLM to operate and manage storage This document assumes that the user m has a background in data processing and understands storage subsystems and their basic functions a is familiar with the Hitachi Freedom Storage subsystem s Lightning 9900 V Series Hitachi Lightning 9900 Freedom Storage 7700E Thunder 9500 V Series Thunder 9200 array subsystems Freedom Storage 5800 Freedom Storage 5700E and is familiar with the AIX operating system file system system commands and utilities For further information on the Hitachi storage subsystems please refer to the user s guide for the subsystem e g Hitachi Lightning 9900 User and Reference Guide MK 90RD008 For further information on Hitachi Data Systems products and services please contact your Hitachi Data Systems account team or visit Hitachi Data Systems online at http www hds com Note The use of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM and all other Hitachi Data Systems products is governed by the terms of your license agreement s with Hitachi Data Systems HDLM for AIX Software Version This document revision applies to HDLM for AIX version 5 6 and later Comments Please send us your comments on this document Make sure to include the document title number and revision Please refer to specific section s and paragraph s whenever possible a E mail doc commen
231. b bb Parameter name cc cc Parameter values cannot be specified at the same time Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter that can be specified and then retry Action Check the license by using the HDLM command s view sys lic operation Then if necessary re execute the HDLM command s set lic operation If the same error message is output contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Do not perform the following operations Simultaneous executions of the HDLM command s set lic operation Execution of the HDLM command s set lic operation simultaneously with an update of the license for an update installation KAPLO1095 E An attempt to acquire the HDLM version information has failed details aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The HDLM version information could not be acquired correctly aa aa Code showing reason for error Action Re execute If the same error occurs again execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information acquire the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the company for which you have a service contract Message ID KAPL01096 E Message An attempt to acquire the Service Pack version information has failed details aa aa Recommended Action Details The Service Pack version information could not
232. be acquired correctly aa aa Code showing reason for error Action Re execute If the same error occurs again execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information acquire the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the company for which you have a service contract KAPLO1097 W KAPLO1100 I All the current trace files will be deleted Is this OK y n aa aa Details If you set a value less than the current value of the trace file size or number of trace files all the current trace files will be deleted To continue the operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute operation of the HDLM command enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n Details This message indicates the executed command line Action None Note When you reinstall HDLM default values are assigned to the function settings in the Options window If needed reset these values according to your preference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 339 340 Table 9 4 Message ID KAPL02001 HDLM GUI Messages Message HDLM GUI has started normally Recommended Action Details HDLM GUI has started Action None KAPL02002 HDLM GUI has terminated Details HDLM GUI has terminated Action None KAPL02003 E You lack permission to start HDLM GUI Action Execut
233. because n or no was entered in reply to the acknowledgment for y yes n Of no aa aa installation uninstallation Action None KAPLO9068 W The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Details A value other than y yes n of no was entered Action Enter only the value y yes n or no KAPL09069 E The entered value is invalid The aa aa will now Details terminate The install or uninstall processing will be aborted because a value other than y yes n Or no was entered three times consecutively aa aa installation uninstallation Action No action required If you are installing or uninstalling and are prompted for confirmation enter only the value y yes n Or no KAPL09070 I HDLM Web GUI version aa aa has been installed Details Do you want to overwrite The system confirms whether you want to overwrite the previous installation aa aa Version number Action To overwrite the previous installation choose Yes KAPL09071 E The specified installation folder is read only Specify a different folder Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details Since the install folder you specified is read only you cannot install HDLM Web GUI Action Specify an installation folder that is not read only 407 408 Message ID KAPL09072 E Message An internal error has occurred Details aa aa bb bb Recommended Action Details An e
234. bleshooting for a program error using the HDLM GUI 1 Examine the message If an error occurs in the HDLM program a message whose message ID is other than KAPLO8xxx is output to syslog in the management target host Check the output message Messages with error level E Error or higher require corrective action Take action for the error Take the action recommended for the message in Chapter 9 If the same error occurs again after you take the corrective action check the status of the HDLM program using the HDLM GUI or the dinkm gr view command line as shown below usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys Note One of two error messages may appear after executing the command KAPL01012 E or KAPL01013 E The KAPL01012 E message indicates that a connection could not be established with the HDLM manager If this message appears start the HDLM manager See section 5 2 1 The KAPLO1013 E message indicates that an error occurred in the internal processing of the HDLM command If this message appears restart the management target host If the same error occurs again after you take the above action obtain the information necessary for contacting maintenance personnel Check the HDLM program status When using the HDLM GUI open the Component information window see section 4 2 4 6 and check the display for HDLM manager HDLM driver and HDLM alert driver and take the following action If the HDLM m
235. c Failback Function COON ronime niea a EE E E EE E ahi draabiter tive E 81 Options for Reservation Level sssssssserisssererir ireren inrett nena rnrn 83 The Recommended and Default Values of Each Function ccccecccccccrcrena 87 Algorithm Options for Load Balancing c cece cece eee teeta e ee eee eee eae 89 Advantage and Disadvantages of Setting the Automatic Failback Function COLON a a ae enn anadun a E E e E 90 Options for Reservation level sssssssssssserisrrererisrrrreririnnrerrr innerer rrene 92 Default and Recommended Settings for the HDLM Functionalities 96 Algorithm Options for Load Balancing sssssssessssererirrsrrrririrererrrrrrerrrra 97 Advantage and Disadvantages of Setting the Automatic Failback Function COVOIN PAOR TE as A hoe nur E E EE E TA A ET 99 Values for the Error Log Collection Level Setting c cceeeeeee tenes 100 Values for the Trace Level Setting cee cec cece cece e ee teen en aeee 101 Options for Reservation Level cece cece e eet eee ee eet tee eens 104 Default and Recommended Values for the Integrated Trace File Settings 105 Thunder 9200 Settings for Using HACMP ccceceee eee eee eee eee teeta eens 116 Prerequisite Web Browser 0 cece cece cece eee tenet teen nes 123 Required Web Browsers ccccceeee eee ce erent eee eae eee t eee ne eta e eee ee ene 127 HDLM Web GUI Installation Problems and Actions
236. c path switching a Manual path switching Note When using the 9500V 9200 5800 or 5700E make sure to set the data share mode to ON Used For details on setting the data share mode see the User s Guide for the array Failover and failback change the path statuses and switch the paths Path statuses are classified into online statuses and offline statuses Online statuses allow the path to normally receive I Os Offline statuses prevent the path from receiving I Os for the following reasons m An error occurred in the path A user used the Path Management window to place the path offline A user placed the path offline using the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI m A user executed the HDLM command s offline operation For details on the offline operation see section 6 4 Note When using the Thunder 9500V series or Thunder 9200 ensure that you set the data share mode to ON Used For details on setting the data share mode see the Thunder 9500V series or Thunder 9200 documentation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 25 2 7 1 Automatic Path Switching This section describes the automatic failover and automatic failback functions that are used to automatically switch a path 2 7 1 1 About Automatic Failover If you detect a error with a path in use you can keep operating the system by changing the state to offline and using other online paths This functionality is calle
237. cLinkManager Example 2 To back up all setting files for every HiCommand program product When the Device Manager is running on Windows Device Manager installation location Base Bin hcmdsbackups dir directory that you specify When the Device Manager is running on Solaris gt Device Manager installation location Base bin hemdsbackups dir folder that you specify 444 Appendix B Working with the HiCommand Common Maintenance Command B 3 Restoring The Setting Files Collected By Using The Setting File Backup Command Format The setting files for HDLM Web GUI collected by using the setting file backup command are stored in the following folder or directory When the Device Manager server is running on Windows folder specified in the dir parameter DynamicLinkManager When the Device Manager server is running on Solaris directory specified in the dir parameter DynamicLinkManager Procedure The following explains the procedure for restoring the setting files for HDLM Web GUI collected by using the setting file backup command When you restore the setting files for HiCommand products other than HDLM Web GUI see the manual for each product To restore the setting files for HDLM Web GUI collected by using the setting file backup command 1 Copy the setting file that was backed up to the following directory When the Device Manager server is running on Windows installation folder config When the Device Manage
238. cal volume in AIX The actual HDev entity is a device in the storage subsystem HLU Host LU that is an LU that the host recognizes The actual HLU entity is an LU in the storage subsystem Table 2 3 Maximum Number of LUs and Paths Supported by HDLM Management Maximum Number Target LUs 256 Paths for one LU The reservation level is on 0 64 The reservation level is on 2 and storage is Lightning 9900 Series Lightning 9900V Series or USP 64 The reservation level is on 2 and storage is Thunder 9200 Series or Thunder 9500V Series 32 Total paths 8192 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 15 2 4 HDLM Program Configuration HDLM runs as a combination of programs Using HDLM requires that these programs be running normally Figure 2 3 shows the HDLM program configuration Table 2 4 lists and describes the functions of these programs HDLM GUI HDLM command f HDLM utility HDLM GUl command sets operation information Collecting error information HDLM manager HDLM GUI command HDLM driver Log is HDLM manager performs operations obtains path obtained requests log on paths information 5 lt requests path HDLM alert driver information HDLM manager i sets operation HDLM alert driver l Log is checks existence information obtained fl requests 91109 execution of path health checking and automatic failback kernel mem
239. ce company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 391 392 Message ID KAPL05014 Message The device object aa aa was registered as the path bb bb Recommended Action Details The path bb bb Core logic path identifier Hexadecimal number of the device object aa aa Filter driver management table address Hexadecimal number was successfully registered in the core logic Action None KAPLO05018 W KAPL05021 The FO processing in the path aa aa failed bb bb cc cc Processing of IOCTL aa aa completed normally Details FO processing failed in the path aa aa Identifier of the core logic path where FO processing failed Hexadecimal number bb bb Error code Hexadecimal number cc cc Fixed at 0 Action The I O being processed is discarded Check the status of the device path and take an appropriate action Details The processing for the requested IOCTL operation was successful aa aa Hexadecimal number IOCTL code Action None KAPL05023 E Could not process the IOCTL aa aa bb bb cc cc Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details Processing corresponding to the requested IOCTL aa aa IOCTL code Hexadecimal number is unsuccessful bb bb Fixed at 0 cc cc Fixed at 0 Action Check the me
240. ce to be replaced Device Name Unconfigure any Child Devices KEEP definition in database Figure 5 6 Unconfigure a Device 10 Choose Replace Remove a PCI Hot Plug Adapter Select the host bus adapter to be replaced 11 When the following message is displayed replace the host bus adapter Figure 5 7 The visual indicator for the specified PCI slot has been set to the identify state Press Enter to continue or enter x to exit The visual indicator for the specified PCI slot has been set to the action state Replace the PCI card in the identified slot and press Enter to continue Enter x to exit Exiting now leaves the PCI slot in the removed state Figure 5 7 Replacing the Host Bus Adapter When you finish replacing the host bus adapter connect the cable and press Enter Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 223 12 Execute the following command to reconfigure the device cfgmgr 1 fcsn To reconfigure the device specify the device name of the PCI slot where the host bus adapter was replaced fcs device n indicates the instance number of the fcs device 13 Execute the dlmcfgmgr utility to configure the HDLM device usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr 14 If LUN security has been set up for the storage subsystem delete the world wide name WWN of the previous host bus adapter from the LUN security 15 Execute the following command to check the path information u
241. ce via the paths 1 and 2 that is between owner paths When the path 1 cannot be used due to a problem such as a failure a device in LU can only be accessed via the path 2 When the paths 1 and 2 cannot be used the load is balanced among the paths that access the target device via the paths 3 and 4 that is between non owner paths a When using the TagmaStore USP Lightning 9900V Series Lightning 9900 Series or Freedom Storage 7700E All the paths are owner paths Therefore HDLM performs load balancing among all the paths accessing the same device When some paths cannot be used due to a problem such as a failure load balancing is performed among the remaining usable paths In Figure 2 7 if the TagmaStore USP Lightning 9900V Series Lightning 9900 Series or Freedom Storage 7700E is being used all the paths are owner paths Therefore when a device within LU is accessed the load is balanced among the paths that access the target device via the paths 1 2 3 and 4 When one of the paths cannot be used due to a problem such as a failure a device in LU can be accessed via the remaining paths 22 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations Application Application Storage subsystem Legend _ Path Owner path gt 1 O request Non owner path Figure 2 7 Load Balancing Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 23 2 6 2 Types of Load Balancing
242. cify the P and T options Deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 4 Check and record hdiskn that corresponds to each dimfdrvn that you want to define Following is an example execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv grep w dlmfdrv6 000024 dlmfdrv6 hdisk10 9200 0010 0007 000025 dlmfdrv6 hdisk49 9200 0010 0007 000026 dlmfdrv6 hdisk80 9200 0010 0007 000027 dlmfdrv6 hdisk111 9200 0010 0007 5 Define dimfdrv rmdev 1 dlmfdrv6 6 Change the disk attributes chdev 1 hdisk10 a queue_depth 32 a rw_timeout 60 7 Enable dimfdrv mkdev 1 dlmfdrv6 8 Activate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryonvg volume group name Note Before you define the disk be sure to delete or define its HDLM driver Before you delete the disk be sure to delete its HDLM driver Appendix A HDML Operations A 5 Notes on Configuring an HDLM Driver When the HDLM is configured after installation the dlmcfgmgr command is used as a configuration manager This configuration manager configures only the HDLM drivers Note The dimcfgmgr command does not have any parameters If you specify any parameters they will be ignored This section explains the notes on configuring an HDLM driver by executing cfgmgr or dimcfgmogr Changing the PVID of a secondary volume To execute cfgmgr or dimcfgmgr to configur
243. cing The Recommended and Default Values of Each Function Default value ON The algorithm is round robin Recommended value ON The recommended algorithm depends on the operating environment Path health checking ON ON 30 minute check interval 30 minute check interval Automatic failback OFF OFF Intermittent Error Monitor OFF OFF Reservation level ON 2 persistent reservation ON 2 persistent reservation Remove LU Not applicable Not applicable Logging level 3 Collect all information for errors with the 3 Collect all information for errors with the level Information or higher level Information or higher Trace level 0 Do not output any trace 0 Do not output a trace File size for Error log 9900 kilobytes 9900 kilobytes Number of files for Error log 2 2 File size for Trace 1000 kilobytes 1000 kilobytes Number of files for Trace 4 4 When the error log file size is changed in the Options window the change is applied for HDLM GUI logs dlmguin 1log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 among the error logs after the HDLM GUI is restarted Other changes made in the Options window are applied when the OK or Apply button is clicked Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 77 3 5 1 1 Opening the Path Management Window The following explains how to launch the Path Management Window
244. ck bb bb is already installed Installation of Service Pack aa aa is stopped aa aa the version of the Service Pack to install bb bb the version of the installed HDLM or the installed Service Pack Action You do not have to install the Service Pack Keep using HDLM already installed Note When you reinstall HDLM default values are assigned to the function settings in the Options window If needed reset these values according to your preference Table 9 13 Messages from the Error Information Collection Utility Message ID KAPL10001 W Message No parameter has been specified Recommended Action Details No parameter directory to which collected information is output has been specified Action Check the parameters of the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry KAPL10002 W Too many parameters have been specified Details Four or more parameters have been specified Action Check the parameters of the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry KAPL10003 W The first parameter has not been set to a directory Value aa aa Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details The first parameter must be set to a directory to which collected information is output aa aa First parameter Action Check the parameters of the DLMget ras utility for collecti
245. collect up to 32 000 000 kilobytes approximately 30GB of error logs in total 3 5 1 12 Setting the Trace File Size The trace file in which a trace file size can be set is hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The length of a trace file is fixed Thus even if the amount of the written trace information is less than the set file size the file size of each output trace file is always fixed File size for Trace allows you specify the size of trace files in kilobytes You can specify a value between 100 and 16000 By default 1000 is set The recommended value is 1000 If you specify a value smaller than the set value the KAPLO2080 W message for confirming the execution appears and trace files are deleted Once trace data has been written to all of the trace files the oldest file is wrapped around and is overwritten with new trace data The maximum size of trace information that can be collected in the specified number of trace files is 1024000 kilobytes Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 85 3 5 1 13 Setting the Number of Trace Files A trace file in which the number of files can be set is hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 Number of files for Trace allows you to specify the number of trace files You can specify a value between 2 and 64 By default 4 is set The recommended value is 4 If you specify a value smaller than the set value the KAPLO2080 W
246. company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04003 E The startup parameter is invalid Details The parameter held internally by the HDLM manager is incorrect Action Execute the DIMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04004 I HDLM manager will now terminate Details HDLM manager will be terminated Action None KAPL04008 E Cannot open the option definition file aa aa Details HDLM manager cannot start normally unable to open the option definition file aa aa Option definition file name Action Check whether another program is using the file or has opened the file with Notepad or whether the file has been deleted inadvertently Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 385 386 Message ID KAPL04009 E KAPL04010 E KAPL04011 E Message The option definition is invalid Could not open the error log file Could not output the error log file Recommended Action Details HDLM manager cannot start normally some of the definition in the option definition file is invalid Action If the KAPL04033 W message is output after this message execute dinkmgr view sys sfunc and check the option settings For options with setting values that have returned to default values use the dlnkmgr set o
247. ct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMgetras Utility will ignore the specified file or directory and continue processing KAPL10013 W You lack read permission for the specified file Line aa aa Value bb bb Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details You lack read permission for the specified file in the file for defining information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number bb bb Indicated contents in a line Action After the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining the information to be collected This file is shown in the message If the contents of the file are incorrect correct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMget ras will ignore the specified file and continue processing Message ID KAPL10014 W Message You lack read permission for the specified directory Line aa aa Value bb bb Recommended Action Details You lack read permission for the specified directory in the file for defining information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number bb bb Indicated contents in a line Action After the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining the informa
248. cting items to be displayed lu When neither the c nor item parameter is specified with the lu parameter the information about the LU recognized by HDLM is displayed without selecting items to be displayed or displaying a summary The sorting key is iLU and its configuration information is displayed for each LU By using the subsequent parameter hdev or pathid you can filter the LU information to be displayed If you do not specify hdev or pathid the information about all LUs recognized by HDLM is displayed For details on the contents of each display item see Table 6 15 The subsequent parameters are hdev host device name Displays only the information about the LU corresponding to the specified host device name Specify the HDLM driver s special file name dlmfdrvn where n indicates the instance number of the driver to indicate the desired host device The host device name string is case sensitive pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to display only the information about the LU to which the path with the specified AutoPATH_ID is connected t Does not display the title for each information item 268 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Parameters to display LU information displaying a summary lu c When the c parameter is specified with the lu parameter a summary of LU configuration information is displayed on a line The total number of paths recognized by HDLM and the number of online paths
249. d during HDLM GUI startup processing Details An intermittent error cannot be detected by using the values specified for the following the checking interval for automatic failback the error monitoring interval and the number of times the error is to occur Action Set the intermittent error monitoring interval to a value that is equal to or more than automatic failback checking interval x number of times error is to occur for intermittent error monitoring KAPL02065 W The getting PathInformation has been stopped because the path configuration was changed during HDLM GUI startup processing Details The path information could not be get because the configuration of the path was changed when getting the latest path information after the Offline Online or Clear Data Action Click Refresh after you confirm the reconfiguration of the path is not done KAPL02076 W An attempt to acquire the HDLM version information failed Details aa aa Details The HDLM version information could not be acquired correctly aa aa Code showing reason for error Action Re execute If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX
250. d Balancing ccc cee cece eee een te eterna 24 When User Operations Change the Intermittent Error Information 39 Eog Descriptio S iso parran ee te bedd beatae Gaantecaee chaps DAEA 43 Error Levels scitasccsscvedduth tdabenty aes padgeruatiens Seek a iiadsa venta tenpinanadaanee cee 45 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide xv xvi Table 2 10 Table 2 11 Table 2 12 Table 2 13 Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 3 4 Table 3 5 Table 3 6 Table 3 7 Table 3 8 Table 3 9 Table 3 10 Table 3 11 Table 3 12 Table 3 13 Table 3 14 Table 3 15 Table 3 16 Table 3 17 Table 3 18 Table 3 19 Table 3 20 Table 3 21 Table 3 22 Table 3 23 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 4 4 Table 4 5 Table 4 6 Table 4 7 Table 4 8 Table 4 9 Table 4 10 Table 4 11 Table 4 12 Table 4 13 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Contents Error Logging Levels cs cecaiuee Sa Aa ee a ea ea 45 TRACE LEVELS neia oe a sath jai esac ads vandal A A node teers 45 Cluster Software Supported by HDLM cccceeeeeeeee eee e eee netted 47 Operations Executable on the Show Path List SubWindoW 0sceseeeeees 50 List of Files Inherited During Update Installation s c 71 The Recommended and Default Values of Each Function 0 c cece ee ee 77 Algorithm options for load balancing ccce eee eee eee eee e ee ee ene errn 80 Advantages and Disadvantages of Setting the Automati
251. d automatic failover Automatic failover is applicable to the following levels of errors that occur on a path Critical A fatal error that may stop the system Error A high risk error that can be avoided by using failover or other countermeasures For details on error levels see Table 2 9 When the Thunder 9500V Thunder 9200 Freedom Storage 5800 or Freedom Storage 5700E Series is being used HDLM selects the switching destination from the paths that access the same LU in the order of owner paths and non owner paths For example in Figure 2 8 the owner controller of LU is CHAO and access to the LU is made only via the path 1 After the access path is placed offline the first candidate for the switching destination is the path 2 and the second candidate is the path 3 or 4 When the USP 9900V 9900 or 7700E is being used all the paths are owner paths This means that all the paths accessing the same device can be possible switching destinations For example in Figure 2 8 the LU is accessed using only path 1 After the access path is placed offline the switching destination is one of paths 2 3 or 4 For all of the Hitachi Series listed above when selecting a switching destination from owner paths or non owner paths that access the same device HDLM determines the appropriate destination by selecting the lowest value from the following keys in order the slot number the CHA port number and AutoPATH_ID For
252. d the management target host and contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute DIMget ras Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 373 374 Message ID KAPL11148 E Message The HDLM Web GUI does not support the path information of the management target host Host aa aa PathID bb bb Data item cc cc Data dd dd Recommended Action Details The HDLM Web GUI cannot display the path information acquired from the management target host because the HDLM Web GUI does not support the HDLM aa aa Name of the target host bb bb Path ID cc cc Data item dd dd Data in path information Action Upgrade the version of HDLM Web GUI to the following version The version of HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM installed in the management target host A later version than 1 For details about the HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM see the ENC for HDLM If the problem is not resolved by the upgrade of HDLM Web GUI collect the error information on the server and the management target host and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Man
253. d then re execute installation var tmp hdlm license KAPL09115 W An attempt to delete the license key file has failed Details File name aa aa An attempt to delete the license key file has failed aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action If a license key file exists delete it var tmp hdlm license KAPL09116 W The command could not be installed command Details aa aa The output HDLM command cannot be used aa aa Command name Action The output command can be executed by using a different name If you want to use the output name use the output command to overwrite or re install Store a correct license key file in the designated directory and then re execute Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 411 412 Message ID KAPL09135 E Message One of the following was executed at the same time as an HDLM command set lic operation another set lic operation or an update of the license for an update installation Recommended Action Action Check the license by using the HDLM command s view sys lic operation Then if necessary update the license by using the set lic operation during or after installation If the same error message is output contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Do not perform the following operation Execution of the HDLM command s set lic ope
254. d to check that the physical volume hdiskn has been recognized cfgmgr lsdev Cc disk Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 57 3 4 1 4 Switch the Kernel Mode 58 If you install HDLM on a host that is using the 32 bit kernel mode HDLM for 32 bit kernel will be installed If you install HDLM on a host using the 64 bit kernel mode HDLM for 64 bit kernel will be installed Before installing HDLM decide which kernel mode you will use to operate AIX a nd change to the desired kernel mode if necessary When you change the kernel mode of a host on which HDLM has been installed execute the utility for modifying the HDLM execution environment dimchenv so that HDLM and the new kernel mode match The following shows how to switch the kernel mode 1 Check the kernel mode currently being used bootinfo K 32 will be displayed when the 32 bit kernel is being used and 64 will be displayed when the 64 bit kernel is being used Switch the kernel mode When AIX is running change the symbolic link for usr lib boot unix and unix to switch the current kernel mode to the desired mode The path for the 64 bit kernel mode usr lib boot unix_64 The path for the 32 bit kernel mode usr lib boot unix_up for a uni processor usr lib boot unix mp for a multi processor Execute the bosboot command bosboot ad dev ipldevice Restart the system shutdown Fr Ex
255. ded from the HDLM management target this step is unnecessary Go to step 9 Define the physical volumes that you want to exclude from the HDLM management target in the file that defines non HDLM managed disks usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv unconf The following describes how to create the dlmfdrv unconf file when using the system in the configuration shown in Figure 3 3 Note HDLM cannot manage the boot disk dump device and swap device in a storage subsystem When creating a boot disk or dump device in a storage subsystem make sure that you define these devices in the dlmfdrv unconf file Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 61 Host HBA HBA lt LUO D gt hdisk4 hdisk6 LUT D gt hdiskS hdisk7 Strage subsystem Legend eee Fiber cable or SCSI cable Path Figure 3 3 Example of system configuration 62 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment Execute the 1sattr command to check which physical volume hdiskn uses which path to the LU The following examples show the execution results Note that lun_id displayed by the 1sattr command indicates an HLU number Execution example of the Isattr command lsattr El hdisk4 scsi id x lun id Unit NumberID lo ion E To specify that only LUO s physical volumes hdisk4 and hdisk6 be used by HDLM In the dlmfdrv unconf file define hdisk5 and hdisk7 which do not use LUO that is lun_idis not 0x0000000000000
256. delete all the HDLM drivers usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrdev 2 Do one of the following Restart the system shutdown Fr Use the HDLM configuration manager to reconfigure the HDLM driver usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr Note For information about the utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM see dlmodmset in Chapter 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 435 A 4 Changing the Disk Attributes for an HDLM Driver 436 The disk attributes for an HDLM driver can be changed by using the chdev command With this command all the instance attributes and their lower hdisk attributes of the paths that are connected to the disk are changed For details on whether the disk attributes for an HDLM driver can be changed by the chdev command see the driver manual for each disk Following is the procedure for changing the disk attributes for an HDLM driver 1 Deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 2 Change the disk attributes using the chdev command Following is an execution example of the command which changes all the hdisks under dimfdrvn chdev 1 dlmfdrvl a queue _depth 8 3 Activate the volume group usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryonvg volume group name Note When changing the disk attributes by specifying the HDLM driver dimfdrvn with the chdev command you cannot spe
257. des Table 5 4 OS modes OS modes OS versions and kernel modes 2 AIX 5L V5 1 32 bit version 3 AIX 5L V5 1 64 bit version 4 AIX 5L V5 2 32 bit version 5 AIX 5L V5 2 64 bit version 6 AIX 5L V5 3 32 bit version 7 AIX 5L V5 3 64 bit version The following shows an example of changing AIX 5 2 32 bit version to AIX 5L V5 2 64 bit version usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv 1 v 5 8 Change the kernel mode 9 Restart the host The HDLM driver is configured Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 227 5 6 3 Replacing a Fiber Cable 228 If there are multiple active paths for a device in a logical unit you can replace a desired cable while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes through the cable to be replaced and using other paths to continue accesses The following procedure is only for replacing a fiber cable To replace a fiber cable 1 Place the path that goes through the cable to be replaced in the Offline C status usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline hba 01 01 Replace the cable Note If you change the port on the switch or on the storage subsystem the path configuration changes Delete the device associated with the cable to be replaced and t hen reconfigure the device If you are using the dimfdrv conf or the dlmfdrv unconf file reconfigure the device accord
258. during installation of HDLM Web GUI DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI log When the Device Manager server OS is Solaris var opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI log When the Device Manager server OS is Windows The name of the HDLM Web GUI installation folder and the names of all its parent folders must fulfill all of the following conditions The name must not be an OS reserved name OS reserved names include for example CON AUX COM1 to COM9 LPT1 to LPT9 PRN and NUL The name must contain the following characters only A 2Z a 2z 0 9 _ orasingle byte space The end of the name cannot be a single byte space If you attempt to install the HDLM Web GUI in a folder that does not fulfill these conditions problems such as those described in Table 3 20 might occur In such a case reinstall the HDLM Web GUI according to the procedures given below Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment Table 3 20 HDLM Web GUI Installation Problems and Actions Problem Action An internal error occurred and the installation was Specify a folder that fulfills the above conditions and interrupted reinstall the HDLM Web GUI After the installation completed normally the following Uninstall the HDLM Web GUI and then install it again problems arose specifying a folder that fulfills the above conditions The HDLM Web GUI operation logs were not output to the Device Manager server side The settings specified in the dlms
259. e aa aa Value bb bb Details Two or more file names or directory names exist in the file for defining the information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number bb bb Indicated contents in a line Action After the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining the information to be collected This file is shown in the message If the contents of the file are incorrect correct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information will ignore the specified file or directory and continue processing Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 415 416 Message ID KAPL10012 W Message aa aa Value bb bb Recommended Action Details The specified file or directory does not exist Line The specified file or directory does not exist in the file for defining the information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number bb bb Indicated contents in a line Action After the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining the information to be collected This file is shown in the message If the contents of the file are incorrect corre
260. e an HDLM driver each volume disk must have a different PVID When you use a function such as Shadowlmage to copy a volume the created copy may have the same PVID as the original volume In this case configuring an HDLM driver may cause an error If an error occurs change the PVID of the secondary volume and then configure the HDLM driver To change the PVID of the secondary volume 1 Execute the following command to deactivate the volume group If multiple hosts share the target volume group called a shared volume group hereafter deactivate the shared volume group for all the sharing hosts varyoffvg volume group name 2 Change the PVID To let the hosts share an LU perform the following on one of these hosts If there is no volume group Execute the following command for one of the disks chdev 1 hdiskn a pv clear a pv yes Then execute the following command for all the remaining disks chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes If there is a volume group or if the volume group extends over more than one LU Execute the following command If the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following command for each LU exportvg volume group name recreatevg y volume group name varyoffvg volume group name chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes Note Execute this for all the disks in the volume group Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 437 3 To
261. e HDLM GUI see section 5 5 1 2 Checking path information by using the HDLM Web GUI see section 5 5 1 3 Configuring path health checking see section 5 5 2 Using the error management functions see section 5 7 Setting up the logging functions see section 5 7 1 Excluding disks from HDLM management see section 5 7 2 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 205 5 1 HDLM Usage Precautions Before you begin working with HDLM please review the items that are listed in Table 5 1 for important information about environment settings general procedures and GUI updates Note Please refer to the Release Notes for the latest HDLM Usage Precautions Table 5 1 HDLM Usage Precautions Area Item Notes Instructions Environment Settings Reducing the Host s If your site has hosts that are connected by a fibre channel switch and Start up Time those hosts are started at the same time the disks change to Defined and the host may require additional time to start By modifying the code for the shutdown file you can reduce the amount of time that is required for the host to start To reduce the host s start up time Log in as an Administrative user a user with root permission Add the following code before exit 0 in the etc rc shutdown file if x etc rc HDLM_shutdown then sh etc rc HDLM_shutdown fi Note To cancel this setting complete the following steps then unins
262. e LU perform the following on all those hosts except for the host for which you changed the PVID in step 2 If there is no shared volume group execute the following command for the HDLM device in the secondary volume If the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following command for each LU chdev 1 secondary volume s dlmfdrvn a pv yes If the secondary volume has the shared volume group execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmexportvg volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmimportvg volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name of secondary volume Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 1 9 Physical Volume and HDLM Device In a Defined State If the physical volume hdiskn and HDLM device are placed in a defined state execute the following command to enable the HDLM device a When both the physical volume hdiskn and the HDLM device are in a defined state cfgmgr ma When only the HDLM device is in a defined state cfgmgr or usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 161 4 2 Working with the HDLM GUI Windows 4 2 1 Notes on Operating HDLM GUI Windows When the focus is on an object such as a button the Enter key does not function as an operation in the path management window or dialog box Please us
263. e cae devane era ed ees EAE nant 317 8 3 Actions Taken for a Program Error cc cece center eee eterna 320 8 3 1 Additional Notes about Obtaining Program Information 0668 322 8 4 Actions Taken for Other ErrOrs ccc cece eee eee eee enn e tenes 323 8 5 Calling the Hitachi Data Systems Support Center ce ccece cece eee creeer 324 Chapter 9 HDLM Messages wviiisisisisecsssssnsiacessascincaivesscensecareacenadcasrdadensnaatnssiunisesusenunsenisniatearensasincesiien 325 xii Contents Appendix A HDLM Operations sisiscissnccsiecsonivascsssccscssntecsscseceatveanstectadnessasemiasaieaebecseduaseut essssectausdscuemnadensas 435 A 1 Canceling Exclusive Use of a Disk Normal HOSt cccecceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeteenees 435 A 2 Canceling Exclusive Use of a Disk Error HOSt ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 435 A 3 Error Checking to Operations for Specifying the hdisk cccece eee eee eee 435 A 4 Changing the Disk Attributes for an HDLM Driver ccc cece eee creeeren 436 A 5 Notes on Configuring an HDLM Driver cece cece eee rneer 437 A 6 Settings for the Operating System Upgrade cc cece cee cece eect teeta eed 439 Appendix B Working with the HiCommand Common Maintenance Comman sssssssesessseaeseees 441 B 1 Using the Log File Collection Command sssssssissssririsersrrrrrererrirnnereri ireren 441 B 2 Setting the File Backup Command s sssssssssrisrss
264. e eee 77 3 5 1 Performing setup Using the HDLM GUI Options Window 08 77 3 5 2 Performing Setup Using the HDLM Web GUI Show Environment Settings SUBWINGOW 2 anain aie ea pecan nd A aren cee A EA aea EEA EREA 87 3 5 3 Performing Setup by the dlnkmgr Command s set Operation 0000 96 Setting Up Integrated Traces cceccee cece e nee eee e nent eee teeta etna teeta 105 3 6 1 Displaying the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library Setup Menu 106 3 6 2 Changing the Size of Integrated Trace Files cececeeeeee eee eee e tees 107 3 6 3 Changing the Number of Integrated Trace Fil S cccccseeceeeeeeeeeees 108 3 6 4 Changing the Buffer Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration 0005 109 3 6 5 Adjusting the Number of Messages to be Output per Monitoring Interval 110 3 6 6 Finishing the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings 112 3 6 7 Applying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings 112 Checking the Path Configuration 113 3 7 1 Checking Path Information Using the dinkmgr Command s View OPER AEON arenei a a a a e a a E EE erential ind vor geaedad 113 Setting Up Volume GrouUpS ccc eee ee EEEE EEEE EEEE 115 Settings for Using HACMP w i2 c cilscieeives tetas tir nni Seen ESA ea pices 116 3 9 1 Setting Up the Thunder 9200 0 ccc eee nent need 116 3 9 2 Registering the HDLM Script for HACMP cece cece eee e
265. e files dlmodmset_sample and dlnkset_sample In the following explanation dlmodmset_sample and dinkset_ sample are called odm environment settings file and set environment settings file respectively If you want to change the default settings edit the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file by using a text editor Only alphanumeric characters spaces and hyphens can be used for odm environment settings file and set environment settings file To use vi execute the following commands vi tmp directory containing odm environment settings file odm environment settings file vi tmp directory containing set environment settings file set environment settings file The odm environment settings file and odm environment settings file contain the default values for environment settings shown below odm environment settings fi le 1 Is 1000 e on b 16384 r off set environment settings fi le lb on Ibtype rr ellv 3 elfs 9900 elfn 2 systflv 0 systfs 1000 systfn 4 pchk on intvl 30 afb off To change the default values for the environment settings see section 3 5 2 13 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 73 3 4 5 4 74 10 11 12 13 14 Prepare the license key file Store the license key file using the name hdlm_license directly under var tmp var tmp hdlm license Execute the dlmsetup utility
266. e following describes how to obtain the physical location code Execute the following command to find hdisk based on AutoPATH_ID usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv PPathID HDevName Device LDEV 000000 dlmfdrvo hdisk4 9500V 0010 0301 Execute the following command to find the parent device of hdisk the HBA device instance lsdev C 1 hdisk4 F parent fscsi0 Execute the following command to find the physical location code based on the HBA device instance lscfg vp 1 fscsi0 The obtained physical location code is in the Uaa bb Pcc Idd format DEVICE LOCATION DESCRIPTION fscsi0 U1 1 P1 11 FC SCSI 1 0 controller protocol device PLATFORM SPECIFIC Name fibre channel Node fibre channe 1 Physical Location U1 1 Pi 11 01 physical location code The first letters Uaa bb depend on the model of the host HDLM selects the path with the lowest value for aabbccdd Note Depending on the HBA you need to repeat steps 2 and 3 above For details on the position of slots see the appropriate documentation accompanying your host system Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 33 34 CHA port number The port number of the channel adapter You can check this number by using either the dinkmgr command s view operation the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI or the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GU I For details on the view operation see section 6 7
267. e g 0123 Emulation Type For the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E this column displays the subsystem product ID e g 9200 For the USP 9900V 9900 and 7700E this column displays the emulation type of the LU e g OPEN 3 LUN This column displays the subsystem internal LU LDEV ID e g 0001 for 9900 indicates LDEV 01 in CU 00 CHA This column displays the channel adapter port ID e g port A on CHAO for 9200 port A on CL1 for 9900 Type This column displays the path type For 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E Owner or Non owner is displayed For the USP 9900V 9900 and 7700E Owner is always displayed since all paths are owner paths VO Count This column displays the total number in decimal format of I O operations for the path I O Errors This column displays the total number in decimal format of I O errors for the path Intermittent This column displays the information about intermittent errors Error Path Indicates that intermittent error monitoring is not in effect or the time is outside the period during which intermittent errors are monitored A value of 0 or larger Indicates the number of errors that occurred during intermittent error monitoring Indicates that an intermittent error is occurring in the path and that the path is excluded from being subject to automatic failback A hyphen is displayed when the management target host environment is one of the following The OS is Solaris 2 6 or Solaris 7 HDLM
268. e has been installed pkginfo 1 HDLMGUI Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 4 Update Installation for the HDLM Web GUI When you install the HDLM Web GUI on an environment where it already exists the existing HDLM Web GUI will be overwritten that is update installation During update installation the dlmservlet properties file is inherited 3 13 4 1 Precautions This installation program includes a process that temporarily stops the Web services commonly used among the HiCommand products Before starting installation make sure that no process that uses the HiCommand products is running Do not stop the InterBase or the InterClient service while installing the HDLM Web GUI If you stop these services during installation the KAPLO9059 E message will appear and installation will fail In such a case start the InterBase or the InterClient service and then re install the HDLM Web GUI If HDLM Web GUI is to be installed on the Device Manager server in a cluster configuration switch the Device Manager server to the active node before installing HDLM Web GUI If the Device Manager server is in a stand by node HDLM Web GUI cannot be installed When uninstalling Device Manager 3 0 or later while HDLM Web GUI has been installed on the Device Manager server first uninstall HDLM Web GUI The following describes the phenomenon and actions for each version of Device Manager when uninstalling Device Manager
269. e items specified by the value of the item parameter When the value of the item parameter is omitted only the PathID and the Status fields are displayed Table 6 4 shows the correspondence between the items that can be displayed by the dinkmgr view path item command and the parameter values for displaying each item In the subsequent sub parameters following path item you can filter the paths to be listed hdev and sort the list srt When you omit both parameters the command displays information for all the paths in order of increasing AutoPATH_IDs The subsequent sub parameters following path item are hdev host device name Filters the information only for the paths accessing the specified host device Specify the HDLM driver s special file name dlmfdrvn where n indicates the instance number of the driver to indicate the desired host device The host device name string is case sensitive When you specify this parameter HDevName is displayed by default Therefore it is not necessary to specify hd for the item parameter stname Use this parameter to display the model name of the storage subsystem in the product ID part of the DskName field When this parameter is omitted the command displays the product identifier or emulation type of the subsystem instead When you use the stname parameter DskName is displayed by default Therefore it is not necessary to specify dn for the item parameter srt pn
270. e selected in the HDvM host management window Action Check whether the host you selected exists in the hosts managed by Device Manager For information on how to register hosts in Device Manager see the manual for Device Manager KAPL11007 E An attempt to connect HiCommand Server has failed HDLM Web GUI cannot start Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details During HDLM Web GUI startup connection to HiCommand Server failed Action Check if HiCommand Server is running If it is not running start the HiCommand Server service and then restart HDLM Web GUI Message ID KAPL11008 E KAPL11009 E Message An error occurred at the time of accessing HiCommand Server HDLM Web GUI cannot start Error code aa aa There is no response from the management target host HDLM Web GUI cannot start Host aa aa Recommended Action Details During HDLM Web GUI startup an error occurred in the internal processing of HiCommand Server aa aa Error code returned from HiCommand Server Action Based on the error code remove the cause of the problem that occurred with HiCommand Server and then restart HDLM Web GUI For more information on error codes see the manual for Device Manager Details During HDLM Web GUI startup communication with HDvM Agent on the management target host failed aa aa Host name selected on the HDvM host management window Action Check whether Device
271. e the Space key or click with the mouse to perform an operation in the window or dialog box When the HDLM GUI is running for an extended period of time response time might increase In such a case restart the HDLM GUI When the focus is on the Status check box the frame indicating the focus is not displayed but you can perform operations If you reconfigured an HDLM device while the HDLM GUI was displayed refresh the HDLM GUI When the HDLM GUI is started on a management target host and an operation to close a window is performed in the window frame of the path management window the HDLM GUI will terminate even if the Option window remains open If the HDLM GUI screen size is reduced in some cases buttons such as the Online and Offline buttons may become hidden In such cases please adjust the screen size appropriately so that the buttons are visible If the name of the management target host is changed the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame and the List Hosts subwindow will display both the previous and present host names In this case delete the previous host name by using the Host View of Device Manager Web Client and then restart HDLM Web GUI If you changed the HDLM configuration while the HDLM Web GUI was displayed refresh the HDLM Web GUI If you change the configuration for the management target host while the HDLM Web GUI is displayed refresh the Show Path List subwindow or the Show Configuration subwindow of the info
272. e the command as a user with root privileges KAPL02004 E An error occurred during internal processing of HDLM GUI HDLM GUI cannot start Details aa aa Details During GUI startup an error that might not be caused by a user operation occurred aa aa Failed API name JHSPGetPathBy JHSPGetManagerStatus JHSPGetDriverStatus JHSPGetADriverStatus JHSPVerifyAuthorization Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL02005 E An attempt to start HDLM GUI has failed due to insufficient memory Details Sufficient memory to process the HDLM GUI could not be obtained Action Terminate unnecessary applications to increase the amount of free memory or restart the host KAPL02006 W No path was detected Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The target path could not found Action Set up a path between the host and storage subsystem and then restart the host Message ID KAPL02007 E KAPL02011 I Message The HDLM manager could not be connected The aa aa operation has been stopped Would you like to execute the aa aa operation OK Cancel Recommended Action Details During the Option window startup or Set Option Information operation the system could not access the HDLM manager aa aa Get Option Inform
273. e two values The HBA adapter number bus number string is case sensitive cha pathid AutoPAT H_ID Use this parameter to place offline at one time all paths that pass through a specific channel adapter port This command will place offline all paths that pass through the channel adapter port to which the path with the specified AutoPATH_ID is connected Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path which is displayed by using the view operation Leading zeros can be omitted however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter value Because the AutoPATH_IDs are reassigned every time the management target host or the HDLM manager is rebooted always make sure that you find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path using the view operation before executing the offline operation pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to place a single path offline Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the path which is displayed using the view operation Leading zeros can be omitted however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter value Because the AutoPATH_IDs are reassigned to each path of the LU when you execute the dimcfgmgr utility for managing the HDLM configuration always make sure that you find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path using the view operation before executing the offline operation Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command s Executes the command withou
274. eckbox to display the Online paths in the view frame Clear this checkbox to omit Online paths from the display Offline path Select this checkbox to display the Offline C paths in the view frame Clear this checkbox to omit Offline C paths from the display Offline Error path Select this checkbox to display the Offline E paths in the view frame Clear this checkbox to omit Offline E paths from the display Online Error path Select this checkbox to display the Online E paths in the view frame Clear this checkbox to omit Online E paths from the display Online button This button changes the status of the selected path s to Online Offline button This button changes the status of the selected path s to Offline C Clear Data button Path List view only This button sets the path statistics I O count and number of I O errors to 0 for all paths managed by HDLM For details on clearing the path statistics see section 5 6 8 Export CSV button Path List view only This button exports the path information for the paths displayed in the Path List view to a CSV file For details on exporting the path information see section 5 5 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 169 4 2 4 4 Configuration View of the Path Management Window 170 The Configuration view of the Path Management window displays the detailed configuration information for the paths managed by HDLM To display
275. ecking the device configuration dlmchkdev see section 7 6 Utility for HDLM installation configuration support dimsetup see section 7 10 m Added new Error Messages throughout Chapter 9 Referenced Documents a Hitachi Lightning 9900 V Series User and Reference Guide MK 92RD100 Hitachi Lightning 9900 V Series IBM AIX Configuration Guide MK 92RD119 a Hitachi Lightning 9900 User and Reference Guide MK 90RD008 Hitachi Lightning 9900 IBM AIX Configuration Guide MK 90RD014 m Hitachi Thunder 9500 V Series User and Reference Guide MK 92DF601 Hitachi Thunder 9500 V Series IBM AIX Host Installation Guide MK 92DF617 m Hitachi Thunder 9200 User and Reference Guide MK 90DF504 Hitachi Thunder 9200 IBM AIX Host Installation Guide MK 91DF544 a Hitachi Freedom Storage 5000 Series Software Configuration User s Guide BO 98DF376 HiCommand Device Manager user documentation HiCommand Device Manager Web Client User s Guide MK 91HC001 HiCommand Device Manager Server Installation and Configuration Guide MK 91HC002 HiCommand Device Manager Agent Installation Guide MK 91HC019 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide v vi Preface Preface The Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for AIX User s Guide describes and provides instructions for installing and using the HDLM for AIX software for the Hitachi Freedom Storage Series disk arr
276. ections 6 4 and 6 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 29 2 7 3 Path Status Transition There are two types of path status online and offline Online means the status in which I O can normally be received Offline means the status in which I O cannot be issued to the path for the following reasons a An error occurred in the path m A user used the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI to place the path offline A user used the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI to place the path offline a A user executed the dinkmgr command together with the offline operation For details on the offline operation see section 6 4 Furthermore the online and offline statuses are divided depending on the attribute The following explains the two online path statuses and the two offline statuses 2 7 3 1 The Online Path Status The online path statuses are as follows Online I O can be issued normally Online E An error has occurred on the path and among the paths that access the same LU none of those are in the Online status If none of the paths accessing a single LU are in the Online status one of the paths is changed to the Online E status This ensures that the LU can be accessed by making sure that all paths are not offline The E indicates the error attribute which indicates that an error occurred in the path 2 7 3 2 The Offline Path Status The offline path sta
277. ecute the following command to confirm that the kernel mode has been changed properly bootinfo K Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 4 1 5 Set up Cluster Software To use HDLM in a cluster configuration you need to perform the following setup for the cluster software To set up cluster software 1 Install the cluster software on all of the hosts in the cluster For details on the installation please refer to the accompanying cluster software documentation 2 Stop the cluster software services For details on the installation please refer to the accompanying cluster software documentation 3 4 1 6 Installing JRE The J ava Runtime Environment J RE needs to be installed to enable the HDLM GUI If no J RE has been installed on the host install J RE To install the J RE 1 From the IBM Web page download IBM Runtime Environment for AIX J avaTM 2 Technology Edition For details about the downloaded J RE version please contact your Hitachi Data Systems technical representative 2 Install the downloaded J RE onto the host containing the installed HDLM GUI 3 Install the font set required for J RE If the font set required for J RE has not been installed the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI will not be able to display characters properly Refer to the J RE README file and install the necessary font set Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 59 3 4 2 Performing a New
278. ed for the dlmpr utility aa aa specified parameter Action Execute help of the dlmpr utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry KAPL10648 E An internal error occurred in the dimpr utility Error Code aa aa Details An error not caused by the user has occurred in the dlmpr utility aa aa error number decimal number Action If the message displays Error Code 350r Error Code 36 check the path for any errors If there is a path error restore the path status and then retry If the KAPL10648 E message has been issued but there is no path error contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10649 E aa aa An attempt to perform Reservation Key clear processing has failed Details An attempt to perform Reservation Key clear processing has failed aa aa logical device file name for the HDLM management target device Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10650 KAPL10651 aa aa NO RESERVATION The user terminated the operation Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details ALU has not been reserved aa aa logical device file name for the HDLM management target device Action None Details The dimpr utility has been terminated because n was sent to a request Action None Message ID KAPL1
279. ed by HDLM before deleting the HDLM drivers and HDLM alert drivers Parameters When no parameters are specified the utility only performs deletion of the HDLM drivers and HDLM alert drivers A Unmounts the file system and deactivates the volume group used by HDLM before deleting the HDLM drivers and HDLM alert drivers s Does not display a confirmation message for unmounting and deactivating the volume group when the A parameter is specified h Displays the format of the utility for removing HDLM devices Note Before executing the dlmrmdev utility stop all processes and services using the paths managed by HDLM If you execute the dlmrmdev utility without stopping the processes and services that are using the paths managed by HDLM HDLM devices might not be deleted completely Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities 7 10 dimsetup for HDLM installation configuration support Format directory where cd rom is mounted or copied hdlmtool dimsetup i install filepath odm odm settings file set dlnk settings file s h Function This utility performs HDLM installation the set operation and environment setup using the dlmodmset utility in one operation You must first specify the settings in another file For details about how to perform a new installation or update installation of HDLM using the dlmsetup utility see section 3 4 5 Parameters i install filepath Specifies the directory on which the CD R
280. ed not install a license because a permanent license has already been installed Action None Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPLO1079 W The intermittent error monitoring function cannot Details be set up because automatic failback is disabled The intermittent error monitoring function cannot be set up because automatic failback is disabled Action Enable automatic failoack and then re execute KAPLO1080 W The error monitoring interval and the number of Details times that the error is to occur conflict with the An intermittent error cannot be detected automatic failback checking interval by using the values specified for the following the checking interval for automatic failback the error monitoring interval and the number of times the error is to occur Action Set the intermittent error monitoring interval to a value that is equal to or more than automatic failback checking interval x number of times error is to occur for intermittent error monitoring KAPLO1081 E The license key file is invalid File name aa aa Details The format of the license key file is invalid aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action Save the correct license key file in the designated and then re execute var tmp hdlm license KAPL01082 E There is no installable license key in the license Details key file File name aa aa There is no HDLM installable license key in the license key file
281. ed on the List Hosts subwindow Note If Device Manager 3 0 is installed and the host name of the management target host is changed the HDLM Web GUI Navigation frame and the List Hosts subwindow display the old host name and the new host name Use the new host name to perform operations for that host Table 4 12 Contents of the List Hosts Subwindow Item Details Refresh See section 4 2 4 1 Help See section 4 2 4 1 Host List Displays a list of the paths for the management target host selected in the navigation frame Host Name Displays the names of the management target hosts The lines are sorted in ascending order of the host names IP Address Displays the IP address of each management target host The displayed IP addresses are obtained from the URLs that are reported from Device Manager Agent to Device Manager Table 4 13 describes the icons that are displayed in the Host List field Table 4 13 Icons that may be Displayed in the Host List Field Icon Name Description EEN Host A management target host Inactive Host A management target host on which an HDLM driver has not been r5 installed Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 197 4 3 7 2 Viewing the Show Path List Subwindow The Show Path List subwindow Figure 4 14 is displayed when Show Path List is selected from the method frame You can display this subwindow by selecting management target host S
282. ed when an hdisk is added execute the following commands cp dev null usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv conf 2 Execute the following command to reconfigure the new hdisk cfgmgr 3 Execute the following command to delete the dimfdrv conf file xm usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv conf 4 Check the reconfigured hdisk and dlmfdrv unconf and then change the contents of dilmfdrv unconf to match the reconfigured environment 5 Execute the following command to start the HDLM configuration manager and configure the HDLM driver usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr 6 Execute the following command to check the path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path For details about path information see Chapter 6 234 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 6 7 Changing the Path Status The Online and Offline buttons on the function bar of the Path Management window allow you to change the status of paths from offline to online and from online to offline C You can change the path status while displaying the Configuration view or the Path List view However when you select Guest only for HDLM Web GUI operating privileges you cannot change the path status For details on operations executable on a Device Manager client see section 2 13 To change the path status 1 Open the Path Management window see sections see sections 4 2 2 and 4 2 4 1 for instructions Note If you are operating HDLM remotely f
283. een 1 and 1440 The default is 30 When you change the checking interval the new interval takes effect immediately If you decrease the checking interval and the new interval has already elapsed from the end of the previous path health check until the time you change the interval the path health check will start immediately After you change the checking interval the new interval remains in effect even if you turn path health checking OFF and then later turn it back ON When the specified interval has elapsed starting from the time you turn path health checking ON the path health check will start Caution In previous versions of HDLM path health checking was performed by executing a batch file that defined the online operation Do not execute this batch file With the current version executing the set operation performs path health checking Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 257 258 afb on intvl execution interval off Enables on or disables off automatic failback The default is off Automatic failback is executed in the following paths Paths where an error occurred and the KAPL08022 E message was displayed and Paths where an error occurred at the startup of the HDLM manager To prevent an intermittent error from deteriorating I O performance we recommend that you also enable intermittent error monitoring when enabling automatic failback You can specify intermittent erro
284. ems see section 4 2 4 6 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 201 4 3 7 5 Viewing the Show Configuration Subwindow You can display this subwindow by selecting Storage subsystem or LU in the navigation frame The Show Configuration subwindow Figure 4 17 displays the configuration of the path information for the object selected in the navigation frame Following are the items that are contained in the subwindow m Refresh Help Filtering Type checkboxes See sections 4 2 4 1 and 4 2 4 3 a Configuration See section 4 2 4 4 AB Hitech Dynamic Link Manager Management Console Microsoft Internet Explorer 218 x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Tools Logout Close Help GW Dynamic Link Manager S f kanagawa E HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 S HTACHL9200 0123 3 HITACHI 9970 9980 03A99 mamic Link Manager gt kanagawa gt HITA 31099 Show Configuration HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 Type Ownerpath Non owner path Status VS MX MR RA H Host rm E subsystem HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 m pind 1 E Local intranet Figure 4 17 Show Configuration Subwindow 202 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 3 7 6 Viewing the About Subwindow The About subwindow is displayed when About is selected from the method frame The About subwindow Figure 4 18 displays the HDLM Web GUI version information and it contains the Help button zi Be O
285. en stopped because the configuration of paths was changed during the processing of the getting PathInformation Host aa aa Details The path information could not be get because the configuration of the path was changed when invoking the HDLM Web GUI or getting the latest path information after the Offline Online or Clear Data aa aa Name of the target host Character string Action Click Show Configuration or Show Path List after you confirm the reconfiguration of the path is not done Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 371 372 Message ID KAPL11146 E Message The HDLM Web GUI does not support the aa aa processing of the management target host Host bb bb Error code cc cc Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Recommended Action Details The HDLM Web GUI cannot recognize the error code of the operation because the HDLM Web GUI does not support the HDLM aa aa Operation name Online Offline Get Path Information Refresh Clear Data Get Option Information Set Option Information Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status bb bb Name of the target host cc cc Error code Action Upgrade the version of HDLM Web GUI to the following version The version of HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM installed in the management target host A later version than 1 For details
286. en you use the c parameter the number of characters that can be displayed in the product ID part of the DskName field is limited to 10 Therefore when there are 11 or more characters in the product ID the 8 and following characters are abbreviated to ellipses The subsequent sub parameters following path c are stname Use this parameter to display the model name of the storage subsystem in the product ID part of the DskName field When this parameter is omitted the command displays the product identifier or emulation type of the subsystem instead srt lu cp Use this parameter to sort the list of path information in ascending order according to the specified sorting keys The sorting keys are as follows the first sorting key is the name of the storage subsystem DskName the second sorting key is the value that you specify with the srt parameter and the third sorting key is the AutoPATH_ID The values that you can specify for the second sorting key are lu LU number of the storage subsystem cp Port number of the channel adapter When the srt parameter is omitted the path information is listed in order of ascending AutoPATH_IDs t Does not display the title for each information item 266 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Parameters to display path information by selecting a display item path item When you specify the path parameter together with the item parameter the command only displays th
287. ent Max Figure 5 9 Figure 5 9 Displaying Current Max Chapter5 Operating HDLM Adj ust the maximum number of messages output to the trace files in New Max The specifiable range is between 0 messages and 500 messages with a default of 0 A value of 0 is recommended When you specify a monitoring interval of 0 in 6 Lookout span the value set in New Max will be disregarded Note when you specify a value of 0 for New Max even if you specify the monitoring interval in 6 Lookout span the maximum number of messages output will not be adjusted To leave the maximum number of messages output as is leave New Max blank enter and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the HNTRLib setup menu appears again Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 241 242 Chapter5 Operating HDLM Chapter6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command This chapter describes the HDLM dInkmgr command and its options which are called operations in HDLM Note that the term HDLM command can refer to the dinkmgr command together with an operation e g the dinkmgr set command Overview of the dinkmgr command see section 6 1 dinkmgr command format see section 6 1 1 Operations of the dinkmgr command see section 6 1 2 m Clear operation see section 6 2 Help operation see section 6 3 Offline ope
288. ent reservation To find out whether your storage subsystems support persistent reservation contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPL11118 E The load balancing function is not supported Details because MSCS is installed Host aa aa The load balancing function cannot be enabled because MSCS is installed aa aa name of the target host Action The load balancing function is not supported in an environment with MSCS installed If you want to use the load balancing function uninstall MSCS Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 363 364 Message ID KAPL11120 W Message No data has been input in aa aa Recommended Action Details No value has been entered in the input field of the HDLM Environment Settings subwindow aa aa Input item Path Health Checking Interval Auto Failback Checking Interval Error Log File Size Monitoring Interval Number of times Error Log Number of Files Trace File Size Trace Number of Files Action Specify a numeric value within the valid range KAPL11121 W A value which is not a number has been input in aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details Non numeric value has been entered in the input field of the HDLM Environment Settings subwindow aa aa Input item Path Health Checking Interval Auto Failback Checking In
289. ent window is opened from the management target host host is displayed beside the host icon When the Path Management window is opened from a Device Manager Web Client the host name is displayed beside the host icon Subsystems The tree frame displays the storage subsystems containing LUs that can be accessed from the current host When you select a subsystem the view frame displays all paths that are connected to all LUs in that subsystem that can be accessed from the current host The subsystem name consists of the following three items separated by periods Vendor ID The name of the storage subsystem vendor for example HITACHI Product ID The model of the storage subsystem for example 9200 Table 4 1 shows the model names and product IDs for the subsystems supported by HDLM for AIX Serial number The serial number of the storage subsystem for example 0123 The icon for the subsystem indicates the path status for the LUs in the subsystem as described in Table 4 2 LUs The tree frame displays only those LUs that can be accessed from the host The LUs are displayed by LU number If you selected a LUN in the Host view of the Device Manager Web Client v2 3 and then launched the HDLM GUI the corresponding LU will be selected in the host tree frame of the Path Management window The icon for the LU indicates the path status as described in Table 4 3 When you select an LU the view frame of the Configur
290. er s Guide 403 404 Message ID KAPL09047 E Message Downgrading from aa aa to bb bb is not supported Recommended Action Details Downgrade installation is not supported aa aa DLManager rte Level of the fileset bb bb DLManager rte Level of the fileset Action Uninstall HDLM and then re execute the installation program KAPL09048 E HDLM cannot be installed HDLM aa aa is running Details An attempt to install HDLM failed because either of HDLMaa aa is running aa aa HDLM driver HDLM manager HDLM alert driver Action Execute the dlmrmdev utility and then re execute the installation program KAPL09052 E HDLM Web GUI cannot be installed The new version has already been installed Details Since the new version of HDLM Web GUI has already been installed you cannot install HDLM Web GUI Action Uninstall HDLM Web GUI and then install it again KAPL09053 E Installation is not possible because HiCommand Common Component does not exist Details Since HiCommand Common Component does not exist on the system you cannot install HDLM Web GUI Action Install HiCommand Device Manager and then reinstall HDLM Web GUI KAPL09054 E Installation is not possible because the HiCommand Common Component process is not running Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details Since HiCommand Common Component process is not running you can
291. ered value is not case sensitive If you enter a value other than the above values to respond to the message the KAPLO9068 W message appears and the system prompts you to re enter the value When you fail to re enter a value twice in a row the KAPL09069 E message will appear and installation will be canceled If you choose to continue installation in step 4 proceed as instructed by the messages that appear on the screen After the installation finishes the following message appears Installation of lt HDLMWebGUI gt was successful After the installation finishes execute the following command to confirm that the HDLM Web GUI package has been installed pkginfo 1 HDLMGUI Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 5 Setting Up HDLM Web GUI Operating Permissions You can set up operating permissions when using HDLM Web GUI Depending on the operating permissions you set up the executable operations executable from HDLM Web GUI performed on HDLM on a managed host or on managed paths differ Inthe dlmservlet properties file one of the following operating permissions can be selected a Inheriting the Device Manager operating permissions HDLM Web GUI operating permissions are equivalent to Device Manager operating permissions a Guest only HDLM Web GUI can be viewed only If you need to change the HDLM operating environment or path operations performing an online or offline operation clearing data
292. ervlet properties file were not enabled 3 13 3 2 Windows To perform a new installation of the HDLM Web GUI in Windows 1 2 Log into Windows as an Administrators Group user Insert the CD ROM and then start the following installation program CD ROM drive WebGUI Windows Setup exe Specify the folder in which the HDLM Web GUI package is to be installed The following message will be displayed on the screen Warning This installation program temporarily starts and stops the web services shared by HiCommand products Before installing confirm that no running jobs are using HiCommand products After confirming that no processes from HiCommand products are running click the Next button to continue with the installation Click the Cancel button to terminate the installation If you choose to continue installation in step 3 proceed as instructed by the messages that appear on the screen A window indicating that the installation finishes appears Click the Finish button instructed by the window The installation finishes Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 131 3 13 3 3 Solaris 132 To perform a new installation of the HDLM Web GUI in Solaris 1 2 Log into Solaris as a user with root privileges Insert the CD ROM It takes a few seconds for the CD ROM to load automatically and for the CD ROM mount location to appear in the file list If the
293. es in a log file group reach the specified value the oldest file in the group is wrapped around and is overwritten by the new log information Note HDLM displays the log file size when the GUI was started and the size of the GUI log files dlmguin log is fixed until the HDLM GUI is terminated To change the file size of the GUI log files exit and restart the HDLM GUI after you set the file size Select the OK button to save your settings and close the Options window Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 237 238 2 Using the dInkmgr set command to set the error management functions Setting the error logging level To set the error logging level execute the dinkmgr command with the set operation The following example sets the logging level to 2 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set ellv 2 Refer to Table 2 10 for a description of the error logging levels Setting the trace level To set the trace level execute the dlnkmgr command with the set operation The following example sets the trace level to 1 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set systflv 1 Refer to Table 2 11 for a description of the trace levels The trace file used is a Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 file which is common to all Hitachi products Setting a higher value increases the quantity of log data that is output which reduces the period it takes for file writing to wrap around a
294. es in the storage subsystem you must exclude damp devices from HDLM management To exclude specific disks from HDLM management 1 Check and make note of the physical volume hdisk entries corresponding to the HDLM device dimfdrvn that is to be removed as a management target The following is an example of executing the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv grep w dlmfdrv6 000024 dlmfdrv6 hdisk10 9200 0010 0007 000025 dlmfdrv6 hdisk49 9200 0010 0007 000026 dlmfdrv6 hdisk80 9200 0010 0007 000027 dlmfdrv6 hdisk111 9200 0010 0007 Delete the HDLM device dlmfdrvn that is to be removed as a management target The following is an example of the command rmdev dl dlmfdrv6 Add the physical volume hdisk entries for the deleted HDLM device to the dimfdrv unconf file Continuing the environment in steps 1 and 2 above add hdisk10 hdisk49 hdisk80 and hdisk111 to dlmfdrv unconf Make sure that the paths connected to the device that was removed as a management target have been deleted The following is an example of the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path grep w dlmfdrv6 In this example there will be no problem if there are no path displays for AutoPATH_ID 000024 000025 000026 and 000027 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 239 5 7 3 Messages to be Output in a Monitoring Interval 240 This section explains how to adjus
295. es with the changed settings If you set automatic failback to off while intermittent error monitoring is on intermittent error monitoring becomes disabled Note however that if you use the view sys operation to display the HDLM functionality configuration Intermittent Error Monitor shows on When automatic failback is returned to on intermittent error monitoring becomes enabled Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command The executable operations for automatic failback and intermittent error monitoring depend on the setting status for those functions Table 6 3 shows the relationship between the setting status for automatic failback and intermittent error monitoring and the executable operations for those functions rsv on reservation level Specify the reservation control method for the disk 0 or 2 The default is 2 persistent reservation lic Updates the license Specify this option when a license key is installed The HDLM license is provided by a license key or a license key file A license key file is a file that stores an HDLM license key When using the license key file Directly under var tmp save the license key file as hdlm_license and then execute the set lic operation A message appears depending on the type of the license key specified in the license key file notifying you that the license has been registered For a temporary or emergency license the expiration date is also displayed KAPLO1071 or KAPLO1072 1
296. ests sequential access such as a batch job running at night we recommend that you use the extended round robin algorithm Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 97 The default is rr The recommended setting depends on the operating environment The type of algorithm specified by the lbtype parameter remains stored in the system even when you disable load balancing function by specifying 1b of Therefore when you re enable load balancing without specifying an algorithm load balancing will be executed according to the setting stored in the system 3 5 3 3 Setting Path Health Checking The following is an example command to set path health checking usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set pchk on intvl 10 on which is the default setting specifies that path health checking is to be used To disable path health checking specify of When you set this value to on you can use the intvl parameter to specify the checking interval which is 30 minutes by default I O requests are not usually issued to non owner paths or paths on standby hosts Therefore if you do not use path health checking you will not be able to detect path errors in such paths when an error occurs We recommend that you use path health checking on hosts connected to these kinds of paths so that you will be able to switch path destinations by using the most recent path information Change the check interva
297. ethods and finally choose Add Custom Disk Methods In the Add Custom Disk Methods window specify the items as shown below The items to be set and setting contents are shown below Disk Type PdDvLn field from CuDv disk node dlmfdrv Method to identify ghost disks usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm hacmp gdisk check Method to determine if a reserve is held usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm_hacmp gdisk_ reserve check Method to break a reserve TARGET Break reserves in parallel false Method to make the disk available MKDEV When you finish specifying the settings click the OK button From the SMIT window display the Single Select List window Choose the following sequence of menu items to display this window Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration and finally choose Extended Verification and Synchronization Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 9 3 Setting the Reservation Level If the HACMP resources belong to a non concurrent resource group set the reservation level to 2 before the HACMP service is started Use the dlnkmgr command s set operation the Options window of the HDLM GUI or Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI to set the reservation level to 2 and then start the HACMP service For details about the view operation see section 6 7 The reservation level must be the same in all of the hosts that comprise the cluster The foll
298. ettings for using HDLM Web GUI see section 3 13 3 12 1 Procedure for Creating an Environment for HDLM GUI Based on the following procedure create an environment for using HDLM GUI Prepare for the HDLM GUI 3 12 2 Prerequisite programs for HDLM GUI setup Set up proxy for a Device 3 12 3 Proxy settings for a Device Manager client Manager client Set up for log collection for a 3 12 4 Using the Device Manager client to collect logs Device Manager client Figure 3 9 Procedure for creating an environment for HDLM GUI 122 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 12 2 Prerequisite Programs for HDLM GUI The following shows the environment for using HDLM GUI which is required for a Device Manager client a Device Manager server and a management target host Check the environment for each item and then install the OS or program as required For details about OS information such as the version number see the HDLM Release Notes accompanying this document 3 12 2 1 Device Manager Client Machine The program requirements on a Device Manager client machine are as follows OS The OS depends on the Device Manager client requirements for Device Manager 2 4 or later Web browser The usable Web browser depends on the OS installed in the Device Manager client and the version of Device Manager Table 3 18 describes the prerequisite Web browsers Table 3 18 Prerequisite Web Browser os Web Browser Device Man
299. example in Figure 8 1 08 Representation in AIX Systems HBA port number Bus number example in Figure 8 1 14 PCI bus number Target ID example in Figure 8 1 00000000000000E2 Target ID Host LU number example in Figure 8 1 0001 Logical Unit ID LUN Subsystem Name identifying the storage subsystem A storage subsystem name consists of the following three items separated by periods Vendor ID The name of the storage subsystem vendor e g HITACHI Product ID The model name of the storage subsystem e g 9200 refer to Table 4 1 Serial number The serial number of the storage subsystem e g 6879 To physically identify a storage subsystem use the storage subsystem management program to view the above information LUN The number assigned to the LU that is managed within the storage subsystem This number combined with the Subsystem name identifies the LU that is accessed by a path Use the management program for the subsystem to physically identify the LU For the 9900V 9900 or 7700E the LUN indicates the LDEV ID the first two digits are the CU number and last two digits are the LDEV number within the CU For the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E the LUN indicates the internal LU number in the subsystem CHA Port number of channel adapter mounted on the storage subsystem To physically identify the channel adapter use the management program for the subsystem 1 O Count
300. execute the installation program KAPL09012 1 All HDLM drivers were removed Details All the drivers and alert drivers were successfully removed all the managers were successfully stopped and HDLM was stopped Action None KAPL09013 E Some HDLM drivers could not be removed Details An attempt to remove several HDLM devices has failed The dlmymdev utility for deleting HDLM drivers was executed but HDLM devices or HDLM alert drivers could not be removed or HDLM managers could not be terminated Action Check the HDLM device status and remove the devices Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 401 402 Message ID KAPL09019 E Message An attempt to cancel the registration of the bundle PP name of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed Recommended Action Action Manually cancel the registration of the bundle PP name and uninstall Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 If the attempt to cancel the registration of the bundle PP name and to uninstall Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 fails again contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPL09020 E An attempt to uninstall Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed Details An attempt to uninstall HNTRLib2 has failed Action Manually uninstall Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 If the attempt to uni
301. expiration period is displayed in the format YYYY MM DD ndays after When the view sys lic operation is executed ndays after appears if there are n days left until the license period expires When there are 100 days left until the license period 2005 08 21 expires 2005 08 21 100days after Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Table 6 12 Description of the Path Information Item Paths Description Total number of displayed paths indicated by a decimal number OnlinePaths Number of available paths in the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number When the value of Paths equals the value of OnlinePaths all paths are online If the value of OnlinePaths is less than that of Paths some paths might have an error status in which case you should check the status of individual paths and take appropriate action for any paths that have an error status PathStatus Status of the displayed paths Online All paths are available Reduced Some paths are not available Reduced means that some paths might have an error status in which case you should check the status of individual paths and take appropriate action for any paths that have an error status 10 Count Total I O count for the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value is 2 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 1O Errors
302. ey is invalid Renewal of the license key will now stop Details The renewal of the license key will be aborted because an invalid license key was entered three times Action Obtain a valid license key and then retry KAPL09088 E The entered license key is invalid The HDLM installation will now terminate Action Retry installation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 409 410 Message ID KAPLO9089 W Message License information cannot be acquired Recommended Action Details You need to install a license because the license information cannot be acquired Action Case of the license key file being placed in the designated directory var tmp hdlm_license In this case a license is installed from the license key file No special operations are needed For cases other than above When the message that prompts you to enter the license key is displayed enter the license key Alternatively cancel the installation save the correct license key file in the designated directory and then re execute installation var tmp hdlm license KAPL09090 W KAPL09091 E This operation will now be continued without updating the license A fatal error occurred in HDLM The system environment is invalid Details This operation will be continued without updating the license Action Install the permanent license later Detail
303. f you are using a file that defines non HDLM managed disks set the file before executing the dlmsetup utility To perform an update installation of HDLM by using the dlmsetup utility 1 2 Insert the CD ROM Create a directory where the CD ROM is to be mounted mkdir cdrom You can use a name of your choosing for the cdrom portion In the following explanation cdrom is used without change Mount the CD ROM mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom The dev cdo portion varies depending on the system Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 4 From the CD ROM copy the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file to the directory cp p cdrom hdlmtool odm environment settings file tmp your desired directory cp p cdrom hdlmtool set environment settings file tmp your desired directory You can rename the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file If you want to change the default settings edit the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file by using a text editor Only alphanumeric characters spaces and hyphens can be used for odm environment settings file and set environment settings file To use vi execute the following commands vi tmp directory containing odm environment settings file odm environment settings file vi tmp directory containing set environment settings file set environment settings file The odm environment settin
304. f you want to execute the offline processing for the paths that pass the specified target enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPL01057 All the paths which pass the specified aa aa will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n Details Multiple paths will all be placed in Online status because the hba or cha parameter was specified To continue the operation enter y to cancel the operation enter n aa aa CHA HBA Action If you want to execute the online processing for the paths that pass the specified target enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPLO1058 W The specified parameter value is not needed Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb parameter value cc cc Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details A parameter value was specified in a parameter that does not need any parameter value aa aa clear offline online set view bb bb Parameter name cc cc Parameter value Action Execute help operat ion name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter and parameter value and then retry Message ID KAPLO1059 W Message Cannot specify the parameter aa aa at the same time if you specify parameter bb bb and parameter value cc cc Operation name dd dd Recommended Action Details A parameter value conflicts with the specification of another parameter bb bb
305. fault of 256 Set thistoa value larger than that set in step 2 of 3 6 4 We recommend setting a value of 4096 when collecting an integrated trace If you do not want to change the integrated trace file size leave New Size blank type and then press the Enter key to return to the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu 3 Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 107 3 6 3 Changing the Number of Integrated Trace Files 108 The following procedure shows how to change the number of integrated trace files 1 2 To change the number of integrated trace files In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 2 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the number of integrated trace files will appear The current value is displayed in Current Number Enter the desired number in New Number You can specify a value from 1 to 16 The default is 4 The value set here becomes the maximum of nin var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n log The recommended value for integrated trace collection is 8 If you do not want to change the number of integrated trace files leave New Number blank type and then press the Enter key to return to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting i
306. fect immediately If you decrease the checking interval and the new interval has already elapsed from the end of the previous path status check until the time you change the interval the path status check will start immediately After you change the checking interval the new interval remains in effect even if you turn auto failback OFF and then later turn it back ON When the specified interval has elapsed starting from the time you turn path status checking ON the path status check will start Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command iem on intvl error monitoring interval iemnum number of times error is to occur off Enables on or disables off intermittent error monitoring The default is off Intermittent error monitoring can be set when automatic failback is set to on When you use automatic failback we recommend that you set intermittent error monitoring to ON to prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance If on is specified in the subsequent parameters specify the intermittent error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur The system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring if the specified number of times that the error is to occur is reached during the monitoring interval from the time that the monitoring interval starts until the specified interval ends A path that is assumed to have an intermittent error is excluded from automatic failback Intermitten
307. fied When you change the checking interval the new interval takes effect immediately If you decrease the checking interval and the new interval has already elapsed from the end of the previous path status check until the time you change the interval the path status check will start immediately After you change the checking interval the new interval remains in effect even if you turn auto failback OFF and then later turn it back ON When the specified interval has elapsed starting from the time you turn path health checking ON the path status check will start intermittent Error Monitor ON or OFF default OFF Intermittent Error Monitor can only be set when automatic failback is set to ON This function sets whether to use intermittent error monitoring Select ON to use intermittent error monitoring or select OFF not to use it The default value is OFF When you use automatic failback we recommend that you set Intermittent Error Monitor to ON to prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance When you set Intermittent Error Monitor to ON you can specify an error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine that an intermittent error is occurring Specifiable values are as follows Monitoring interval for intermittent errors in minutes from 1 to 1440 Number of times that the error is to occur from 1 to 99 180 Chapter 4 Working with the Grap
308. file using the name hdlm_ license directly under var tmp var tmp hdlm license Insert the HDLM CD ROM into the CD ROM drive You do not need to mount anything When installing HDLM from a directory copied from the CD ROM you do not need to insert the CD ROM Execute the following installation command When installing HDLM from the CD ROM installp aXgd CD ROM special file name all When installing HDLM from a directory copied from the CD ROM installp aXgd directory copied from CD ROM all Follow the instruction shown in the messages that appear on the screen Execute the following command to make sure that the package is installed lslpp L DLManager rte Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains DLManager rte and that the status is c commit Execute a following command as required to add usr DynamicLinkManager bin to the PATH environment variable When using a Bourne shell or Korn shell PATH SPATH usr DynamicLinkManager bin export PATH When using a C shell set path path usr DynamicLinkManager bin To simplify command execution you can temporarily add the PATH environment variable To execute HDLM commands or utilities for operating HDLM volume groups without setting the PATH environment variable specify an absolute path to execute the commands Set up a file that defines non HDLM managed disks If no physical volumes are to be exclu
309. frame a After selecting a host from the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame if the storage subsystems connected to the host are not displayed in the navigation frame click Refresh in the navigation frame m The operation status window appears while refresh online offline or data clear operations are being performed Do not close the processing window When you want to close the operation status window click the OK button on the window after the operations finish m If the version of the HDLM host displayed on the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame is HDLM 05 01 or earlier the HDLM GUI appears when HDLM starts In this case note the following The character string OFF on the radio button in the Options window appears as O If the applicable OS for the Device Manager client is Windows in the Advanced tab of Internet Explorer s Internet options clear the Reuse windows for launching shortcuts check box When this check box is selected the contents of the Help window overwrite the contents of the Device Manager or HDLM window ma When the version of Device Manager is 3 0 if you select an LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series and then click the Dynamic Link Manager button the HDLM Web GUI starts with the host specified in the Device Manager client selected To display the paths corresponding to the LDEV specified in the Device Manager client select the corresponding LU from the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame Do not operate the navigati
310. fter that click Refresh KAPL11125 The currently selected paths will be changed to the aa aa status Is this OK OK Cancel Details The currently selected paths will be changed to the Online Offline status If you want to continue click OK If you do not want to proceed click Cancel aa aa Online or Offline Action If you want to execute the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 365 366 Message ID KAPL11126 Message Because no path has been selected among the currently displayed paths the paths in the Offline C Offline E and Online E statuses will be changed to the Online status Is this OK OK Cancel Recommended Action Details The paths which are not online among the currently displayed paths will be changed to the Online status If you want to continue click OK If you do not want to proceed click Cancel Action If you want to execute the online processing click OK To cancel the online processing click Cancel KAPL11127 W The target path of the online operation cannot be found Details Because the currently displayed paths are all online the online operation cannot be executed Action Select the path and then execute the online operation KAPL11128 If you are sure that there would be no problem when the path is placed in the Off
311. g mkvg recreatevg reducevg restvg syncvg and unmirrorvg To avoid invalid operations on physical volumes that consist of an HDLM device you can specify a setting that returns an error for operations that specify physical volumes If you specify such a setting when an HDLM device is enabled an error occurs when the rmdev chdev or a volume group manipulation command is executed on a physical volume that consists of an HDLM device For details about how to specify the setting see section 6 6 If you create a volume group on a physical volume hdiskn with no pvid and then configure an HDLM device the relationship between the volume group and the logical device file sectionn of the HDLM device might be lost In such a case execute the following command to create pvid for dlmfdrvn chdev 1 dlmfdrvn a pv yes Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 55 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 1 1 56 Installing HDLM When you install HDLM Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library will also be installed The file path of the integrated trace information file of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library is var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log where nis the number of the integrated trace information file Important Before installing HDLM you must connect the storage subsystem present a LUN to the server in which you are installing HDLM Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM In this subsection
312. g an LDEV To specify an LDEV 1 Click on a host name in the navigation frame of the Device Manager main window The Device Manager s Show Properties subwindow appears in the information frame 2 On the Device Manager s Show Properties subwindow select the LDEV checkbox in the storage subsystem information list 3 Click the Dynamic Link Manager button An HDLM Web GUI window opens The LUs corresponding to the LDEV that you clicked on the Device Manager s Show Properties subwindow are selected However in the following cases the window opens with the host selected as when you specify a host When two or more LDEVs Note are selected When an LDEV that is not an HDLM management target is selected When there is no LU corresponding to the selected LDEV Note When the version of Device Manager is 3 0 and an LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series is selected To display the paths corresponding to the particular LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series select the corresponding LU from the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame Note When the Dynamic Link Manager button is clicked a warning message is displayed Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 191 4 3 5 Viewing HDLM Web GUI Version Information You can view HDLM version information from the About subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI To display HDLM Web GUI version information 1 Start the HDLM Web GUI 2 Inthe navigation frame click Dynamic
313. g from the time when you reset the I O count and I O error values to the initial values 0 However when you select Guest only for HDLM Web GUI operating privileges you cannot change the path status For details on operations executable on a Device Manager client see section 2 13 Note This operation applies to all paths managed by HDLM To set the HDLM path statistics to their initial values 1 Open the Path Management window and select the Path List tab Note If you are operating HDLM remotely from the HiCommand Device Manager client you must log in to Device Manager as a local or system user to perform HDLM functions If you are logged in as a guest you will only be able to view the HDLM path information 2 Select the Clear Data button The values displayed in the I O Count and I O Errors columns of the Path List view are set to the initial values for all paths that HDLM manages Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 7 Using the Error Management Functions HDLM provides error management functions for error logging and trace file output This section describes setting up the logging functions see section 5 7 1 and changing the trace file settings refer to Table 3 14 5 7 1 Setting Up the Logging Functions The error logging level refers to the level of error information to collect for the error log Likewise the trace level refers to the output level of the trace The log file size refers to the size of the error log file For f
314. ginal exclusion control mechanism ON 2 Persistent reservation Use this level to set the reservation status to persistent reservation The default and recommended setting is ON 2 Persistent reservation When using HLDM in a cluster configuration the reservation levels must be the same in all hosts that comprise the cluster configuration 3 5 1 8 Setting the Error Log Collection Level There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The error logs you can set in the Options window are limited to the HDLM manager log dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and HDLM GUI log dlmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 Before setting the HDLM Web GUI log see section 3 13 6 The Logging level list box lets you select the level of error information to be logged From this list box you can select one of the following five levels m 0 No error logs are collected a 1 All information for errors with the level Error or higher is collected 2 All information for errors with the level Warning or higher is collected 3 All information for errors with the level Information or higher is collected a 4 All information for errors with the level Information or higher is collected including maintenance information The default and recommended value for this setting is 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 83
315. gs file and set environment settings file contain the default values for environment settings shown below odm env i ronment settings fi le 1 Is 1000 e on b 16384 r off set environment settings fi le Ib on Ibtype rr ellv 3 elfs 9900 elfn 2 systflv 0 systfs 1000 systfn 4 pchk on intvl 30 afb off iem off rsv on 2 To change the default values for the environment settings see section 7 4 Prepare the license key file Store the license key file using the name hdlm_license directly under var tmp var tmp hdlm license Execute the dlmsetup utility cdrom hdlmtool dimsetup i cdrom odm tmp odm environment settings file set tmp set environment settings file s To enable the environment settings values in the odm environment settings file and set environment settings file specify odm odm environment settings file and set set environment settings file If you have specified the s option to omit a confirmation message proceed to step 12 if not proceed to step 8 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 75 76 10 11 12 13 14 15 The message shown below is displayed If you want to execute the dlmrmdev utility and delete the HDLM device enter y if not enter n KAPL12256 I The dlmrmdev utility will now be executed Is this OK y n Entering n cancels the installation The message shown below is displayed
316. gure 3 11 Prepare for the 3 14 3 Preparations for HDLM uninstallation uninstallation of HDLM Uninstall HDLM 3 14 4 Uninstalling HDLM Figure 3 11 Overview of HDLM uninstallation 3 14 2 Uninstalling the HDLM Web GUI This subsection describes how to uninstall the HDLM Web GUI The uninstallation procedures are explained separately for Windows and Solaris the OS on which the Device Manager server operates Precautions This uninstallation program includes a process that temporarily stops the Web services commonly used among the HiCommand products Before starting uninstallation make sure that no process that uses the HiCommand products is running Before uninstalling the HDLM Web GUI installed on the Device Manager server stop the HiCommand Suite Single Sign On Service Do not stop the InterBase or the InterClient service while uninstalling the HDLM Web GUI If you stop these services during uninstallation the KAPLO9065 E message will appear and uninstallation will fail In such a case start the InterBase or the InterClient service and then re install the HDLM Web GUI 144 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 14 2 1 Windows To uninstall the HDLM Web GUI in Windows 1 2 Log into Windows as an Administrators Group user Start the uninstallation program Open Add Remove Programs from the Control Panel and select the Change or Remove Programs tab From the list of prog
317. h Intermittent Error Monitoring specify whether to monitor intermittent errors ON specifies that intermittent error monitoring is to be used To disable intermittent error monitoring specify OFF which is the default setting We recommend that you set intermittent error monitoring to ON when automatic failback is ON to prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance When you specify ON you can specify intermittent error conditions the conditions used by the system to determine whether an intermittent error is occurring in Monitoring interval and Number of times The system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring if the specified number of times that the error is to occur is reached during the monitoring interval from the time that the monitoring interval starts until the specified interval ends A path that is assumed to have an intermittent error is excluded from automatic failback Intermittent error monitoring starts when the path is recovered from the error by using automatic failback Monitoring is performed on individual paths If the settings are not specified and 3 or more errors occur within 210 minutes the system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring When a value of 2 or more is specified in Number of times the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring
318. hat the number 2 following the integrated trace file prefix does not represent a file number Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities 7 1 1 File for Defining the Information to be Collected Figure 7 1 shows an example of a file that defines the information to be collected by the error information collection utility DLMgetras If you do not specify the information to be collected refer to Table 7 1 for details on the information that is collected DIM manager core file opt DynamicLinkManager bin core Collects the core file of HDLM Oracle initial parameter u01 app oracle admin sandb pfile init ora Collects the initial parameter file for the database Oracle Oracle Alert Directory u01 app oracle rdbms log Collects the alert information directory for the database Oracle Figure 7 1 Example of File for Defining the Information to be Collected The coding rules and notes for the file that defines the information to be collected are a Use absolute paths to specify the directories or files If you use relative paths to specify the directories or the files the specified directories and files are searched in the directory where the error information collection utility was executed and then the found directories and files are collected Do not specify directories that contain the directory to which the collected information is output If you do specify a directory co
319. hdisk2 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 hdisk3 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 dlmfdrv4 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 Delete the mixed HDLM volume dimfdrv4 from the AIX volume group datavg1 reducevg datavgl dlmfdrv4 Recheck the status of the AIX volume group datavg1 lsvg p datavg1 datavg1 PV_NAME PV STATE TOTAL PPs FREE PPs FREE DISTRIBUTION hdisk2 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 hdisk3 active 542 36 00 00 00 00 36 Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities 7 3 dimcefgmgr Utility for Managing the HDLM Configuration Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr Function This utility configures the HDLM device This utility is used for example when installing HDLM or when changing the path configuration 7 4 Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment dlmodmset Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin d1lmodmset 1 on off 1s log file size s e on off s b maximum simultaneous I O requests s on off s Description This utility sets ODM to define HDLM operations r 0 h Parameters 1 on off Is log file size Enables or disables the log acquisition functionality On Valid this is the default Off Invalid Is log file size Specifies the log file size in kilobytes KB Use a value from 100 to 9900 The default and recommended value is 1000 s Prevents the confirmation message from being displayed whe
320. he HDLM Environment Setting page in the Options window of the HDLM GUI the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI or by executing the set operation of the dInkmgr command For information about configuring path health checking see section 5 5 2 For details on the set operation see section 6 6 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 41 2 10 Error Management For troubleshooting HDLM collects information into log files The error information can be filtered according to the error level and collected into the log files Figure 2 13 shows the data flow when collecting error information in logs Host Storage subsystem Legend wees Fiber cable or SCSI cable Path Flow of error information Figure 2 13 Error Management Logs might be collected in layers lower than HDLM such as for the SCSI driver For details on the logs see the documentation that accompanies your AIX system 42 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 10 1 Logs Collected HDLM collects information on the detected error and trace information in the integrated trace file trace file error logs log for the dlmcfgmgr utility for managing the HDLM configuration and syslog When you use a Device Manager client to display the HDLM GUI the logs pertaining to this operation are also collected in a user defined file You can use the error information to examine the status of an error and
321. he error count and the elapsed time measured since monitoring starts are set to 0 and monitoring starts by using the new settings If changes are made in the settings of the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that an error is to occur outside the period during which intermittent errors are monitored the new settings take effect after the next time automatic failback succeeds Because the errors and elapsed time are not counted or measured while intermittent errors are not monitored those values do not change The settings for the monitoring interval and number of times that an error is to occur will remain in effect when Intermittent Error Monitor is switched to OFF and then back to ON When you click the Apply button in the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow while intermittent errors are being monitored the error count and the elapsed time measured since monitoring starts are set to 0 even if you have not changed the settings and monitoring continues When Intermittent Error Monitor is set to ON and automatic failback is set to OFF intermittent error monitoring is disabled If you return the automatic failback to ON intermittent error monitoring is enabled Available operations for automatic failback and intermittent error monitoring depend on the function settings Table 4 7 shows the relations between the settings and available operations for automatic failback and intermittent error monitoring Hitac
322. he maximum total size of the trace files that can be collected is 1024000 kilobytes If a value smaller than the setting value is specified an execution confirmation message KAPL01097 W is displayed and the trace file is once deleted The trace files for which the number of files can be set are hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 pchk on intvl execution interval off Enables on or disables off path health checking The default is on with an execution interval of 30 minutes Path health checking checks the paths that have the Online status For a standby host or a host connected to the Thunder 9500V Series Thunder 9200 Freedom Storage 5800 or Freedom Storage 5700E storage subsystem we recommend that you activate path health checking to enable detection of errors in paths where Os do not occur When you specify on specify the execution interval of path health checking by specifying the parameter immediately following on If you do not specify a checking interval path health checking is executed in the following interval When the checking interval has not been specified before Every 30 minutes default setting When the checking interval has been specified before The interval used in the last time The explanation for the following sub parameter describes how to specify the checking interval intvl execution interval Specify the interval between path health checks in minutes Use a value betw
323. he set operation see section 6 6 When you update HDLM 5 6 from HDLM 5 1 or earlier correspondence between the logical device file of an HDLM device and physical volume and the instance number change as follows For HDLM 5 1 or earlier The logical device file dlmfdrvn of an HDLM device physical volume hdiskn 1 1 Same instance number Example The logical device file dlmfdrv1 of an HDLM device corresponds to the physical volume hdisk1 For HDLM 5 6 or later The logical device file dlmfdrvn of an HDLM device physical volume hdiskn 1 Multiple Different instance number Example The logical device file dlmfdrvo of an HDLM device corresponds to the physical volumes hdisk1 and hdisk4 When you want to install HDLM on a host where Device Manager Agent is installed stop the Device Manager Agent daemon process hdvmagt before starting the installation For details about how to stop the hdvmagt daemon process see the manual HiCommand Device Manager Agent Installation Guide The information about the driver configuration and HDLM functionality settings and the log files will be inherited when the update installation is complete For details on the information to be inherited see Table 3 2 in 3 4 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 53 54 In HDLM 5 6 trace files for versions of HDLM earlier than 5 6 are divided into integrated trace files and trace files The logs for the H
324. hen contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information Message ID KAPL11014 E Message An unexpected error occurred in the start Host aa aa management target host HDLM Web GUI cannot Recommended Action Details During HDLM Web GUI startup an exception occurred in the processing on the management target host aa aa Host name selected in the HDvM host management window Action Collect the error information on the server and the management target host and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information KAPL11015 E HDLM Web GUI cannot start An unexpected error occurred in the server Details During HDLM Web GUI startup an exception occurred in the internal processing on the server Action Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information on the server and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hi
325. hen it is not 5 6 6 1 Changing Configuration Using the dimfdrv conf File 1 Make a backup copy of the dlmfdrv conf file and then delete it This file should be deleted to prevent an HDLM driver instance from being created when an hdisk is added Execute the following commands mv usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv conf usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv conf bak cp dev null usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv conf Execute the following command to reconfigure the new hdisk cfgmgr Execute the following command to restore dlmfdrv conf from its backup copy mv usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlmfdrv conf bak usr DynamicLinkManager drv d1lmfdrv conf Check the reconfigured physical volume hdisk and dlmfdrv conf or dimfdrv unconf and then change the contents of dlmfdrv conf or dilmfdrv unconf to match the reconfigured environment Execute the following command to start the HDLM configuration manager and configure the HDLM driver usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmcfgmgr Execute the following command to check the path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path For details about path information see Chapter 6 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 233 5 6 6 2 Changing Configuration Without the dimfdrv conf File To reconfigure an HDLM driver instance 1 To create an empty dimfdrv conf file to prevent an HDLM driver instance from being creat
326. hi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 181 182 Table 4 7 Relations Between the Setting and Available Operations for Automatic Failback and Intermittent Error Monitoring Settings Available Result of Operation Operation AFB IEM Automatic Intermittent failback error monitoring ON ON Set AFB to The operations of AFB and IEM do not change ON Change the AFB operates using new settings Note 2 AFB setting Set AFB to AFB and IEM are disabled OFF The error count elapsed time and information about paths not subject to automatic failback are cleared Set IEM to When a path is being monitored in the period of conditional intermittent ON error monitoring the value of the error count and the elapsed monitoring time are reset to 0 and then intermittent error monitoring restarts When a path is not being monitored outside the period of conditional intermittent error monitoring nothing changes Change the When a path is being monitored in the period of conditional intermittent IEM settings error monitoring the value of the error count and the elapsed monitoring time are reset to 0 and then intermittent error monitoring restarts according to the conditions for intermittent error after change Note 2 When a path is not being monitored outside the period of conditional intermittent error monitoring the IEM settings will take effect when the path is recovered
327. hical User Interface The system determines that an intermittent error is occurring when the specified number of errors occur during the interval from the time intermittent error monitoring started to the time the specified period has elapsed If the system determines that an intermittent error is occurring in a path that path is excluded from being subject to automatic failback Error monitoring starts at the time the path is recovered from an error by using automatic failback Intermittent error monitoring is performed for each path When Intermittent Error Monitor is set to ON the monitoring interval is 30 and the number of times that the error is to occur is 3 by default When you specify a value of 2 or more in Number of times the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied an error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur If you specify 1 for the number of times that the error is to occur the above condition does not need to be satisfied If changes are made in the settings of the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that an error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring t
328. hose adapter number is 04 and bus number is 01 dlnkmgr view path grep 04 01 The above command will display information on all the paths that pass through the specified HBA port Example 2 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all paths that pass through the channel adapter port OA of the Thunder 9500V Series product identifier DF600F The following commands differentiate upper and lower case dlnkmgr view path grep DF600F grep 0A The above commands will display information pertaining to only those paths that pass through the specified channel adapter port Note Response may become slow when the dInkmgr online command is executed This can happen for the following reasons An error exists in two or more paths Path health checking and or automatic failback is running Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 253 6 6 set Operation Format opt DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set lb on lbtype rr exrr off ellv error log collection level elfs error log file size elfn number of error log files systflv trace level systfs trace file size systfn number of trace files pchk on intvl checking interval off afb on intvl checking interval off iem on intvl error monitoring interval lic rsv on reservation level s a Description iemnum number of times error is to occur The set operation
329. ic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 159 4 1 8 2 HDLM Device Configured Different Volumes Disks with Same PVID 160 If you configured an HDLM device while multiple physical volumes that correspond to different volumes had the same PVID an error might occur during execution of the dlmrecreatevg command If the error occurs change the PVID according to the following procedure To change the PVID 1 Execute the following command to deactivate the volume group If the target is the shared volume group deactivate the shared volume group for all the sharing hosts usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name Change the PVID To let the hosts share an LU perform the following on one of these hosts If there is no volume group execute the following command for the HDLM device that corresponds to the secondary volume chdev 1 secondary volume s dlmfdrvn a pv clear a pv yes If the secondary volume has a volume group or if the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following command If the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following command for each LU usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmexportvg volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrecreatevg y volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name of secondary volume To let the hosts share th
330. igure 4 8 Figure 4 9 Figure 4 10 Figure 4 11 Figure 4 12 Figure 4 13 Figure 4 14 Figure 4 15 Figure 4 16 Figure 4 17 Figure 4 18 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Contents Example of Editing the Preonline Script 6cccce cece eee ee rreren nere 121 Procedure for creating an environment for HDLM GUI c0cceceeeee eae 122 Procedure for Creating an Environment for the HDLM Web GUI 55 126 Overview of HDLM uninstallation c cece eee e eee e eee enna 144 Path Management WindOW c cece teen eee tenet ene nes 165 Host Tree Frame of the Path Management Window ceceee cnet eee 166 Configuration View for the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E Subsystems 170 Configuration View for the 9900V 9900 and 7700E Subsystems 171 Configuration View for the USP Subsystem c cece cece eee eee eaten 171 Path List VieWsascievies eed ersten gaia ees overh sav EESE denis vied EEATT h E ees 176 Options WINGOW sissie ea eaaa aeii bende enue det ede ea AKE RADDIENA PN 179 HDLM Component Information Panel 0cc cece eee eee eee eneren 183 Displaying the Host View on the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client 188
331. iltering c cece eee teeter tee eee 45 2 10 3 Collecting Error Information Using the DLMgetras Utility 0 00 46 2 TY ClUSt er SUP POF aner oriana ah dese tease a a aby elapeeeae eedd e iaa E aaa 47 2 12 Remote Operation of HDLM from the HiCommand Device Manager Client 48 2 13 Login Information and Performing Device Manager Operations 6 0eee 50 Creating an HDLM Environment sssscsssssssssessssssessesssessensseesseeseseeenanenseesseneateneeeneneans 51 3 1 System Requirements cece cece eee nee tenes 52 3 2 Flow for Creating an HDLM Environment ccecceee eect cette eee eee eee eee 52 3 3 Notes on Creating an HDLM Environment cccceee cette cette teeters 53 3 4 installing HDLM rae boas a r ace ainpae eieiadin ae eave minis A A LEE REENEN 56 3 4 1 Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM ce cece cece ee eee eee 56 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide ix 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 14 Contents 3 4 2 Performing a New Installation of HDLM cece eee eee eee eens 60 3 4 3 Preparations for an Update Installation of HDLM cece ee eee eee 67 3 4 4 Performing an Update Installation of HDLM cee eeee cette eee eee 68 3 4 5 Installing HDLM Using the dimsetup Utility cece e ee eee 72 Setting UpSHDEM aca cesses tetiatetah a aa haw ea Ae be ant
332. ime all paths that pass through a specific channel adapter port This command will place online all paths that pass through the channel adapter port to which the path with the specified AutoPATH_ID is connected Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path which is displayed by using the view operation Leading zeros can be omitted however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or O for the parameter value AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned every time the management target host is restarted When you want to add a new LU without restarting the management target AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the HDLM configuration manager dlmcfgmgr Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path before executing the online operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 251 252 pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to place a single path online Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the path which is displayed using the view operation Leading zeros can be omitted however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter value Because the AutoPATH_IDs are reassigned to each path of the LU when you execute the HDLM configuration manager dlmcfgmgr always make sure that you find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path using the view operation before executing the online operation
333. ime taken for the file writing to wrap around and delete old log data is reduced The file used in this case is a Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 file which is a trace file common to all Hitachi products Note that the history and results of user issued commands are output to the trace files regardless of the trace level systfs trace file size Specify the size of the trace file in kilobytes Specify a value of 100 to 16000 The default and recommended value is 1000 When combined with the specification for the number of trace files the maximum total size of the trace files that can be collected is 1024000 kilobytes If a value smaller than the setting value is specified an execution confirmation message KAPLO1097 W is displayed and the trace file is once deleted The trace files for which a file size can be set are hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The trace files are fixed in length Thus even if the amount of written trace information is less than the setting file size the size of each output trace file is always fixed When trace data is written to all trace files the oldest trace file wraps around and new trace data overwrites the old trace data 256 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command systfn number of trace files Specify the number of trace files Specify a value of 2 to 64 The default and recommended value is 4 When combined with the specification for the trace file size t
334. in the necessary parameter aa aa clear set offline view Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter Specify the correct parameter and then retry For details on the help operation section 6 3 KAPLO1007 W KAPLO1008 W A duplicate parameter is specified Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb A necessary parameter value is not specified Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb Details A duplicate parameter is specified aa aa clear offline online set view bb bb Duplicate parameter Action Delete the duplicate parameter and then retry Details The necessary parameter value is not specified aa aa offline online set view bb bb Parameter name Action Specify the parameter value and then retry KAPLO1009 W A parameter value is invalid Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb parameter value cc cc Valid value dd dd Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The parameter value is invalid aa aa offline online set view bb bb Parameter name cc cc Specified parameter value dd dd Specifiable parameter value range Action Specify the correct value for the parameter and then retry Message ID KAPL01012 E name aa aa Message Recommended Action Could not connect the HDLM manager Operation Details Inthe view sys sfunc operation information must be collec
335. in the information frame 4 To further limit the paths that are displayed in the subwindow select the Type and Status checkboxes in Filtering 218 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 5 2 Configuring Path Health Checking HDLM provides the path health checking functionality for checking the path status at regular intervals Path health checking checks paths that have the Online status When an error occurs in a path that is in the Online status the path health checking places the path in the Offline E or Online E status Path health checking is ON by default in HDLM for AIX version 5 0 and later If path health checking is disabled HDLM does not detect errors in paths in which no I O occurs The path health checking functionality enables the system to detect errors in paths in which no I O occurs such as non owner paths and paths in the standby host in a cluster configuration i e passive node paths You can set up the path health checking functionality by using the Options window see section 4 2 4 6 or by executing the dinkmgr set command see section 6 6 Caution In previous versions of HDLM path health checking was performed by executing a batch file that defined the online operation Do not execute this batch file With the current version executing the set operation performs path health checking Notes for the USP 9900V 9900 and 7700E subsystems a f load balancing is ON all paths send I O signals so HDLM can detect all o
336. ing the HDLM Execution Environment see section 7 5 Utility for changing the HDLM HBA see section 7 6 Utility for Changing the HDLM HBA dImHBAdel see section 7 7 Utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation see section 7 8 Utility for removing HDLM devices see section 7 9 Utility for HDLM installation configuration support dilmsetup see section 7 10 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 289 7 1 290 HDLM Error Information Collection Utility DLMgetras Important Execute DLMgetras immediately after an error occurs since restarting the machine may delete information collected by DLMgetras Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin DLMgetras destination directory for collected information f file for defining the information to be collected h Note You can also use lower case characters dilmgetras Description The error information collection utility collects information such as trace files definition files core files and libraries required for analyzing errors that occur in HDLM Table 7 1 lists and describes the information automatically collected by the error information collection utility if you do not specify the information to be collected If desired you can specify the files to be collected by defining them in a special file see section 7 1 1 The following files are output Name of the directory containing a system crash dump file system crash d
337. ing to the procedure described in section 5 6 6 Place the path that goes through the replaced cable in the Online status Place the path that goes through the host bus adapter to which the replaced cable is connected in the Online status usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online hba 01 01 Execute the following command to check the path information t usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path For details about path information see Chapter 6 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 6 4 Replacing a Fibre Channel Switch If there are multiple active paths for a device in a logical unit you can replace a desired switch while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes through the switch to be replaced and using other paths to continue accesses The following procedure is only for replacing a fibre channel switch To replace a fibre channel switch 1 Place in Offline C status the path that goes through the switch to be replaced path that goes through the host bus adapter to which the switch is connected To place the path with the host bus adapter number 01 and bus number 01 in the Offline C status execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline hba 01 01 Execute the following command to delete the path that goes through the switch to be replaced usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmHBAdel fscsin To delete the path specify the device name
338. inning from 0 is assigned to each device in the LU In AIX this value is fixed to 0 because one LU contains one device This is the same as DNum displayed by the view operation a HdevName Host device name In AIX the HDLM driver s special file name dimfdrvn where n is the driver s instance number is displayed This is the same as HDevName displayed by the view operation For details on this operation see section 6 7 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8 2 Actions Taken for a Path Error When a path error is detected HDLM performs failover for the path and outputs the KAPL08022 E message You can troubleshoot path errors using the HDLM GUI or the HDLM Web GUI To perform troubleshooting for a path error using the HDLM GUI 1 Examine the messages See the KAPL08022 E message that is output to syslog in the management target host by using applications or tools for monitoring messages For details about the contents of the message see section 8 1 4 and Chapter 9 Obtain path information You can obtain the path information by opening the Path List view of the HDLM GUI the Show Path List of the HDLM Web GUI or by executing the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path iem gt pathinfo txt where pathinfo txt is the redirection output file name Use a file name that matches your environment For details on the path information refer to section 6 7 Identify the error path Check the path info
339. installing HNTRLib see 3 14 6 HDLM cannot recognize storage subsystems if you change the name of the storage subsystem s vendor to the name other than HITACHI by using the storage subsystem management program Thus use HITACHI as the name of the storage subsystem s vendor When using HACMP GPFS RVSD or VCS settings such as script registration or the reservation level setting are required For details about the settings used for each cluster see the following For HACMP section 3 9 For GPFS RVSD section 3 10 For VCS section 3 11 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment When you change the configuration of a system that uses HDLM make sure that the changed environment has been built correctly and then back up the HDLM configuration definition file The configuration definition file is stored under the usr DynamicLinkManager directory Back up everything under the usr DynamicLinkManager directory Of the logical device files of an HDLM device a block device file becomes dev dlmfdrvn and a character device file becomes dev rdlmfdrvn An HDLM dedicated device file is created in the dev dl1m directory when HDLM is installed Do not use this device file Do not execute any of the following commands by specifying a physical volume that consists of an HDLM device The chdev command when the HDLM driver is enabled The rmdev command Any commands for manipulating volume groups extendvg importvg mirrorv
340. intermittent error occurs In this example the path is determined to have an intermittent error when the error occurs 3 or more times in 30 minutes The event occurred in one path is described on the time arrow Stop monitoring Exclude the path from the items Start monitoring subject to automatic failback Time lt gt time time time 30 minutes Legend AFB Indicates where the path was changed from error status to online status by automatic failback This includes online operation performed by a user Figure 2 10 Action When an Intermittent Error Occurs in the Path Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 8 3 2 When an Intermittent Error Does Not Occur If an error does not occur in the path the specified number of times within the specified interval an intermittent error does not occur In this case the error monitoring finishes when the specified error monitoring interval finishes and the number of errors is reset to 0 If an error occurs in the path later the error monitoring restarts at the time the path is recovered from the error by using automatic failback If errors occur after a long interval an intermittent error can be detected by increasing the error monitoring interval or by decreasing the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine that an intermittent error is occurring Figure 2 11 shows the action in intermittent error monitoring when an intermittent err
341. ion An attempt to acquire the HDLM Web GUI version information failed Details aa aa Details The default value is set because invalid strings exist in the dimservlet properties file Action Make sure that the correct value is in the dimservlet properties file by referring to section 3 13 5 Details The HDLM Web GUI version information could not be acquired correctly at the initialization of the HDLM Web GUI aa aa Code showing reason for occurrence of error Action Restart the HiCommand Single Sign On Service If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract KAPL11706 W An attempt to acquire the HDLM Web GUI Service Pack version information failed Details aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The HDLM Web GUI Service Pack version information could not be acquired correctly at the initialization of the HDLM Web GUI aa aa Code showing reason for occurrence of error Action Restart the HiCommand Single Sign On Service If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract Message ID Message
342. ion Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Check whether you have access permission for the specified file and whether the specified file name is correct 345 346 Message ID KAPL02029 E Message An error occurred during internal processing of the HDLM GUI The aa aa operation has been stopped Details bb bb Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Recommended Action Details During the HDLM GUI processing an error which might not be caused by a user operation occurred aa aa Internal Processing Name Get Option Information Set Option Information Online Offline Get Path Information Refresh Clear Data Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status bb bb Issuing API Name JHSPGetOption JHSPSetOption JHSPOnlinePath JHSPOfflinePath JHSPGetPathBy JHSPClearStatistics JHSPGetManagerStatus JHSPGetDriverStatus JHSPGetADriverStatus JHSPGetClusterService Action Execute the DIMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL02032 E The aa aa operation cannot be executed Details because the amount of memory is insufficient There was not sufficient memory available for the HDLM GUI processing aa aa Internal processing names CSV Output Online Off
343. ion 4 1 or earlier if no applications other than HDLM are using HNTRLib uninstall it as follows 1 Check that no applications other than HDLM are using HNTRLib See the manuals and documentation for each program to check whether the program is using Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 Login to AIX as a root user 3 Execute the following command opt hitachi HNTRLib etc hntrsetup The HNTRLib setup menu will appear 4 From the setup menu select 9 HNTRLib will be uninstalled 5 Delete the HNTRLib common library files and the directory in which they are stored When you uninstall HNTRLib all directories within the opt hitachi HNTRLib directory will be deleted but the libraries within the opt hitachi common 1lib directory will not To delete HNTRLib delete the following files and directory Shared library files symbolic links opt hitachi common 1lib libhntr Directory that contains shared library files opt hitachi common 1ib D001 If the opt hitachi directory only contains the files and directories shown above delete the opt hitachi directory Note If the log output directory set in HNTRLib was not the default directory the log files will not be deleted during uninstallation In this case delete these files after uninstallation Even if you attempt to uninstall HNTRLib2 when HNTRLib is installed HNTRLib will not be uninstalled If no other programs are using HNTRLib delete it manuall
344. ion collection utility DLMgetras which allows you to collect detailed information such as trace files definition files core files and libraries required for analyzing errors see section 7 1 The collected information is intended for use by the Hitachi Data Systems maintenance personnel Table 2 9 Error Levels Error Level Meaning Critical Fatal errors that may stop the system Error Errors that crucially affect the system This type of error can be avoided by using failover or other countermeasures Warning Errors that enable the system to continue but if left might cause the system to operate improperly Information Information that indicates the operating history when the system operates normally Table 2 10 Error Logging Levels Description Does not collect an error log Collects error information at the Error level or higher Collects error information at the Warning level or higher Collects error information at the Information level or higher all levels this is the default setting Table 2 11 Trace Levels Description Does not output any trace This is the default trace level setting Outputs error information only Outputs a summary of program operation Outputs the details of program operation Outputs all information error information summary of program operation and details of program operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM f
345. ion has completed normally on the management target host aa aa Operation Character string Get Path Information Get Option Information Set Option Information Clear Data Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status Online Offline Action None Message ID KAPL11904 E Message aa aa has completed abnormally Error status bb bb Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Recommended Action Details Operation has completed abnormally on the management target host aa aa Operation Character string Get Path Information Get Option Information Set Option Information Clear Data Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status Online Offline bb bb Error status returned from AP Character string HSP_ENOPART HSP_ENOPSID HSP_ENOPATH HSP_ENOSPC HSP_ENOHOLD HSP_ENOONLN HSP_ENOOFLN HSP_EBADOPT HSP_BADPARM HSP_ENOAUTH HSP_ERCOVERR HSP_ECLCONF HSP_ERROR HSP_NOCLUSTER HSP_OFFRSV HSP_OFFRJC HSP_ENOPGR HSP_EPATHCONF Action Collect the error information on the server and the management target host and contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute DIMget ras 381 382
346. ion in step 3 proceed as instructed by the messages that appear on the screen A window indicating that the installation finishes appears Click the Finish button instructed by the window The installation finishes Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 135 3 13 4 3 Solaris 136 To perform an update installation of the HDLM Web GUI in Solaris 1 2 Log into Solaris as a user with root privileges Insert the CD ROM It takes a few seconds for the CD ROM to load automatically and for the CD ROM mount location to appear in the file list If the CD ROM does not load automatically execute the following command mount F hsfs o ro CD ROM device name CD ROM mount location Execute the following installation command pkgadd a CD ROM mount location WebGUI Solaris update d CD ROM mount location WebGUI Solaris HDLMGUI The following message will be displayed on the screen Warning This installation program temporarily starts and stops the web services shared by HiCommand products Before installing confirm that no running jobs are using HiCommand products Do you want to start installation y n After confirming that no processes from HiCommand products are running enter yes or y to continue with the installation and then proceed to step 5 Enter no or n to terminate the installation The KAPLO9067 message appears and installation is canceled The ent
347. ipt when VCS starts haconf makerw hagrp modify service group PreOnline 1 haconf dump makero cp r opt VRTSvcs bin sample_triggers preonline opt VRTSvcs bin triggers In the preonline script used when VCS starts register the script provided by HDLM Add the following code to the line under put your code here in the preonline script system usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm vcs pgr release ARGV 1 The following shows an example of editing the preonline script The shaded portion represents the part to be added Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment src cmd hatrigge fident VC Copyright C UNPUBLISHED RI Strigger preonline if defined an name bin h put your code here system usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dim vcs pgr release ARGV 1 gt is a sample code th Figure 3 8 Example of Editing the Preonline Script 3 Set the reservation revel for each host to 2 Execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set rsv on 2 Note When using VCS specify the HDLM device dlmfdrvn in the Disks specification in LVMVG Agent for the service group Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 121 3 12 Creating an HDLM GUI Environment for Operating HDLM from Device Manager This section explains the settings for using HDLM GUI from the Device Manager client For details about the s
348. is 8 Integrated trace HNTRLib2 installation folder spool hntr2 1 16 log When the OS of the Device Manager server is Solaris Trace for each process var opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI log dlmservle t 1 N log The value N depends on the setting in the dimservlet properties file The default value is 8 Integrated trace var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2 1 16 log Note The file path of syslog logs is specified in the etc syslog conf file The default path for syslogs collected by AIX systems is var adm syslogfile For details on error levels see section 2 10 2 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 10 2 Error Information Filtering Errors that HDLM detects are classified into error levels Table 2 9 shows the error levels listed in order of adverse effect on the system Error information collected for a log is filtered according to error level In syslog the HDLM messages on or above the level set by the user configured in etc syslog conf are collected It is recommended that you set the Information to be output at the info level or higher Table 2 10 lists and describes the logging levels for the HDLM error log For details on setting the logging levels see section 5 7 1 HDLM also includes a trace file output function provided by the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib software Table 2 11 lists and describes the HDLM trace levels Note HDLM has an error informat
349. isk cc cc Error code decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM cc cc Path ID of the SCSI device decimal number Details When the HDLM device was configured invalid path information was detected The corresponding path was not configured aa aa Logical device file name of the HDLM device bb bb Logical device file name of hdisk Action Execute the dlmrmdev utility for deleting HDLM drivers to delete the HDLM device and then execute the dimcfgmegr utility for managing the HDLM configuration to reconfigure the HDLM device 393 394 Message ID KAPL05819 Table 9 9 Message ID KAPL06003 Message Data for maintenance aa aa bb bb cc cc dd dd HDLM Alert Driver Messages Message Initialization of the HDLM alert driver aa aa was successful Recommended Action Details The filter driver outputs this message for maintenance aa aa HDLM Device minor number decimal number bb bb Message output location information decimal number cc cc Detailed information 1 decimal number dd dd Detailed information 2 decimal number Action None Recommended Action Details Initialization of the alert driver aa aa alert driver management table address Hexadecimal number completed normally Action None KAPL06004 E Could not allocate me
350. ist Regist hdisk3 Reservation Regist hdisk4 Reservation Regist hdisk5 Reservation hdisk6 Reservation Regist Regist Execute the dlmpr an asterisk Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Count 1 Key 0Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Count 2 Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb Key Count 2 Key 0xbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb Key Count 4 Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Count 4 Key 0x0000000000000000 Key 0x0000000000000000 Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Count Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb Key Count BR H utility to clear the Reservation Keys for other hosts marked by usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr c hdisk2 hdisk3 The confirmation message appears Enter y to clear Otherwise enter n KAPL10641 I Reservation Key will now be cleared Is this OK y n y KAPL10642 I Reservation Key of hdisk2 was cleared KAPL10642 I Reservation Key of hdisk3 was cleared Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 307 7 9 308 Utility for Removing HDLM Devices dimrmdev Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A s h Description During uninstallation or update installation of HDLM this utility deletes the HDLM drivers and HDLM alert drivers Using the A parameter unmounts the file system used by HDLM and deactivates the volume group us
351. ist view appears 3 Inthe Path List view check the following Logical unit LU that the path accesses You can identify the path by the Path Name display The combination of the Subsystem and LUN display identifies the LU that the path accesses Whether the paths are accessing the same LU via different HBAs In the Path Name display for the paths accessing the same LU make sure that the numbers to the left of the second period i e HBA adapter number path number are different Make sure that the number of HBA adapter number path number combinations is the same as the number of physical HBAs Whether the paths are accessing the same LU via different channel adapters Make sure that multiple channel adapters are physically mounted Make sure that the CHA number for each path accessing the same LU is different Path status Make sure that the Status display contains Online only For details on the Path List view in the Path Management window see section 4 2 4 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 215 5 5 1 3 Checking Path Information by Using the HDLM Web GUI You can use the HDLM Web GUI to display path information in list form or configuration diagram form as shown in the following examples Displaying path information in list form Show Path List HITACHLUSP 0014010 Twe ownerpatn Nonowner path f ss Fy Pe FR FA Subavatem 000000 0000 0000 000000000000000
352. it is reset and the count is re started from 0 To reset the lO Errors value to zero execute the dinkmgr command s clear operation Executing the clear operation also clears the number of I O operations IO Count to zero DNum Dev number indicated by a decimal number This item pertains to a logical volume number There is one Dev in an LU so the number is fixed to 0 HDevName Host device name The logical device file name of the HDLM device dimfdrvn where n is the driver s instance number is displayed IEP Information about the intermittent error This item is displayed only when you specify iem with the path parameter Indicates that intermittent error monitoring is disabled or the monitoring time for an intermittent error is out of range Numerical value larger than 0 Indicates the number of errors that occurred during intermittent error monitoring Indicates that an intermittent error occurred automatic failback does not check the path 278 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Table 6 13 shows the path status and contents displayed in IEP when intermittent error monitoring is enabled Table 6 13 Path Status and Contents Displayed in IEP When Intermittent Error Monitoring is Enabled Contents Displayed in IEP Status of the Intermittent Error Monitoring The path is assumed to be an intermittent error and is removed from items subject to automatic failback Path status On
353. itachi Data Systems Support Center make sure to provide as much information about the problem as possible including a The circumstances surrounding the error or failure The exact content of any error messages displayed on the host system s m The HDLM program information collected as described in section 8 1 and a For 9900V 9900 or 7700E the remote service information messages R SIMs logged on the Remote Console PC and the reference codes and severity levels of the recent R SIMs The worldwide Hitachi Data Systems Support Centers are a Hitachi Data Systems North America Latin America San Diego California USA 1 800 348 4357 Hitachi Data Systems Europe Contact Hitachi Data Systems Local Support a Hitachi Data Systems Asia Pacific North Ryde Australia 011 61 2 9325 3300 324 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Chapter9 HDLM Messages Table 9 3 Table 9 20 lists the HDLM messages by message ID and provide recommended actions for the messages if appropriate HDLM issues the following types of messages HDLM command messages see Table 9 3 HDLM GUI messages see Table 9 4 HDLM Web GUI messages see Table 9 5 HDLM API messages see Table 9 6 HDLM manager messages see Table 9 7 HDLM driver filter component messages see Table 9 8 HDLM alert driver messages see Table 9 9 HDLM driver core logic component messages see Table 9 10 HDLM Management Target Messages see Table 9 11 HDLM installation program
354. item KAPL02015 W A value which is not a number has been input in aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details Non numeric value has been entered in the input field of the Option window aa aa Input item Path Health Checking Interval Auto Failback Checking Interval Error Log File Size Monitoring Interval Number of times Error Log Number of Files Trace File Size Trace Number of Files Action Specify a numeric value for the specified item Message ID KAPL02016 W KAPL02017 Message A value which is outside of the valid range has been input in aa aa The currently selected paths will be changed to the Online status Is this OK OK Cancel Recommended Action Details The value entered in the input field of the Option window is not within the valid range aa aa Input item Path Health Checking Interval Auto Failoack Checking Interval Error Log File Size Monitoring Interval Number of times Error Log Number of Files Trace File Size Trace Number of Files Action For the specified item specify a numeric value within the valid range described in this manual Details The currently selected paths will be changed to the Online status If you want to continue click OK If you do not want to proceed click Cancel Action If you want to execute the online processing click OK To cancel the online processing click Cancel KAPL02018 Becau
355. item in the Path List view of the HDLM GUI or the Intermittent Error Path item in the Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI If a numerical value of 0 or greater is displayed in the Intermittent Error Path item then intermittent error monitoring is being performed Table 2 7 When User Operations Change the Intermittent Error Information User Operation Number of Errors and Time Information about paths passed since error not subject to automatic monitoring started failback Changing the setting for Setting off Reset Reset Note 1 intermittent error monitoring Changing the conditions for an Reset Note 2 Inherit intermittent error during intermittent error monitoring Setting on during error monitoring by executing the set operation the conditions for the intermittent error monitoring are not changed Clicking the Apply or OK button in the window Note 3 for HDLM environment settings during the intermittent error monitoring Note 4 Changing the setting for Not applicable Inherit intermittent error monitoring to Not counted outside the error monitoring Changing the automatic Setting off Reset Reset failback settings Changing the path status Placing the path Offline C Reset Reset Placing the path Online outside Not applicable Reset the intermittent error monitoring Not counted Placing the path Online during Inherit Not applicable the intermittent error monitoring If a path has been
356. ity for Checking the Device Configuration Recommended Action Details No invalid paths were found Path information for the configured HDLM device is correct Action None KAPL12202 E An invalid path was found Do not add or delete paths Details At least one of the configured HDLM devices has invalid path information Do not add or delete paths Action Be recovered with the following process Backup dlmfdrv conf file if it exist then execute the following command to create an empty dlmfdrv conf file echo gt usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlm fdrv conf Reboot the server shutdown r now Execute the following command to delete HDLM device ODM information odmdelete o CuAt q name LIKE dlmfdrv AND attribute pvid Execute the following command to delete HDLM device Note Please ignore KAPLO9013 E message by execute this command usr DynamicLinkManager bin d1m rmdev Execute the following command to delete dlmfdrv conf file rm usr DynamicLinkManager drv dlm fdrv conf Restore dlm drv conf file in to usr DynamicLinkManager drv if you backup at step1 Execute the following command to configure HDLM device usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlm cfgmgr Carry out dlmchkdev again and confirm pass information Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 431 432 Message ID KAPL12203 E Message
357. l access the storage subsystem cache might not be fully usable When multiple applications that request sequential access are performed concurrently and all of those applications use the same HBA as the most preferred HBA we recommend that you specify round robin Extended Round Load is balanced according to the extended round robin algorithm The type of I O determines how robin Os will be distributed among paths For sequential access a single path will be used when issuing an I O The storage subsystem cache can be used Random access distributes an I O to multiple paths When you execute only a single application that requests sequential access such as a batch job running at night we recommend that you use the extended round robin algorithm The default is round robin The recommended setting depends on the operating environment 3 5 2 3 Setting Path Health Checking Path health checking lets you select whether to enable path health checking To enable path health checking set it to ON the default setting Otherwise set it to OFF The default checking interval is 30 minutes I O requests are not usually issued to non owner paths or paths on stand by hosts Therefore if you do not use path health checking you will not be able to detect path errors in such paths when an error occurs We recommend that you use path health checking on hosts connected to these kinds of paths so that you will be able to switch path des
358. l based on the environment being used 3 5 3 4 Setting Automatic Failback 98 The following is an example command to set automatic failback usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set afb on intvl 10 on specifies that automatic failback is to be used To disable automatic failback specify off which is the default setting When you set this value to on you can use the intvl parameter to specify the interval of path status checking which is 60 minutes by default If intermittent error monitoring is on and the number of times that the error is to occur is set to a value of 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied a KAPLO1080 W error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the above condition does not need to be satisfied Table 3 12 describes the advantage and disadvantages of setting the automatic failback function to on Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment Table 3 12 Advantage and Disadvantages of Setting the Automatic Failback Function to On Advantage Disadvantages This setting enables the status of a path
359. l device file name of the HDLM device dlmfdrvn where nis the driver s instance number is displayed Paths Total number of the paths recognized by HDLM for the LU to be displayed indicated by a decimal number OnlinePaths Number of available paths among the paths recognized by HDLM for the LU to be displayed indicated by a decimal number Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu item pn cp type ic ie dnu iep vg Product USP SerialNumber 0014010 LUs 10 iLU HDevName VG Device PathID PathName ChaPort Status Type I0 Count I0 Errors DNum IEP 003A dlmfdrvo hdisk12 000000 08 1 0000000000610813 003A 6A Online Own 0 0 Gas hdisk2 000001 08 1c 0000000000610813 003A 6A Online Own 0 0 0 003B dlmfdrv1 samplevg001 hdisk13 000002 08 1 0000000000610813 003B 6A Online Own 2723 0 Oo hdisk3 000003 08 1c 0000000000610813 003B 6A Online Own 2714 0 Oe 003C dlmfdrv2 samplevg002 hdisk14 000004 08 1 0000000000610813 003C 6A Online Own 42 0 O s hdisk4 000005 08 1c 0000000000610813 003C 6A Online Own 31 0 Do 2 003D dlmfdrv3 hdisk15 000006 08 1f 0000000000610813 003D 6A Online Own 0 0 0 hdisk5 000007 08 1c 0000000000610813 003D 6A Online Own 0 0 Or s 003E dlmfdrv4 hdisk16 000008 08 1f 0000000000610813 003E 6A Online Own 0 0 0 a hdisk6 000009 08 1c 0000000000610813 003E 6A Online Own 0 0 Qn S 003F dlmfdrv5 hdisk
360. l etude nese 240 Example of the Clear Command with User Confirmation 0cceeeeeaes 245 Example of the Clear Command with no User Confirmation 00005 245 Example of the Clear Operation Format cceeeeeeeee cece tena eee es 245 Example of the Help Command for all Operations ccccceeeeseeeeeeenes 246 Example of the Help Command for an Operation ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeenes 246 Example of the help Option for an Operation cece eee 247 Example of the Offline Operation With the hba Parameter 249 Example of the Offline Operation With the cha Parameter 045 249 Example of the Offline Operation With the pathid Parameter 55 249 Example of the Format of the offline Operation ccc cece eee eee ee ee 250 Example of the Online Operation With the hba Parameter 00e000s 252 Example of the Online Operation With the cha Parameter c00ee0es 252 Example of the Online Operation With No User Confirmation 0005 252 Example of the online Operation Format ccceeeeee eee eee tenet eee ees 253 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 6 17 Figure 6 18 Figure 6 19 Figure 6 20 Figure 6 21 Figure 6 22 Figure 6 23 Figure 6 24 Figure 6 25 Figure 6 26 Figure 6 27 Figure 6 28 Figure 6 29 Figure 6 30 Figure 6 31 Figure 6 32 Figure 6 33 Figure 6 34 Figure 6 35 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figu
361. l information for errors with the 3 Collect all information for errors with the level Information or higher level Information or higher Trace level 0 Do not output any trace 0 Do not output a trace File size for Error log 9900 kilobytes 9900 kilobytes Number of files for Error log 2 2 File size for Trace 1000 kilobytes 1000 kilobytes Number of files for Trace 4 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 87 3 5 2 1 Opening the Show HDLM Environment Settings Subwindow The following explains how to launch the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow 1 From the navigation frame of the Device Manager main window select the management target host to start HDLM Web GUI 2 Click the Show HDLM Environment Settings displayed in the management target host subwindow of the method frame Figure 3 7 shows the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow T Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Management Console Microsoft Internet Explorer el x Ele Edt yew Favorites Tools Help a ETT Par Tea Srhieieni Dyricisie MOYEN join Object Tree k 5 kanagawa GB omamic Link Manager haw HOLM Component information Show HOLM Ennronmerd Setna PB bananas S HTACHLUSP 14910 Laon Oyasmis Unk Manage uo Show HDL M Emaronment Settings kanagawa Lv 0002 uu 0003 Bw 00048 5 HITACHI os00v0129 LW 0000 B woo0
362. le that you specified Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 125 3 13 Creating an HDLM Web GUI Environment for Operating HDLM from Device Manager This section explains the settings for using HDLM Web GUI from the Device Manager client For details about the settings for using the HDLM GUI see section 3 12 3 13 1 Procedure for Creating an Environment for the HDLM Web GUI Based on the following procedure create an environment for using HDLM Web GUI Preparation 3 13 2 Prerequisite programs for HDLM Web GUI 3 13 3 New installation for HDLM Web GUI notai DEMN GSI 3 13 4 Update installation for HDLM Web GUI Set up operational permissions 3 13 5 Setting up HDLM Web GUI operating permissions Set up log 3 13 6 Setting up log output conditions Figure 3 10 Procedure for Creating an Environment for the HDLM Web GUI 126 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 2 Prerequisite Programs for the HDLM Web GUI The following shows the environment for using HDLM Web GUI which is required for a Device Manager client a Device Manager server and a management target host Check the environment for each item and then install the OS or program as required For details about OS information such as the version number see the HDLM Release Notes 3 13 2 1 Device Manager Client Machine The program requirements on a Device Manager client machine are as follows m OS The OS depends on the Device M
363. led path becomes available HDLM places the recovered path back online This ensures that the maximum number of paths is always available for load balancing and failover Both failover and failback using path switching For details on failback see section 2 7 1 2 Path health checking HDLM automatically checks the path status at regular intervals specified by the user eliminating the need to repeatedly perform manual path status checks For details on path health checking see section 5 5 2 About the Graphical User Interface GUI The HDLM for AIX GUI displays information about the paths between hosts and storage subsystems in a configuration diagram format or list format You can use the GUI to change path status and set the operating environment Two GUls are provided The HDLM GUI which is the GUI displayed by the application itself The HDLM GUI is available in the following cases When HDLM is not linked with Device Manager and the GUI is used in a host on which HDLM is installed When HDLM is linked with Device Manager when you do not use HDLM Web GUI The HDLM Web GUI which is the GUI displayed by using a Web browser The HDLM Web GUI is available when HDLM is linked with Device Manager 3 0 or later For details about the GUI see Chapter 4 Chapter1 Overview of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Link and launch from HiCommand Device Manager HiCommand Device Manager version 2 3 or later provides link and
364. let the hosts share the LU perform the following on all those hosts except for the host for which you changed the PVID in step b If there is no shared volume group execute the following command chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes Execute this for all the disks in the secondary volume If there is a shared volume group execute the following commands exportvg shared volume group name exportvg shared volume group name chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes Execute this for all the disks in the shared volume group importvg shared volume group name varyoffvg shared volume group name Configuring an HDLM driver when different volumes disks have the same PVID If you configured an HDLM driver when different volumes disks had the same PVID an error may occur during execution of the dlmrecreatevg command If the error occurs change the PVID according to the following procedure 1 Execute the following command to deactivate the volume group If the target is the shared volume group deactivate the shared volume group for all the sharing hosts usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 2 Change the PVID To let the hosts share an LU perform the following on one of these hosts If there is no volume group execute the following command for the HDLM driver in the secondary volume chdev 1 secondary volume s dlmfdrvn a pv clear a pv yes If the secondary volume has a volume g
365. licking the Help button from the Configuration view of the Path Management window 8 Chapter1 Overview of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager 1 5 HDLM Web GUI Overview The HDLM Web GUI is comprised of the following frames m Menu bar a Navigation Method m Information Menu bar frame cols Link Dynamic Link Manager List Hosts M Dynamic Link Manager amp Kanagawa HITACHI INN 03495 uow A uom G Lu 0002 Lu cons B Lu ooo uoo HITACHI 9200 0123 Host Name N me amp kanagawa 192 168 1 101 Wo2 B ochigi 192 168 1 102 yt ram mag B tokyo 192 168 1 103 B wom Ah washington 192 168 1 104 Lu 0002 gt h tochigi gt tokyo HITACHL9970 9980 0397 A Lu 0000 B wom B uow HITACHI 9970 9960 03499 Luo amp Lu 001 Luo A washington List Hosts Dynamic Link Manager Navigation frame Information frame Method frame Figure 1 4 Example of the HDLM Web GUI Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 1 5 1 10 About the Frames that Comprise the HDLM Web GUI Table 1 1 describes the function of each HDLM Web GUI frame Table 1 1 HDLM Web GUI Frame Descriptions Frame Description Menu Bar Displays the HDLM product names and the executable menus You perform operations by clicking a menu option Navigation Displays the management target hosts storage subsystems and LUs in a tree like hierarchy structure from the roo
366. line Get Path Information Refresh Clear Data Get Option Information Set Option Information Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status Action Terminate unnecessary applications to increase the amount of free memory or restart the host KAPL02033 E An unexpected error occurred and the aa aa Details operation has been stopped An exception occurred during the HDLM GUI processing aa aa Internal processing names CSV Output Get Path Information Refresh Online Offline Clear Data Get Option Information Set Option Information Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 347 348 Message ID KAPL02039 E Message There is no response from the management target host Recommended Action Details There is no response from Device Manager Agent Action Check whether Device Manager Agent has started If Device Manager Agent has not started start Device Manager Agent and then restart HDLM GUI KAPL02040 E The Offline C path cannot be placed Online PathlD aa aa Details aa aa Path ID decimal number Actio
367. line C status click OK Otherwise click Cancel OK Cancel Details This is confirmation to determine whether you want to change the selected path s to Offline C status If you want to continue click OK If you do not want to proceed click Cancel Action If you want to execute the offline processing click OK To cancel the offline processing click Cancel KAPL11129 W The target path of the offline operation has not been selected Details Because no path has been selected from the currently displayed paths the Offline operation cannot be executed Action Select the path and then execute the offline operation KAPL11130 The aa aa operation is executing Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The operation is being executed aa aa operation Online Offline Clear Data Refresh Action None Message ID KAPL11131 E Message The target path of the aa aa operation cannot be found Host bb bb Path ID cc cc Recommended Action Details The target path of the operation does not exist on the management target host aa aa Operation Character string Online Offline bb bb The name of the target host Character string cc cc Path ID of the nonexistent path decimal number Action Click Refresh and confirm the path status and then perform the operation again KAPL11132 E KAPL11133 I The Offline path cannot be pl
368. line E Offline E Numerical value 0 or more Inside the period of intermittent error monitoring Online E Offline E Online Not applicable Outside the period of intermittent error monitoring Online E Offline E Online Offline C usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path c srt lu Paths 000012 OnlinePaths 000012 PathStatus TO Counts I0 Errors Online 1616 0 PathID DskName iLU 000000 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0005 000003 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0005 000001 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0014 000004 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0014 000002 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0015 000005 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0015 000006 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0005 000009 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0005 000007 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0015 000010 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0015 000008 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0020 000011 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0020 KAPLO1001 I The HD 2H Status Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online M command completed successfully Operation name view Figure 6 26 Displaying Abbreviated Path Information Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 279 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path item pn cp ic ie Paths 000006 OnlinePaths 000006 PathStatus IO Counts I0O Errors Online 190 0 PathID PathName ChaPort Status
369. line representing the path Select a channel adapter port button e g port A on CHAO to select all paths connected to that channel adapter port Select a channel adapter button e g CHAO to select all paths connected to all ports of that channel adapter Select an HBA port button e g port 3 to select all paths connected to that port If you want to change the path s from offline to online select the Online button If you want to change the path s from online to offline C select the Offline button When the confirmation panel appears select OK to change the path status as specified or select Cancel to cancel your request to change path status Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 235 Note If you attempt to change the status of multiple paths but the status of one of those paths cannot be changed HDLM displays the KAPLO2022 W or KAPL02023 W message To ignore that path and continue processing select OK To stop processing select Cancel 5 6 8 Setting the Path Statistics to the Initial Value 236 The Clear Data button on the function bar of the Path Management window allows you to reset the HDLM path statistics I O count and I O errors to their initial value zero You can clear the path statistics only while displaying the Path List view This operation is useful when you want to find out how many I Os and or I O errors occur during a specific time period startin
370. lity for setup of the HDLM execution ODM enter y To stop without executing enter n KAPL12255 The dinkmgr set command will now be Action executed Is this OK y n Chapter 9 HDLM Messages To execute the HDLM operation setup command enter y To stop without executing enter n Message ID KAPL12256 KAPL12257 W Message The dimrmdev utility will now be executed Is this OK y n The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Recommended Action Action To execute the release of the HDLM driver configuration enter y To stop without executing enter n Action Enter either y or n KAPL12258 The entered value is invalid The operation will now stop Action To execute dlmsetup again re execute KAPL12259 The user stopped the operation Action To execute dlmsetup again re execute KAPL12260 W No parameter has been specified Action Specify the h option in the utility for HDLM installation configuration support confirm the option that should be specified and then re execute KAPL12261 W KAPL12262 W A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa No parameter value has been specified parameter aa aa Details An invalid parameter is specified aa aa The specified parameter Action Specify the h option in the utility for HDLM installation configuration support confirm the option that should be specified
371. ll HNTRLib2 To uninstall HNTRLib2 1 Login to AIX as the root user 2 Execute the following command to unregister the name of the bundled program products opt hitachi HNTRLib2 etc hntr2cancel Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager 3 Execute the following command opt hitachi HNTRLib2 etc hntr2setup The HNTRLib2 setup menu will appear 4 From the Setup menu select 9 HNTRLib2 will be uninstalled If HNTRLib2 is not being used by any other programs HNTRLib2 will be uninstalled normally and the following message will appear Unsetup is complete If HNTRLib2 is being used by another program HNTRLib2 will not be uninstalled and the following message will appear Because a bundle PP name is registered I did not do the Uninstall If HNTRLib2 was not uninstalled execute the following command to check if any programs are using it opt hitachi HNTRLib2 etc hntr2getname If you are unable to complete uninstallation even though no programs other than HDLM are using HNTRLib2 contact your Hitachi Data Systems technical representative Note If the log output directory set in HNTRLib2 was not the default directory the log files will not be deleted during uninstallation In this case delete these files after uninstallation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 147 3 14 6 Uninstalling Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib After you uninstall HDLM vers
372. llection time bb bb GMT bb bb The file to be collected has been obtained aa aa Collected file name bb bb the year of grace month day hour minute second Action None KAPL10021 I Processing terminated before completion because Details a signal was received The process has been terminated by an operation such as Ctrl C Action The DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminated before completion If the directory is unnecessary delete it and all of the files it contains KAPL10022 The utility for collecting HDLM error information Details completed normally Error information has been collected Action None KAPL10030 I A user terminated the utility for collecting HDLM Details error information Processing of the DLMget ras utility has been terminated because n was sent as a confirmation reply Action None KAPL10031 W The entered value is invalid Continue operation Details yin A value other than y or n has been entered for a y n request Enter y or n Action Enter y or n KAPL10032 W The entered value is invalid The utility for Details collecting HDLM error information stops Processing of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information will terminate because an invalid response was sent three times to a request Action Re execute the DLMget ras utility KAPL10033 W The file does not exist Filename aa aa Details Chapter 9 HDLM Messages The file to collect does
373. lmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 255 elfs error log file size Specify a value from 100 to 2000000 in kilobytes for the size of the error log files The target log files for which a file size can be set are HDLM manager logs dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and HDLM GUI logs dlmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 For HDLM GUI logs the valid range of a file size is from 100 to 9900 If you specify a value of 9901 or more 9900 is applied The specified value is applied for HDLM manager logs The default and recommended setting is 9900 By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000 kilobytes approximately 30GB of error logs in total The log files of which you can specify the file size are HDLM manager log dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 HDLM GUI log dilmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 If the sizes of all log files in a log file group reach the specified value writing to the oldest file of the corresponding log file group wraps around and new log data overwrites the old log data systflv trace level specify the trace output level refer to Table 2 11 The default is 0 The larger the trace level value the larger the amount of log information that is output When a large amount of log information is output the t
374. lmrmdev utility an error not caused by a user occurred ErrorCode aa aa decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM 420 Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Message ID KAPL10526 Message An attempt to unmount the file system has succeeded file system aa aa Recommended Action Details Unmount of the output file system succeeded aa aa file system succeeded Action None KAPL10527 An attempt to inactivate the volume group has succeeded volume group aa aa Details Inactivation of the output volume group succeeded aa aa volume group succeeded Action None KAPL10528 The volume group will be made inactive and the file system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n Table 9 15 Messages from the HDLM Devices Removing Utility Details Notice unmount of the file system used by HDLM or inactivation of the volume group to prompt the users to make sure of the status Action Type in y to continue the operation or type n to stop the operation Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL10521 W A parameter is invalid parameter s Execute the dimrmdev h utility to check the parameter and then re execute KAPL10523 E An attempt to unmount the file system has failed file Check the state of the failed file system and system s the
375. ls Operation name aa aa parameters bb bb There are too many parameter values parameter value cc cc aa aa offline online set view bb bb Parameter name cc cc Parameter value Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter value and then retry KAPLO1048 W Help information cannot be found Operation Details name ae ae The specified operation is not an operation of the HDLM command aa aa Specified operation name Action Use the help operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the operation name And then retry KAPLO1049 Would you like to execute the operation Details Operation name aa aa y n The clear set operation will be started To continue the operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n aa aa clear set Action If you want to execute operation of the HDLM command enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPL01050 I The currently selected paths will be changed to Details the Online status Is this OK y n Chapter 9 HDLM Messages The online operation will be started To continue the online operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute the online processing enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPLO1051 I Because no path has been selected among the Details currently displayed paths the paths
376. lso can change the HDLM options and path status To preserve the log information for command results all results are recorded to a trace file This type of log information is output even when the trace level is set to o Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 101 3 5 3 8 Setting the Error Log File Size There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The logs you can set by performing a set operation are limited to the HDLM manager log dilmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and the HDLM GUI log dlmguin log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 Before setting the HDLM Web GUI log see section 3 13 6 There are log files for the HDLM manager and for the HDLM GUI The following is an example command to set the error log file size usr DynamicLinkManager bin dilnkmgr set elfs 1000 In this case the error log size is set to 1000 The unit for setting the error log file size is kilobytes and you can specify anything from 100 to 2000000 For HDLM GUI logs the valid range of a file size is from 100 to 9900 If you specify a value more than 9901 9900 is applied The specified value is applied for HDLM manager logs The default value for this setting is 9900 and the recommended value for this setting is 9900 When each error log file reaches the specified size the old error log file will be wrapped around and rewritten with new log infor
377. lt ON Path health checking ON or OFF default ON checking interval 1 1440 minutes default 30 When you change the checking interval the new interval takes effect immediately If you decrease the checking interval and the new interval has already elapsed from the end of the previous path health check until the time you change the interval the path health check will start immediately After you change the checking interval the new interval remains in effect even if you turn path health checking OFF and then later turn it back ON When the specified interval has elapsed starting from the time you turn path health checking ON the path health check will start Auto failback ON or OFF checking interval 1 1440 minutes default 1 If intermittent error monitoring is on and the number of times that the error is to occur is set to a value of 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied a message KAPLO2064 W is output and an error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the above condition does not need to be satis
378. m the HDLM management target 1 Check and make note of the hdisk entries corresponding to dlmfdrvn for the disk that is to be removed from the management target Following is an example command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv grep w dimfdrv6 000024 dlmfdrv6 hdisk10 9200 0010 0007 000025 dlmfdrv6 hdisk49 9200 0010 0007 000026 dlmfdrv6 hdisk80 9200 0010 0007 000027 dlmfdrv6 hdisk111 9200 0010 0007 Delete dlmfdrvn for the disk that is to be removed from the management target rmdev dl dlmfdrv6 Add the physical volume hdisk entries to dlmfdrv unconf for the deleted dimfdrvn Continuing the environment in steps 1 and 2 above add hdisk10 hdisk49 hdisk80 and hdisk111 to dlmfdrv unconf Make sure that the paths connected to the disk that was removed from the management target have been deleted usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path grep w dlmfdrv6 In this example there will be no problem if there are no path displays for AutoPATH ID 000024 000025 000026 and 000027 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 6 5 2 Changing the Configuration of HDLM Management Target Disks This section explains the procedure for changing the configuration of management target disks for a purpose such as disk deletion rmdev or disk addition cfgmgr 1 Change the configuration of the disks Note You cannot delete a physical volume for which an HDLM device has been configured Use the procedure
379. m the Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL10641 I Reservation Key will now be cleared Is this OK Details y n Enter y to clear and n to not clear the Reservation Key Action None KAPL10642 I Reservation Key of aa aa was cleared Details The Reservation Key has been cleared aa aa logical device file name for the HDLM management target device Action None KAPL10643 W A necessary parameter is not specified Details A parameter is not specified for the dimpr utility Action Execute the dlmpr h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution KAPL10644 W The specified parameters cannot be specified at Details the same time parameter aa aa The specified parameters cannot be specified for the dimpr utility at the same time aa aa specified parameter Action Execute the dlmpr h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 425 426 Message ID KAPL10645 W Message A parameter value is invalid parameter aa aa Recommended Action Details An invalid parameter value has been specified for the dlmpr utility aa aa specified parameter Action Specify the correct value for the parameter and then retry KAPL10646 W A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa Details An invalid parameter has been specifi
380. manager is stopping Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 177 178 Table 4 6 Elements of a Path Name Element HBA adapter number Display example 08 AIX Representation HB A adapter number Bus number example 14 PCI bus number Target ID example 00000000000000E2 Target ID Host LU number example 0001 Each element in Table 4 6 corresponds to the following information HBA adapter number The HBA adapter number that is displayed by executing the Isdev Cc disk command Bus number The parent bus number that is displayed by executing the Isdev Cc disk command Target ID When using fibre channel this target ID is the value of scsi_id that is Logical Unit ID or LUN displayed by executing the following command l sattr El device name Note When using SCSI this target ID is the leftmost value of connwhere that is displayed by executing the following command odmget CuDv device name Host LU number When using fibre channel the host LU number is the value of lun_id that is displayed by executing the following command lsattr El device name Note When using SCSI the host LU number is the second value from the left of connwhere that is displayed by executing the following command dmget q name physical volume name CuDv Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 2 4 6 Using the Options Windo
381. mation By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000 kilobytes approximately 30GB of error logs in total You can check the value of the error log file size by displaying information about HDLM settings using the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details on the view operation see section 6 7 3 5 3 9 Setting the Number of Error Log Files 102 There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The number of files can be set by the set operation for only the HDLM manager logs dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 The number of files for HDLM GUI logs is fixed to 2 For a setting of HDLM Web GUI logs see section 3 13 6 and then take appropriate action The following is an example command to set the number of error log files opt DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set elfn 5 In this case the number of error log files is set to 5 You can specify a value between 2 and 16 The default is 2 The recommended value is 2 By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000 kilobytes approximately 30GB of error logs in total You can check the value of the number of error log files by displaying information about HDLM settings using the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details on the view operation see section 6 7 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 3
382. mation Set Option Information Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status bb bb Name of the target host Action Terminate unnecessary applications on the management target host to increase the amount of free memory or restart the host Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 361 362 Message ID KAPL11113 E Message An error occurred during internal processing in the management target host Host aa aa Details bb bb Recommended Action Details An error that might not have been caused by a user operation occurred during processing in the management target host aa aa Name of the target host bb bb Failed API name JHSPGetOption JHSPSetOption JHSPOnlinePath JHSPOfflinePath JHSPGetPathBy JHSPClearStatistics JHSPGetManagerStatus JHSPGetDriverStatus JHSPGetADriverStatus JHSPGetClusterService Action Collect the error information on the server and the management target host and contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute DIMget ras KAPL11114 E An unexpected error occurred in the management target host Host aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details An exception occurred during
383. me group because the cluster software locks or unlocks the LU 4 1 5 Canceling Reservation Erroneous Host 154 In a non cluster environment if an error occurs in a host that uses an LU exclusively by setting persistent reservation other hosts can no longer access that LU In this case execute the dlmpr utility to cancel the reservation For details on this utility see section 7 8 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 1 6 Error Checking For Physical Volume hdisk Specification Operations Do not execute any of the following commands by specifying a physical volume hdisk that makes up an HDLM device m The chdev command when the HDLM driver is enabled a The rmdev command Any commands that manipulate volume groups extendvg importvg mirrorvg mkvg recreatevg reducevg restvg syncvg and unmirrorvg To avoid the above invalid operations use the dlmodmset utility to specify whether an error is to be detected when the rmdev or chdev command or a command for operating volume groups is executed for a physical volume hdisk that makes up an HDLM device The default for the dlmodmset utility is on The following subsections explain how to enable error checking for operations that specify physical volumes depending on whether or not the system restarts 4 1 6 1 System Restart To enable error checking when the system restarts for operations that specify physical volumes 1 Execute the dlmodmset utilit
384. mong multiple hosts and an application that has the unique exclusive control mechanism is executed ON 2 Persistent reservation Use this level to set the reservation status to persistent reservation The default and recommended setting is ON 2 Persistent reservation When using HDLM in a cluster configuration the reservation levels must be the same in all hosts that comprise the cluster configuration 3 5 2 7 Setting the Error Log Collection Level There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The error logs you can set in the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow are limited to the HDLM manager log dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and HDLM GUI log dlmguin 1log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 Before setting the HDLM Web GUI log see section 3 13 6 The Logging level pulldown list box lets you select the level of error information to be logged From this pulldown list box you can select one of the following five levels 0 No error logs are collected a 1 All information for errors with the level Error or higher is collected a 2 All information for errors with the level Warning or higher is collected 3 All information for errors with the level Information or higher is collected a 4 All information for errors with the level Information or higher including maintenance information is collected The default and recommended val
385. monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied an error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the condition above does not need to be satisfied Table 3 4 illustrates the advantages and disadvantages of setting the automatic failback function to ON Table 3 4 Advantages and Disadvantages of Setting the Automatic Failback Function to ON Advantages Disadvantages This setting enables the status of a path that This setting might cause paths that the user does not recovered from an error to automatically want to go online such as paths placed offline for change to online maintenance work to go online When intermittent errors occur in paths or storage subsystems path status alternates between the online and offline status frequently so the I O performance might deteriorate Not Note To prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance we recommend that you also enable intermittent error monitoring when enabling automatic failback You can specify intermittent error monitoring only when automatic failback is enabled Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM
386. mory aa aa bb bb Details An attempt to reserve memory to save alert information has failed aa aa Program line Hexadecimal number bb bb Target memory size Hexadecimal number Action Check whether the HDLM driver has started normally If it has not started or contains an error execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code KAPL06009 Invalid IOCTL aa aa was received The processing is canceled Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details A request having an invalid IOCTL code aa aa IOCTL code Hexadecimal number was issued to the alert driver Action None Message ID KAPL06010 E Message Could not process the IOCTL aa aa bb bb cc cc Recommended Action Details Although the IOCTL request aa aa code Hexadecimal number from the manager or API was accepted it is not one of the requests expected to be processed by the alert driver bb bb error code Hexadecimal number cc cc 0 fixed Action Check the message of the HDLM command dlnkmgr or HDLM manager and then take the appropriate action If you do not know the appropriate action execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance compa
387. mpt to place all paths online the KAPLO1039 W message is displayed if any path cannot be placed online To ignore the path that cannot be placed online and continue processing type y To cancel the processing type n or another character Note If you have difficulty placing an Offline E path online first change the path status to Offline C using the HDLM GUI or dInkmgr online command and then place the path online HDLM automatically checks whether the target paths are available and puts available paths in the Online status and unavailable paths in the Offline E status The paths in the Offline E status have not yet recovered from an error Take appropriate corrective action for the error and place the paths online Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 317 318 Note If an error exists in two or more paths or if path health checking or automatic failback is running response to the dInkmgr online command may be slow To perform troubleshooting for a path error using the HDLM Web GUI 1 Examine the messages See the KAPL08022 E message that is output to the OS log For details about the contents of the message see section 8 1 4 and Chapter 9 Obtain path information You can obtain the path information by using the Show Path List of the HDLM Web GUI a From the Device Manager main console select the management target host to start the HDLM Web GUI b Click the Show Path List in the
388. n Check if the HiCommand Single Sign On Service and HiCommand Common Web Service are running on the server If they are not running start each service and then restart HDLM Web GUI Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 353 354 Message ID KAPL11004 E Message An attempt to access the repository has failed HDLM Web GUI cannot start Details aa aa Recommended Action Details During HDLM Web GUI startup access to the HiCommand common repository failed aa aa One of the following causes of the access error An invalid class was specified A nonexistent element was specified A nonexistent property was specified Timeout Insufficient memory Nonexistent repository Invalid repository Nonexistent session No execution permission Nonexistent account User authentication failed Unexpected error Action Log in to Device Manager again and restart HDLM Web GUI If the error occurs repeatedly execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL11005 E The selected host does not exist HDLM Web GUI cannot start Host aa aa Details During HDLM Web GUI startup the selected management target host could not be found among the hosts managed by Device Manager aa aa Host nam
389. n Remove the error in the path and then retry KAPL02042 E An unexpected error occurred The HDLM GUI cannot start Details An exception occurred when starting the HDLM GUI Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL02043 E The target path of the aa aa operation could not be found PathID bb bb Details The target path of the operation could not be found aa aa Online or Offline bb bb The Path ID to which the operation was attempted decimal number Action Click Refresh to update the view contents and then check the path status and then retry KAPL02044 W aa aa exists already Do you want to overwrite it OK Cancel Details The existing file will be overwritten To continue click OK Otherwise click Cancel aa aa File name Action To overwrite the existing file click OK Otherwise click Cancel KAPL02046 E An attempt to read the start parameter failed The HDLM GUI cannot start Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details An attempt to read the parameter required to start HDLM GUI failed Action Check whether Device Manager Server has started If Device Manager Server has not started start Device Manager Server and then restart the HDLM GUI Message ID KAPL02052 W KAPL02053 KAP
390. n Isfs txt File system information hacmp txt Information on the HACMP configuration errpt a txt Error log edit file dimis la txt HDLM directory information file dimmgr drv txt HDLM device information whatlist txt Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Information output by the what command 293 294 Directory File dlmgetomtrace dmp Description HDLM function trace etc VRTSvcs conf config main cf VCS configuration definition file opt VRTSves bin triggers preonline VCS trigger file var VRTSves log All files under VCS log file VCS log file hacmp out output directory hacmp out HACMP execution log etc vsd oemdisktypes Ist RVSD setting file var adm csd vsd log RVSD execution log Note 1 An output directory is created in the specified directory when you open the getras tar Z file Note 2 In the actual file name a file number is appended to Trace file prefix specified in the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library utility2 For example the default will be hntr21 log to hntr216 log The number 2 that follows the trace file prefix does not represent a file number Note 3 In the actual file name a file number is appended to Trace file prefix specified in the Hitachi Network Obj ect plaza Trace Library utility2 For example the default will be hntr21 log to hntr216 1log Note t
391. n VCS 1 Inthe Disks specification in LVMVG Agent for the service group specify the physical volume hdiskn 2 Delete the code of the HDLM script that was added in the preonline script system usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm_ vcs pgr release SARGV 1 3 If you do not need to start the preonline script when VCS starts delete the preonline script and specify the settings so that the preonline script does not start For details on the setting procedure see the VCS documentation In the following example the settings do not start the preonline script when VCS starts rm opt VRTSvcs bin triggers preonline haconf makerw hagrp modify service group PreOnline 0 haconf dump makero Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 151 152 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface This chapter describes operating procedures for HDLM for AIX including how to operate HDLM and the HDLM manager and how to change the configuration of the operating environment Important Notes on using HDLM section 4 1 a Working with HDLM GUI Windows section 4 2 a Working with the HDLM Web GUI Windows see section 4 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 153 4 1 4 1 1 Important Notes on Using HDLM This section contains important procedural information Displaying Path Information The A
392. n re execute Manually unmount the failed file system and then re execute KAPL10524 E An attempt to inactivate the volume group has failed Check the state of the failed volume group volume group s and then re execute Manually inactivate the failed volume group and then re execute KAPL10525 E An internal error occurred in the dimrmdev utility error code d Contact the Hitachi Data Systems Support Center KAPL10526 An attempt to unmount the file system has succeeded file None system s KAPL10527 An attempt to inactivate the volume group has succeeded None volume group s KAPL10528 The volume group will be made inactive and the file Enter y to continue executing the operation system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n or enter n to cancel Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 421 422 Table 9 16 Messages from the Utility for Modifying the HDLM Execution Environment Message ID KAPL10601 I Message The dlmchenv utility completed normally Recommended Action Details The dimchenv utility completed normally Action None KAPL10602 The HDLM link will be changed to OS version aa aa kernel mode bb bb Would you like to continue y n Details Select y to change the link to the displayed OS version kernel mode and nto not change the link OS version aa a
393. n the command is executed e on off Enables or disables error checking for specifying the hdisk rmdev chdev and commands for operating volume groups On Valid Off Invalid this is the default The default is on b maximum simultaneous I O requests Specifies the maximum number of I O requests that are allowed Use a value from 16384 to 1000000 The default is 16384 Note The changed settings do not get reflected to the HDLM driver configuration In order to reflect the changed settings you must either reconfigure the HDLM driver or reboot the machine The maximum number of concurrent O requests can be calculated by using the following formulas When the OS uses a 32 bit kernel 4 number of LUs x 64 2560 When the OS uses a 64 bit kernel 4 number of LUs x 128 2560 Set number of LUs by including in the total number of LUs connecting to the host consider the number of LUs to be r on off Enables or disables the LUN RESET option To use GPFS RVSD specify On On Enable Off Disable o Displays the format of the dlmodmset utility Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 301 302 h Displays help The following is an example for displaying the setting information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o Inquiry Log on Inquiry Log File Size 1000 hdisk error check flag off IM pbuf count 16384 Lun Reset on KAPL10800 I The dlm
394. n the file parameter aa aa Filename bb bb Details An invalid character was discovered in the file aa aa Parameter bb bb The specified file name Action If odmis set for the parameter Execute dlmodm set dlmcfgmgr and then dinkmgr set one after another or specify the modified odm settings file in dimsetup again and then re execute If set is set for the parameter Specify the desired parameters and then execute the dlnkmgr set command KAPL12266 E The aa aa does not exist Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The utility or the command that you tried to execute was not in the expected location aa aa dlmodmset dlmcfgmgr dinkmgr dlmchkdev or dlmrmdev Action The utility that you attempted to execute or the command was not in the expected location If the utility or command that you tried to execute is dlmodmset dlmcfgmgr of dlnkmgr the expected location is usr DynamicLinkManager bin If the utility that you tried to execute is dlmchkdev or dlmrmdeyv the expected location is the directory in which the dilmsetup was executed Appendix A HDLM Operations A 1 Canceling Exclusive Use of a Disk Normal Host You may set the persistent reservation for a volume group created on a shared disk LU Ina non cluster environment shutting down the host while this volume group is still active prevents other hosts from manipulating that volume group Before you shut dow
395. n the host execute the following command to deactivate the volume group usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name If you shut down the host without inactivating the volume group restart the host activate the volume group and then deactivate the volume group In a cluster environment you do not need to deactivate the volume group because the cluster software locks or unlocks the disk A 2 Canceling Exclusive Use of a Disk Error Host If an error occurs in the host that exclusively uses a disk by setting the persistent reservation in a non cluster environment any other host can no longer access the disk In this case execute the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation to cancel the reservation Please refer to section Chapter 7 for further information on HDLM utilities A 3 Error Checking to Operations for Specifying the hdisk With the HDLM driver enabled you can set an error status for the hdisk for which the HDLM driver is configured when you use the rmdev chdev or the command for operating volume groups When an error status is set incorrect operations to the hdisk can be avoided This setting can be performed by using the utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM dImodmset with the e parameter Following is the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset e on Following is the procedure for setting an error status for the hdisk 1 Execute the dlmrmdev utility to
396. nagawa Show Path List Show HOLM Compoment Information Show HDLM Environment Settings M Dynamic Link Manager f kanagawa HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 amp Lu 0000 amp LU 0001 Lu 0002 LU 0003 LU 0004 LU 0005 HITACHI 9200 0123 Component Version number Wakeup time Lu 0000 HDLM manager 05 02 i 2003 11 23 15 56 59 z eel HDLM alert driver 05 02 2003 11 23 15 56 59 HITACHI 9970 9980 03499 HDLM driver 05 02 i 2003 11 23 15 56 59 8 Lu 0000 Lu 0001 LU 0002 A tochigi B tokyo AA HITACHI 9970 9980 03497 Lu ooo 8 Lu 0001 LU 0002 HITACHI 9970 9980 03499 LU 0000 amp Lu 0001 amp Lu 0002 Dynamic Link Manager gt kanagawa Show HDLM Component Information kanagawa h washington a aeee Figure 4 15 The Show HDLM Component Information Subwindow Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 199 4 3 7 4 Viewing the Show HDLM Environment Settings Subwindow 200 The Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow Figure 4 16 is displayed when Show HDLM Environment Settings is chosen in the method frame The Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow lets you do the following a View the operating environment of HDLM ma Make changes to the HDLM operating environment Tools Logout Close Help Object Tree Show Path List Show HDLM Compornent Information Show HDLM Environment Settini M
397. ncurrently we recommend that you use the round robin algorithm in order to distribute I Os across multiple paths When you execute only a single application that requests sequential access such as a batch job running at night we recommend that you use the extended round robin algorithm The recommended algorithm depends on the type of applications and the operations policy You can specify the load balancing function from the HDLM Environment Settings page in the Options window of the HDLM GUI the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI or by the dInkmgr command s set operation For details on the set operation see the descriptions of set in section 6 6 Note Some I O operations managed by HDLM can be distributed across all paths and some cannot Thus you should be aware that even when you use the load balancing function I O operations cannot always be allocated uniformly across all paths Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 7 Path Failover and Path Failback Using Path Switching When the system contains multiple paths to an LU and an error occurs in the path being used HDLM can switch to another normal path to allow the system to continue to operate This functionality is called failover When the path in which an error occurred recovers from the error HDLM can switch to the recovered path This functionality is called failback Two types of failover and failback are available a Automati
398. nd overwrite existing log data Asa result setting a higher value reduces the period during which old log data is retained For information and instructions on changing the trace file size see 3 5 1 9 Note that the history and results of user issued commands are output to the trace files regardless of the trace level Setting the log file size To set the log file size execute the dinkmgr command with the set operation The range is 100 KB to 9900 KB and the default size is 9900 KB usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set elfs 9900 The log files are dlmgrn log n log file number 1 2 and dimguin log n log file number 1 2 If the sizes of both log files in a log file group reach the specified value the oldest file in the group is wrapped around and is overwritten by the new log information Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 7 2 Excluding Disks from HDLM Management You need to exclude disks from HDLM management under the following circumstances CCI command devices HDLM does not support load balancing or failover for Command Control Interface CCI command devices These disks must be excluded from HDLM management Boot disk When you install AIX onto the management target disk and then create the boot disk in the management target disk and then install HDLM onto the boot disk you must exclude the boot disk from HDLM management Damp devices HDLM cannot manage damp devices in the storage subsystem When creating damp devic
399. net EEEE EEEE EEEE 206 Export CSV Dialog TaSkS 0 cee cece eee nett tener ete 221 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 6 7 Table 6 8 Table 6 9 Table 6 10 Table 6 11 Table 6 12 Table 6 13 Table 6 14 Table 6 15 Table 6 16 Table 6 17 Table 6 18 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 8 1 Table 9 1 Table 9 2 Table 9 3 Table 9 4 Table 9 5 Table 9 6 Table 9 7 Table 9 8 Table 9 9 Table 9 10 Table 9 11 Table 9 12 Table 9 13 Table 9 14 Table 9 15 OS MOS seiko eee han ee ahs dela cand Seanad Nein Mela te 226 OS MOUS naain a E E aa aa REA A a AAEE EE 227 HDLM Command Operations and Functions scce 244 Default Settings enning Pete oan uaa eee Aaa 254 View sys Operation Parameters and Displayed Information 065 265 Values of the item Parameter for the dInkmgr view path item Command 268 Items Displayed by the dinkmgr view lu item Command and the Values of the item Parameter cccceeeeee cent eee e teeta teense tee nantes 269 Correspondence Between the Item Displayed by the dinkmgr view lu c item Command and the Value of the item Parameter 0 ceeeee 270 Description of HDLM Function SettingS cccceeee eee eee tenet teens 273 Description of HDLM Manager Information eccecceeeee eect eect eee 274 Description of the HDLM Alert Driver Information
400. ng HDLM error information and then retry 413 414 Message ID KAPL10004 W Message The parameter contains an incorrect value Value aa aa Recommended Action Details The first parameter must be a directory The second parameter must be aa aa Invalid parameter Action Check the parameters of the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry KAPL10005 W KAPL10006 W The number of parameters is insufficient The file for defining the information to be collected does not exist or cannot be read Value aa aa Details The parameter exists but the file for defining the information to be collected does not exist Action Check the parameters of the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry Details The file for defining the information to be collected does not exist or the specified file exists but the permission to read the file is missing aa aa Name of the file for defining the information to be collected Action Check whether the specified file for defining the information to be collected exists and check whether you have access permission for the specified file KAPL10007 W A directory has been specified in the third parameter Value aa aa Details The parameter is specified to a directory aa aa Third parameter Action Check the parameters of the DLMget ras utility f
401. ng Path Information Some HDLM functions such as load balancing and failover are available only when a device has multiple online paths You need to check the path information including the path configuration and status after installing HDLM or after changing the hardware configuration Note HDLM reads the hardware configuration that AIX recognized during startup If you changed the hardware configuration of the system make sure to restart the management target host This enables HDLM to recognize the changes to the hardware configuration Note Make sure to start the storage subsystem before starting the management target host This enables AIX to detect the storage subsystem To check the path information you can use any of the following The dinkmgr view command see section 5 5 1 1 a The Path List view in the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI see section 5 5 1 2 The Show Path List subwindow in the information frame of the HDLM Web GUI see section 5 5 1 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 213 5 5 1 1 Checking Path Information by Using the dinkmgr view Command To check the path information by using the dinkmgr command together with the view operation 1 Execute the diInkmgr view command to display the path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path gt pathinfo txt where pathinfo txt is the redirection output file name Use a file name that matche
402. ng the Path List view HDLM exports the information in comma separated value CSV format to a text file About the CSV Output Dialog Box When the path management window is started from the Device Manager client the CSV output dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 4 when path information is output to the CSV file Note This dialog appears slightly different on the management target host me Export CSV Look In a Documents and Bettngs gt Administrator All Users The List Details toolbar items are always disabled because files and folders are always displayed File name pathliatcay Save Files oftrpe F rswcsy FILE 7 Figure 5 4 Export CSV Dialog Do not resize shrink the dialog Doing so hides the File name and Files of type fields Chapter5 Operating HDLM Table 5 2 summarizes the tasks you can perform when working with the Export CSV dialog box Table 5 2 Export CSV Dialog Tasks Task Details Delete files and folders contained Use the command line not the Delete key in the list box Open a displayed folder Double click the folder Locate a new folder New folders that are created using the Create New Folder toolbar item are added to the bottom of the list box If needed use the scroll bar to locate new folders Rename a folder Right click on the folder type the new name then press Enter Look in a network or removable Use the Look in list disk drive folder In
403. nline and offline events immediately Path health checking is therefore not needed For cluster configurations passive node paths do not send I O signals In this case it is advantageous to enable the path health checking function so HDLM can immediately detect any problem on those paths In addition if the automatic failback function is also enabled HDLM will change the path status to Online automatically m If load balancing is ON and automatic failback is also ON the total number of working paths will not change after a path fails If automatic failback is ON a failed path is automatically set to ONLINE and total number of working paths increases The interval time set will depend upon your individual system configuration and your current storage workload Notes for the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E subsystems a When path health checking is ON HDLM can detect non owner path errors a When automatic failback is ON I O signals are sent through a non owner path when an error occurs on an owner path Once the owner path recovers from the error the I O signals are sent back to an owner path automatically Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 219 5 5 3 Exporting the Path Information 5 5 3 1 220 The Export CSV button on the function bar of the Path Management window allows you to export the path information displayed on the Path List view You can export path information only while displayi
404. not exist aa aa File to collect Action None Message ID KAPL10034 E Message The file could not be copied Filename aa aa Details bb bb Recommended Action Details Execution of the cq command failed aa aa File name you tried to copy bb bb cq output message Action An error occurred while the file to be collected was being copied The user environment may be unstable Check the system configuration KAPL10035 E An attempt to archive the error information failed Details aa aa Details Execution of the tar command failed aa aa tar output message Action See the details in the message and then remove the cause of the error For information about the error collect the archive in the output directory specified at the time of execution and then contact your HDLM vendor or your maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10036 E Details aa aa An attempt to compress the error information failed Details Execution of the compress command failed aa aa compress output message Action See the details in the message and then remove the cause of the error For information about the error collect the archive in the output directory specified at the time of execution and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for I
405. not install HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPLO09060 E An attempt to register the Web contents in HiCommand Common Component failed Details Since the system failed to register the Web contents in the repository you cannot install HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 405 406 Message ID KAPL09061 E Message An attempt to start the HiCcommand Common Component process failed Recommended Action Details Since the system failed to start the HiCommand Common Component process after registering deleting the Web contents in HiCommand Common Component you cannot install uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPL09062 E KAPL09063 E Uninstallation is not possible because the HiCommand Common Component process is not running Uninstallation is not possible because HiCommand Server is not running Details Since the HiCommand Common Component process is not running you cannot uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Start HiCommand Single Sign On Service and HiCommand Common Web Service and then uninstall
406. not install HDLM Web GUI Action Start HiCommand Single Sign On Service and HiCommand Common Web Service and then reinstall HDLM Web GUI Message ID KAPLO09055 E Message Installation is not possible because HiCommand Device Manager does not exist Recommended Action Details Since HiCommand Device Manager does not exist you cannot install HDLM Web GUI Action Install HiCommand Device Manager and then reinstall HDLM Web GUI KAPLO9056 E KAPL09058 E The installed version of HiCommand Device Manager does not support HDLM Web GUI An attempt to register application information in HiCommand Common Component failed Details Since the HiCommand Device Manager on the system does not support the HDLM Web GUI you cannot install HDLM Web GUI Action Uninstall the currently installed HiCommand Device Manager After installing HiCommand Device Manager version 3 0 or later reinstall HDLM Web GUI Details Since the system failed to register the application information in HiCommand Common Component you cannot install HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPL09059 E An attempt to register the information in the repository for HiCommand Common Component failed Details Since the system failed to register view definition and data definition information in the repository you can
407. nstall Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 fails again contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPL09021 E An attempt to register the bundle PP name of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed Details An attempt to register the PP name of HNTRLib 2 has failed Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPL09022 E HDLM cannot be uninstalled HDLM aa aa is running Details HDLM cannot be uninstalled because either of HDLM manager HDLM driver or HDLM alert driver is running aa aa HDLM driver HDLM manager HDLM alert driver Action Execute the dlmrmdev utility and then re execute the uninstallation program KAPL09023 E A file or directory related to HDLM could not be found Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details A target file to copy to the directory of Device Manager Agent could not be found among the files related to HDLM Action Re execute the HDLM installation program Message ID KAPL09024 E Message An attempt to copy a file or directory related to HDLM has failed Recommended Action Details An attempt to copy a file related to HDLM to the directory of Device Manager Agent has failed Alternatively an attempt to copy help files during the installation failed Action If you detect this message while execu
408. ntaining such a directory the error information collection utility will never complete m If there is a pound sign or sharp character at the beginning of a line the line is considered to be a comment a If there is a pound sign or sharp character somewhere other than at the beginning of a line the sharp character is considered to be part of a file path m Specify one file or one directory in one line Do not specify the root directory m f you specify a directory all files in the specified directory are collected The files in the subdirectories in the specified directory are also collected If the specified directory does not contain any files no files in the specified directory are collected The specified directory is not created in the directory to which the collected information is output Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 295 7 2 _HDLM Volume Group Operation Utility Format Table 7 2 lists and describes the HDLM volume group operation utility commands The format of each command is the same as the format of the corresponding AIX command For details on the format of each command see the AIX documentation These utility commands are under the usr DynamicLinkManager bin directory Table 7 2 HDLM Volume Group Operation Utility Commands and Corresponding AIX Commands 296 Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities
409. ny if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code KAPL06013 E Could not write log information into the log buffer aa aa bb bb Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details When a log output request was made from the filter driver the log information was discarded because of a memory allocation failure Alternatively although a HDLM driver message or HDLM alert driver message or a non emergency message C I by the core logic was generated its log information was discarded by the HDLM alert driver aa aa log message code Hexadecimal number bb bb log area size Hexadecimal number Action Check whether any other error occurred The information that could not be written is discarded Review the actual memory size when another error does not occur When the actual memory size is insufficient increase the actual memory size When the actual memory size is sufficient execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM 395 396 Message ID KAPL06014 E Message Could not write emergency information into the emergency information buffer aa aa bb b Recommended Action Details When a log output request was made from the filter driver the log information was di
410. occurs KAPLO8022 E A path error occurred ErrorCode x PathID d PathName x x x x DNum d HDevName s Note d is a decimal number x is a hexadecimal number and s is a character string Figure 8 2 Sample Error Message Check the following items in the display for path errors ErrorCode The error number when the OS detected the path error m PathID The ID assigned to a path This ID is called the AutoPATH_ID AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned every time the management target is restarted or every time the path configuration is changed When you want to add a new LU without restarting the management target AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the dimcfgmgr utility This path ID is the same as the path ID displayed in the following windows For the HDLM GUI Path List view in the Path Management window For the HDLM Web GUI Show Path List subwindow The path ID is also the same as PathID displayed by the dInkmgr command s view operation For details on this operation see section 6 7 a PathName Name of the physical path A path name consists of the HBA number bus number TID and LUN Note This name is the same as the path name displayed in the Path List view in the Path Management window for the HDLM GUI and in the Show Path List subwindow for the HDLM Web GUI a Dnum Device number which is equivalent to a logical volume number in AIX A device number beg
411. ocessing processing To ignore this path and of the offline operation y n perform offline processing for the next path enter y To cancel offline processing enter n aa aa Path ID decimal number Action If you want to continue processing of the offline operation of the HDLM command for other paths enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter nh Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 333 334 Message ID KAPLO1055 KAPL01056 Message All the paths which pass the specified aa aa will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified aa aa are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n Recommended Action Details Multiple paths will be collectively placed Offline C because the hba or cha parameter was specified To collectively place multiple paths Offline C enter y To not collectively place them Offline C enter n aa aa hba Or cha Action If you want to execute the offline processing for the paths that pass the specified target enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n Details This message re asks the user whether to place all the paths Offline C To place all the paths Offline C enter y To not place them Offline C enter n aa aa CHA HBA Action I
412. odmset utility completed normally Table 7 4 Formula for Determining the Maximum Simultaneous I O Requests Setting Formula for 32 Bit OS Formula for 64 Bit OS 4 Number of LUs x 64 2560 4 Number of LUs x 128 2560 Note If the hd_pbuf_cnt value that is displayed in the ioo command result is greater than the value you received by using the formula then set the maximum simultaneous I O requests to a value that is greater than the sum of the hd_pbuf_cnt value and 2650 but does not exceed 1000000 Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities 7 5 Utility for Modifying the HDLM Execution Environment dimchenv Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchenv s 1 v OS mode h Description This utility adjusts HDLM to the upgraded operating environment when you upgrade the operating system or change the kernel mode Parameters If you do not specify any parameter the utility adjusts the SMIT menu and the operating link environment according to the version of the operating system s Changes the HDLM SMIT menu If you specify v OS mode after the s parameter the utility changes the SMIT menu according to the specified OS mode If you do not specify v OS mode the utility changes the SMIT menu according to the current OS version I Changes the HDLM operating link environment If you specify v OS mode after the I parameter the utility sets the operating link according to the specified OS mode If
413. of menu items to display this window Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Event Configuration and finally choose Change Show Predefined HACMP Events 5 Inthe Extended Event Configuration window select the following event in Select Event Name to Change get_disk_vg_fs The Change Show Cluster Events window appears 6 Inthe Pre event Command list box specify dlm_hacmp disk available Do not change any other items 7 When you finish the setup click the OK button 8 From the SMIT window display the HACMP Verification and Synchronization window to execute cluster resource synchronization Choose the following sequence of menu items Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration and finally choose Extended Verification and Synchronization Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 117 3 9 2 2 Adding Custom Disk Methods 118 This subsection explains how to set up HACMP 5 1 For details on the setting procedure and how to specify the settings for other versions see the HACMP documentation I From the SMIT window display the Add Custom Disk Methods window Choose the following sequence of menu items to display this window Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Resource Configuration HACMP Extended Resource Configuration Configure Custom Disk M
414. of the host bus adapter that is connected by the switch to be replaced fscsi device n indicates the instance number of the fscsi device Execute the following command to acquire the name of the parent device lsdev C l1 fscsin F parent Delete the HBA device associated with the switch to be replaced rmdev dl fscsin R Replace the switch Execute the following command to reconfigure the device cfgmgr 1 fcsn fcsn indicates the instance number of the device n indicates the instance number of the fcs device Note If you are using the dlmfdrv conf or dlmfdrv unconf file reconfigure the device according to the procedure described in section 5 6 6 Execute the following command to check the path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path For details about path information see Chapter 6 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 229 5 6 5 Changing the Configuration of HDLM Management Target Disks 5 6 5 1 230 To change the configuration of the HDLM management target disks register any physical volumes hdisk that you wish to remove in the dlmfdrv unconf file so that they are no longer managed by HDLM Then reconfigure the HDLM driver This section describes the procedures for removing a disk from the HDLM management and for changing the disk configuration Removing a Disk from HDLM Management This section explains the procedure for removing a disk fro
415. of trace files opt DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set systfn 10 In this case the number of trace files is set to 10 You can specify a value between 2 and 64 The default is 4 The recommended value is 4 If you specify a value smaller than the set value the KAPLO1097 W message for confirming the execution appears and trace files are deleted The maximum size of trace information that can be collected in all the trace files with the specified trace file size is 1024000 kilobytes You can check the value of the number of trace files by displaying information about HDLM settings using the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details on the view operation see section 6 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 103 3 5 3 12 Setting the Reservation Level The following shows an example of setting the reservation level for the logical unit usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set rsv on 2 Following the on parameter specify the desired reservation level Table 3 15 lists and describes the options for reservation level Table 3 15 Options for Reservation Level Option How to Control Reservation Description 0 Ignore reservation If this value is specified requests for reservation will be ignored and no logical units will be reserved Specify this value when either of the following conditions exists A host is connected to a storage subsystem that does not support persistent reservation
416. og file size parameter value is invalid Log file size parameter value aa aa Valid value bb bb Recommended Action Details The log file size parameter value is invalid aa aa Specified value bb bb Specifiable value range Action Specify the correct value for the parameter and then retry KAPL10804 E An internal error occurred in the dimodmset utility Error Code aa aa Details An error not caused by the user has occurred in the dlmodmset utility aa aa Error Code Character string Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10805 The setup of the HDLM execution environment ODM will be changed aa aa bb bb Is this OK y n Details We recommend that you report the setup of the HDLM execution environment ODM that you want to change to the user for confirmation aa aa Inquiry Log Inquiry Log File Size hdisk error check flag bb bb on off Log file size Action Enter y to execute setup or enter n to cancel KAPL10806 W The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Details A value other than y or n has been entered for a y n request Enter y n Action Enter y or n KAPL10807 E The entered value is invalid The operation stops Details An invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action Re execute the dlmodmset utility K
417. ommand completed successfully Operation name clear completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 2 Example of the Clear Command with no User Confirmation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear help clear Format dinkmgr clear pdst s KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name clear completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 0 Figure 6 3 Example of the Clear Operation Format Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 245 6 3 246 help Operation Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr help operation name operation name a Description The help operation together with the dlnkmgr command displays the list of operations available for the HDLM command or the format of individual operations Parameter operation name Specify the name of the HDLM operation You can check the format of multiple operations at one time by entering multiple operation names When you enter multiple operation names the operations are displayed in the order that you entered them If you do not specify an operation name HDLM displays all operations Examples Figure 6 4 shows how to display the names of all operations available in HDLM Figure 6 5 shows how to display the format of the online and offline operations Note Typing help following the operation name will display the format of that operation see Figure 6 6
418. omprise the cluster configuration m f you use HACMP or VCS you will need to register the HDLM script for HACMP or VCS For information on registering the HDLM script for VCS see section 3 11 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 47 2 12 Remote Operation of HDLM from the HiCommand Device Manager Client HiCommand Device Manager provides a link and launch function which enables you to launch and use the HDLM GUI or the HDLM Web GUI from any Device Manager Web Client system ma Use HDLM GUI if you use Device Manager 2 4 a Use HDLM Web GUI if you use Device Manager 3 0 Note Even though the version of Device Manager that you use is 3 0 or later HDLM GUI starts when the version of HDLM that you use is 5 1 or earlier Figure 2 14 shows a system configuration example for remote operation of the HDLM GUI using the HiCommand Device Manager link and launch function Casas sssssseg G Device Manager Web Client Windows or na Windows Solaris Device Manager server LAN HDLM Device Manager Agent Windows AIX or Solaris Management target host Device Manager Agent Windows AIX or Solaris Management target host Storage subsystem Figure 2 14 System Configuration Example for Linking with Device Manager 48 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations For details on the remote operation of the HDLM GUI from the HiCommand Device Manager
419. on All of the paths to the LU are operating normally a LU some paths are offline a At least one path to the LU is operating normally and at least one path to the LU is in the Offline C or Offline E status ea LU no paths are online H All of the paths to the LU are offline No paths are in the Online status Chapter4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 2 4 3 Function Bar of the Path Management Window The function bar of the Path Management window refer to Figure 4 1 allows you to select the paths to be displayed in the view frame and perform path operations Type checkboxes The Type checkboxes allow you to select the path type s to be displayed in the view frame Owner path and or Non owner path default both types The Type checkboxes apply only to the 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E subsystems For the USP 9900V 9900 and 7700E subsystems owner paths and non owner paths are not distinguished Note The Type selection has priority over the Status selection For example if you select Owner path and clear Non owner path the Configuration view displays only the owner paths with the selected status es If you select or clear both Type checkboxes all paths with the selected status es are displayed Status checkboxes The Status checkboxes allow you to select the status of the paths to be displayed in the view frame default all path statuses Online path Select this ch
420. on the execution interval in minutes of automatic failback is displayed in parentheses refer to Figure 6 20 Reservation Status Setting for disk reservation control on Enabled Reservation level displayed within the parentheses after on 0 Ignore reservation 2 Persistent reservation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 273 274 Function Setting Description Intermittent Error Monitor Setting for intermittent error monitoring on Enabled off Disabled When automatic failback is off intermittent error monitoring is disabled although Intermittent Error Monitor shows on When automatic failoack becomes on intermittent error monitoring becomes enabled Intermittent error monitoring interval and number of times that the error is to occur When intermittent error monitoring is set to on the specified intermittent error monitoring interval and number of times that the error is to occur are displayed in parentheses following on The format is number of times error is to occur monitoring interval The time is in minutes usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys msrv IM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 11 37 56 KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 21 Displaying Information on the HDLM Manager Note The HDL
421. on frame until the information frame is completely displayed m When the access concentrated on the Device Manager server during HDLM Web GUI operation the KAPL11103 E might message appear In such a case retry the operation when access becomes less concentrated Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 185 4 3 2 Launching the HDLM Web GUI The capability to use the HDLM GUI at the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client enables you to perform HDLM operations remotely from any Device Manager client system To launch the GUI from a Device Manager client the following software must already be installed a HiCommand Device Manager on the Device Manager Server a HiCommand Device Manager Agent on the host to be managed remotely a HiCommand Device Manager Web Client on the client s For details on HiCommand Device Manager software installation refer to the appropriate HiCommand Device Manager user document listed in the front matter of this document Note When HDLM is launched from the Device Manager client HDLM uses the HiCommand Device Manager user ID to determine user access to the HDLM functions For example if you are logged in to the Device Manager client as a Guest HDLM operations are limited To launch the HDLM GUI from a HiCommand Device Manager client 1 If you want to perform HDLM operations log in to HiCommand Device Manager as a registered user not Guest If yo
422. onfiguration recognized by the host changes as follows a Before installing HDLM The host recognizes that a SCSI device is connected to each path Thus a single LU in the storage subsystem is recognized as the same number of LUs as that of paths a After installing HDLM An HDLM device corresponding one to one with an LU in the storage subsystem is created at a higher level than the SCSI device Thus from the host LUs in the storage subsystem are also recognized as one LU regardless the number of paths An LU recognized by a host after HDLM installation is called a host LU HLU The areas ina host LU that correspond to the Dev in a storage subsystem LU are called host devices HDev On a system using HDLM the logical device file for the HDLM device is used to access the target LU instead of the logical device file for the SCSI device Figure 2 2 shows the LU configuration recognized by the host after HDLM installation Table 2 2 shows the components of the host Table 2 3 specifies the maximum number of LUs and paths that can be managed by HDLM U gimfdry HDev Aggregation by HDLM Host HDev hdi ski Storage subsystem Legend wee Fiber cable or SCSI cable Path Figure 2 2 LU Configuration 14 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations Table 2 2 Host Components Component Description HDev Host device that is a device within a host LU This device is called a physi
423. or does not occur In this example the path is determined to have an intermittent error if the error occurs three or more times in 30 minutes The event occurring in one path is described on the time arrow Stop monitoring Start monitoring Stop monitoring Start monitoring 30 minutes 30 minutes Legend AFB Indicates where the path was changed from error status to online status by automatic failback This includes online operation performed by a user Figure 2 11 Action When an Intermittent Error Does Not Occur in the Path Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 37 2 8 3 3 When the Conditions for an Intermittent Error are Changed During Error Monitoring 38 When the conditions error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur for an intermittent error are changed during error monitoring the number of errors and the time that has passed since the error monitoring started are reset to 0 The error monitoring does not finish and restarts from the time the conditions are changed When you change the conditions outside the error monitoring time at the time the path is recovered from the error by using automatic failback the error monitoring starts with the changed conditions Figure 2 12 shows the action for intermittent error monitoring when the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during error monitoring In this example the conditions have been
424. or IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 45 2 10 3 Collecting Error Information Using the DLMgetras Utility 46 HDLM has a utility for collecting HDLM error information the DLMgetras utility By executing this utility you can simultaneously collect all the information required for analyzing errors information such as error logs integrated trace files trace files definition files core files system crash dump files and libraries You can use the collected information when you contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see section 7 1 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 11 Cluster Support HDLM is also available for cluster configurations Table 2 12 lists the cluster software supported by HDLM and availability of HDLM load balancing functionality in a cluster configuration that uses the cluster software Table 2 12 Cluster Software Supported by HDLM Cluster Software Availability of Load Balancing GPFS RVSD Available HACMP Available HA Monitor Available Real Application Clusters Available VCS Available Important Read the HDLM Release Notes for precautions on cluster configuration HDLM uses paths of the active host to access an LU The details of host switching depends on the application Important Notes To use HDLM in a cluster configuration HDLM must be installed on all the hosts that c
425. or collecting HDLM error information and then retry KAPL10008 W You lack write permission for the specified directory Value aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details You do not have write permission for the specified file aa aa First parameter Action Check whether you have access permission for the specified directory Also check whether the specified directory name is correct Message ID KAPL10009 W Message The specified directory already exists Do you want to overwrite it y n Recommended Action Details The specified directory already exists Select y to overwrite it or n to cancel Action The specified directory already exists Enter y to overwrite the existing file Enter n or press any other key to terminate the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information without executing it KAPL10010 W A root directory has been specified Line aa aa Details The root has been specified as a directory to be collected in the file for defining the information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number Action Delete the coding of the root directory from the specified file The displayed directory will be ignored and the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information will continue KAPL10011 W More than one file or directory has been specified on one line Lin
426. or monitoring If this condition is not satisfied an error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you specify 1 for the number of times that the error is to occur the condition above does not need to be satisfied Table 3 8 shows the merit and demerits of setting the automatic failback function to ON Table 3 8 Advantage and Disadvantages of Setting the Automatic Failback Function to ON Advantage Disadvantages This setting enables the status of a path that This setting might cause paths that the user does not recovered from an error to automatically change want to go online such as paths placed offline for to online maintenance work to go online When intermittent errors occur in paths or storage subsystems path status alternates between the online and offline status frequently so the I O performance might deteriorate Note Note To prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance we recommend that you also enable intermittent error monitoring when enabling automatic failback You can specify intermittent error monitoring only when automatic failback is enabled Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 2 5 Settings for Intermittent Error Monitoring Intermittent Error Monitoring is specifiable only when Auto failback is set to ON Wit
427. or specifying the name for the export file enter the desired file name default pathlist csv and select the Save button or select Cancel to cancel your request to export the path information The dialog box for specifying the file name closes and the information displayed in the Path List view will be exported to the CSV file Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 221 5 6 5 6 1 222 Changing the Path Configuration This section describes the procedures for changing the path configuration such as by replacing hardware host bus adapter fiber cable fibre channel switch that constitutes a path or changing a management target disk that is accessed by paths The following sections contain information on Replacing a host bus adapter Replacing a fiber cable Replacing a fibre channel switch Changing the configuration of HDLM management target disks Changing the configuration of an HDLM driver instance Replacing a Host Bus Adapter If there are multiple active paths for a device in a logical unit you can replace a desired host bus adapter while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes through the host bus adapter to be replaced and using other paths to continue accesses To replace a host bus adapter 1 Place in Offline C status the path that goes through the host bus adapter to be replaced To place the path that goes through the host bus adapte
428. or uninstall the HDLM Web GUI If you attempt to do so the KAPLO9066 E error message is output and the processing will terminate Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 129 130 To use HDLM Web GUI do the following a Create a hdlmwebgui_uninstal11 file For Windows execute the following command gt cd folder specified during installation of HDLM Web GUI gt echo gt hdlmwebgui_uninstall For Solaris execute the following command cd opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI touch hdlmwebgui_uninstall b Uninstall the HDLM Web GUI For details about how to uninstall the HDLM Web GUI see section 3 14 2 c For Windows execute the following command to delete the file created in step 1 gt cd folder specified during installation of HDLM Web GUI gt del hdlmwebgui_uninstall If necessary delete the folder specified during the HDLM Web GUI installation d Install the HDLM Web GUI For Device Manager 3 1 or later An error occurs during uninstallation and Device Manager uninstallation terminates When this occurs uninstall the HDLM Web GUI first and then uninstall Device Manager If an error occurs during the HDLM Web GUI installation collect the files under the following folder or directory and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM When the Device Manager server OS is Windows folder specified
429. ormation of the file system inittab inittab file rc shutdown shutdown script error log file OS crash file directory The directory that is output as the copy directory value when the sysdumpdev I command is executed error log file OS crash file name Error log file obtained by usr lib errdemon 1 Outputs the OS crash dump file to the copy directory whose value is returned by the sysdumpdev I command Note 1 directory for the output destination of syslog syslog name syslog and backup files defined in letc syslog conf file directory to which the collected information is output getrasinfo Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities Not applicable Directory for collecting the command execution results disk txt List of disks that are treated as block devices rdisk txt List of disks that are treated as character devices env txt Environment variable file Isvg txt Information of volume groups Iscfg txt Firmware version of FC6227 Fibre HBA mount txt Mount information pagesize txt Memory page size oslevel txt OS level information output when the oslevel or oslevel g command was executed ulimit a txt Limit value of the system resources data segment stack segment and file descriptor available for the processes Islpp txt List of installed packages bootinfo r txt Physical memory size Isdev proc txt CPU information Isdev C txt
430. ort the information on the Path List view by selecting the column to sort on The selected column is highlighted and the sort order ascending or descending is indicated by the arrow in the column s heading The screen in Figure 4 6 shows the paths sorted by status in descending order To reverse the order select the highlighted column d path gatus M7 mM vh eA Online iae lear Data Export CSV Sausy _ PathiiD Path Name Subsystem Emulation Type LUN CHA Type T 1 0 Count 170 Errors intermktent ErrorPath 000023 02 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0001 1 Owner 64564 000024 01 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0001 14 Owner 55500 000029 02 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0002 Owner 64564 000030 01 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0002 Owner 55500 000035 02 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0003 Owner 64564 000036 01 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0003 Owner 55500 000019 13 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0001 Owner 205124 000020 10 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0001 Owner 208364 000021 09 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0001 205750 000022 05 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0001 Owner 207334 000025 13 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0002 205124 000026 10 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0002 Owner 208364 000027 09 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0002 205750 000028 05 00 00000 HITACHI 9970 998 OPEN 3 0002 Owner 207334 000031 13 00 0000
431. ory HDLM driver writes log HDLM driver f Figure 2 3 HDLM Program Configuration 16 Chapter2 HDLM Configuration and Operations Table 2 4 Functions of HDLM Programs Program Name HDLM GUI HDLM Web GUI Function Provides a graphical user interface GUI to manage paths display error information and set up the HDLM operating environment HLDM Utility Provides the following functions Collection of error information Operation of Volume groups Operating system support for HDLM Deletion of path information about the fscsi device instance Clear HDLM persistent reservation Definition of HDLM operations through ODM settings Register and Delete path information Check if there is an invalid path Install HDLM HDLM command HDLM manager Provides the dinkmgr command to manage paths display error information and set up the HDLM operating environment Configures the operating environment requests the execution of path health checks and automatic failback and collects error log data HDLM alert driver Reports the error information detected by the HDLM driver to the HDLM manager HDLM driver Controls HDLM functionality manages paths and detects errors The HDLM driver consists of the core logic component that controls the HDLM basic functionality and the filter component that sends and receives I O The driver name is dimfdrv Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for I
432. ove condition does not need to be satisfied To determine whether a path is ineligible for automatic failback you can use the results of the dlnkmgr command s view operation the Path List view of the HDLM GUI or the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI 3 5 3 6 Setting the Error Log Collection Level 100 There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The logs you can set by performing a set operation are limited to the HDLM manager log dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 and the HDLM GUI log dlmguin 1log n indicates a file number of 1 or 2 Before setting the HDLM Web GUI log see section 3 13 6 The following is an example command to set the error log collection level usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set ellv 2 In this case the error log collection level is set to 2 This value is explained below in Table 3 13 Table 3 13 Values for the Error Log Collection Level Setting Value Description 0 No error logs are collected 1 All information for errors with the level Error or higher is collected 2 All information for errors with the level Warning or higher is collected 3 All information for errors with the level Information or higher is collected 4 All information for errors with the level Information or higher including maintenance information is collected The default and recommended value for this setting is 3
433. owing is a sample command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set rsv on 2 3 9 4 Setting the clconraid dat File Before using HACMP in concurrent mode be sure to add dimfdrv to the usr sbin cluster diag clconraid dat file Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 119 3 10 Settings for Using GPFS RVSD To use GPFS RVSD install HDLM on all of the hosts that comprise the cluster and then configure the HDLM drivers Also carry out the following procedure before starting GPFS RVSD 1 Add the following entry to the last line in the etc vsd oemdisktypes 1st file disk node dlmfdrv fscsi disk fcp In the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM set the LUN RESET option to on usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset r on Set the reservation revel for each host to 2 Execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set rsv on 2 3 11 Settings for Using VCS 120 To use VCS install HDLM on all of the hosts that comprise the cluster and then configure the HDLM drivers Also carry out the following procedure before starting VCS 1 Specify the settings for starting the preonline script when VCS starts When you have specified the settings for starting the preonline script go to step 2 For details on the setting method see the VCS documentation The following example shows settings for starting the preonline scr
434. ows Device Manager installation location Base bin hemdsgetlogs dir folder name type application name arc archive file name When the Device Manager is running on Solaris opt HiCommand Base bin hcmdsgetlogs dir directory name type application name arce archive file name Description The log file collection command collects log files Following are the log files that are collected When Windows is installed on the Device Manager server installation folder log dlmservlet l n log Note You can specify the installation folder when installing the HDLM Web GUI When Solaris is installed on the Device Manager server var opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI 1log dlmservlet 1 n log Note The value n depends on the setting in the dimservlet properties file The default is 8 Parameters dir directory name Use this parameter to specify the directory name for collecting log files type application name Use this parameter to specify the application name for collecting log files To collect HDLM log files specify DynamicLinkManager for the application name Note When the application name is not specified all the Web applications that are registered in HiCommand Common Component are applied arc archive file name Use this parameter to specify the name of the archive file to be created When the archive file name is not specified the HiCommand_log is used and the HiCommand_log jar is output Note The
435. path the system switches to the next path in order If the access method is changed to random access before the number of issued I Os reaches the set number the system switches to the next path The storage subsystem cache can be used For random access after an I O or a set number of I Os are issued to a path the system switches to the next path in turn When multiple applications that request sequential access are performed concurrently and all of those applications use the same HBA as the most preferred HBA we recommend that you use the round robin algorithm in order to distribute I Os across multiple paths When you execute only a single application that requests sequential access such asa batch job running at night we recommend that you use the extended round robin algorithm The type of algorithm specified by the Ibtype parameter remains stored in the system even when you disable load balancing function by specifying Ib off Therefore when you re enable load balancing without specifying an algorithm load balancing will be executed according to the setting stored in the system ellv error log collection level Specifies the level of error information you want to collect for an error log refer to Table 2 10 The default and recommended value is 3 The following shows the log files in which an error log collection level can be set HDLM manager logs dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 HDLM GUI logs d
436. peration Operation name set y n y KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed successfully Operation name set completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 18 Example of Setting Intermittent Error Monitoring Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr Format dinkmgr set ber Of ElogFiles intvl Inte afb iem Valid value ElogLevel ElogFileSize Number Of ElogFiles Number Trac Interval Time pchk Interval Time afb Error Monitor Interval Numbe i R KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command co 2005 01 12 00 00 Figure 6 19 Example of set Operation Format Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 1000 4 30 30 pletion time 263 6 7 264 view Operation Format To display program information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys sfunc msrv adrv pdrv lic t To display path information without selecting display items usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path hdev host device name stname iem srt pn lu cp t To display path information by abbreviating the list items usr DynamicLinkManager bin dilnkmgr view path c stname srt lu cp t To display path information by selecting a display item usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path item pn dn lu cp type ic ie dnu hd iep hdev host device n
437. peration to reset the values If the KAPL04033 W message is not output restart HDLM Manager If the same error occurs re install HDLM Details HDLM manager cannot start normally unable to open the error log file var DynamicLinkManager log dimmgr 1 16 109 Action Check whether another program is using the file or has opened the file with Notepad or whether the error log file has been deleted inadvertently Details The log information could not be output to the error log file var opt DynamicLinkManager log dimmgr 1 16 log Action Check that the disk has sufficient free space KAPL04012 E Could not create a communication pipe RC aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details HDLM manager cannot start normally unable to create a pipe file to be used in communication with HDLM commands aa aa OS error code decimal number Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Message ID KAPL04013 E Message Input is impossible via the communication pipe RC aa aa Recommended Action Details Data could not be read from the pipe file during the communication with the HDLM command aa aa OS error code decimal number Action Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then con
438. plays the product identifier or emulation type of the subsystem instead iem Use this parameter to add IEP to path information and display information about intermittent errors For more information pertaining to IEP see Table 6 14 srt pn lu cp Use this parameter to sort the list of path information in ascending order according to the specified sorting keys The sorting keys are as follows the first sorting key is the name of the storage subsystem DskName the second sorting key is the value that you specify with the srt parameter and the third sorting key is the AutoPATH_ID Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 265 The values that you can specify for the second sorting key are pn Path name lu LU number of the storage subsystem cp Port number of the channel adapter When the srt parameter is omitted the path information is listed in order of ascending AutoPATH_IDs t Does not display the title for each information item Parameters to display path information by abbreviating the list items path c When you specify the path parameter together with the c parameter the command selects certain items to be displayed and shortens the contents of each item so that the information about each path fits into a single line on the screen The items that are displayed are PathID DskName iLU CP Status and Type For details on what is displayed in each item see Table 6 12 Wh
439. pondence between the items that can be displayed by the dinkmgr view lu c itemcommand and the value specified after the item parameter Table 6 6 Correspondence Between the Item Displayed by the dinkmgr view lu c item Command and the Value of the item Parameter Item Displayed by the dinkmgr view lu c item Command Value Specified after the item Parameter SLPR slpr VG vg All items all The subsequent sub parameter is t Does not display the title for each information item 270 Chapter 6 Using the HDLM dinkmgr Command Parameters to display relationships between HDLM drivers and physical volumes drv Displays the correspondence between the PathID HDLM driver physical volume corresponding to the HDLM driver and the LDEV information storage subsystem model name serial number and character string where LU numbers are delimited by periods t Does not display the title for each information item Examples HDLM function settings Figure 6 20 shows how to display information about the HDLM function settings Table 6 7 describes the displayed items HDLM manager Figure 6 21 shows how to display information about the HDLM manager Table 6 8 describes the displayed items HDLM alert driver Figure 6 22 shows how to display information about the HDLM alert driver Table 6 9 describes the displayed items HDLM driver Figure 6 23 shows how to display information about the HDLM driver Table 6 10
440. processing in the management target host aa aa Name of the target host Action Collect the error information on the server and the management target host and contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute DIMget ras Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL11116 E The HDLM manager could not be connected Details Host aa aa The HDLM manager could not be accessed on the management target host at the time of getting setting option information aa aa Name of the target host Action See the HDLM Component Information subwindow or execute the view operation of the HDLM command on the management target host to check if HDLM Manager is running on the management target host If it is not running start HDLM Manager KAPL11117 E The configuration does not support the Details simultaneous use of the load balancing and The load balancing function is not cluster support functions Host aa aa 9 available in the cluster environment when in the target storage subsystems for the management by HDLM there is a storage subsystem that does not support the persistent reservation aa aa Name of the target host Action Change all the storage subsystems managed by HDLM on the management target host to ones that support persist
441. pter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface Buttons for channel adapters These buttons display the channel adapters by name Channel adapter names for 9500V 9200 5800 and 5700E CHAO and CHA1 When an LU is selected in the host tree frame Owner Path or Non owner Path is added to each name to indicate which channel adapter which has the owner paths for the selected LU for example CHAO Owner Path and CHA1 Non owner Path Channel adapter name for 9900V 9900 and 7700E CHA on cluster 1 CL1 or on cluster 2 CL2 No numbers are assigned to the CHAs on the 9900V 9900 and 7700E subsystems since owner and non owner paths are not distinguished For the USP a number is used to identify the cluster and channel adapter The button displays the first CHA port number and the last CHA port number connected by a hyphen The button for a channel adapter is displayed as active selectable if one or more of the ports for that channel adapter are displayed as active When you select a channel adapter button all paths connected to all ports of the selected channel adapter are highlighted LU box The LU box display differs depending on the item selected in the host tree frame When a storage subsystem is selected in the host tree frame the LU box displays the number of LUs in the selected subsystem that can be accessed from the host When an LU is selected in the host tree frame the LU box displays the LU number of
442. queue_depth 8 This command changes the attributes of the HDLM device defining the HDLM management target device dlmfdrvn and all the corresponding physical volumes hdisk 3 Activate the volume group usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryonvg volume group name Note When you change the attributes of the HDLM management target device by specifying the HDLM device dlmfdrvn with the chdev command you cannot specify the P and T options Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 157 4 1 7 2 When Changing Attributes By Specifying a Physical Volume hdisk 158 To change the attributes of an HDLM management target device by specifying the physical volume hdiskn either delete the corresponding HDLM device or place it in a defined state beforehand This subsection shows an example of command execution when the queue depth and the timeout value are changed by specifying the physical volume hdiskn with the chdev command To change attributes 1 Deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 2 Check and record the physical volume hdiskn that corresponds to the HDLM device dlmfdrvn to be placed in a defined state usr DynamicLinkManager bin dilnkmgr view drv grep w dlmfdrv6 000024 dlimfdrv6 hdisk10 9200 0010 0007 000025 dlimfdrv6 hdisk49 9200 0010 0007 000026 dlimfdrv6 hdisk80 9200 0010 0007 000027 dlimfdrv6
443. r to check the specification and then retry Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 329 330 Message ID KAPLO1016 W Message The target CHA port was not found Operation name aa aa Recommended Action Details The path ID indicated by pathid and required by the cha parameter is not an object of HDLM management aa aa offline online Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the specification and then retry For details onthe view operation see section 6 7 KAPLO1018 W The target device was not found Operation name aa aa Details The specified host device name could not be found aa aa view Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the specification and then retry For details onthe view operation see section 6 7 KAPLO1019 W The target path was not found Operation name aa aa Details The path to be operated could not be found aa aa offline online view Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the specification and then retry For details onthe view operation see section 6 7 KAPL01021 E Cannot execute the HDLM command due to insufficient memory Details Memory required for HDLM command processing could not be allocated Action Terminate unneeded applications to increase the amount of free memory
444. r IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 247 6 4 248 offline Operation Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline path hba HBA adapter number bus number cha pathid AutoPATH_ID pathid AutoPATH_ID s Description The offline operation together with the dinkmgr command places online paths offline You can specify the path s you want to place offline by specifying an HBA port or channel adapter port to which the path s are connected or by specifying the path using the pathid parameter The last path accessing each device cannot be placed offline Note Placing too many paths offline may prevent path switching if an error occurs Before placing a path offline use the view operation to check how many online paths remain Parameters path Specifies that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM This parameter is optional because the offline operation is only effective on paths Make sure however that you specify the target path in the subsequent parameter hba cha or pathid hba HBA adapter number bus number Use this parameter to place offline at one time all paths that pass through a specific HBA port This command will place offline all paths connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA adapter number and bus number The HBA adapter number and bus number of an HBA port are found in the PathName field displayed by using the view operation Enter a period between thes
445. r monitoring by executing the dInkmgr command s set operation using the Options window of the HDLM GUI or using the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI Intermittent error monitoring can be used only when automatic failback is enabled The setting value depends on the setting value for automatic failback For details on how to set up the setting values see sections 6 6 4 2 4 6 and 4 3 7 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 35 2 8 3 Actions for Intermittent Error Monitoring 2 8 3 1 36 Intermittent error monitoring is performed for each path and it starts when a path is recovered from an error by using automatic failback This subsection describes the following actions for intermittent error monitoring a When an intermittent error occurs a When an intermittent error does not occur a When the conditions for the intermittent error are changed during error monitoring When an Intermittent Error Occurs When an error occurs in a path the specified number of times within the specified interval the path is determined to have an intermittent error the error monitoring finishes and then the path is removed from the items subject to automatic failback The path that is removed from the paths that are subject to automatic failback has an error status until the online operation is performed properly Figure 2 10 shows the action for intermittent error monitoring when an
446. r monitoring only when automatic failback is enabled See Table 6 3 for the relationship between automatic failback and intermittent error monitoring When you specify on specify the checking interval of path status by specifying the parameter immediately following on If you do not specify a checking interval path status is checked in the following interval When the checking interval has not been specified before Every 60 minutes default setting When the checking interval has been specified before The interval used in the last time intvl execution interval Specify the interval between path status checks in minutes Use a value between 1 and 1440 The default is 60 If intermittent error monitoring is on and the number of times that the error is to occur is set to a value of 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied a message KAPLO1080 W is output and an error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the above condition does not need to be satisfied When you change the checking interval the new interval takes ef
447. r server is running on Solaris opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI config The following execution example shows that the setting file is restored when the Device Manager server is running on Solaris cp dir DynamicLinkManager dlmservlet properties opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI config 2 Restart the HiCommand Suite Single Sign On service Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 445 446 Appendix B Working with the HiCcommand Common Maintenance Command AL API CCl Cha CHA CL CLPR CS CSV FC FD FO GB GUI HACMP HBA HDev HDLM HDLM GUI HDLM Web GUI HLU HMDE HRX I F JRE KB kB LDEV LU LUN MB MSCS ODM OPEN x Os Acronyms and Abbreviations arbitrated loop application program interface Command Control Interface also called RAID Manager channel adapter cluster Cache Logical Partition cluster support comma separated value fibre channel floppy disk failover gigabyte 1 GB 1024 MB graphical user interface High Availability Cluster Multi Processing host bus adapter host device Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Window application GUI Web browser GUI host LU Hitachi Multiplatform Data Exchange also called HRX Hitachi RapidXchange also called HMDE interface Java Runtime Environment kilobyte 1 kB 1024 bytes logical device logical unit logical unit number megabyte 1 MB 1024 kB A cluster service contained in
448. r with adapter number 01 and bus number 01 in Offline C status execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline hba 01 01 Execute the following command to delete the path that is associated with the host bus adapter to be replaced usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmHBAdel fscsin To delete the path specify the device name of the host bus adapter to be replaced fscsi device n indicates the instance number of the fscsi device If LUN security has been set up for the storage subsystem add the world wide name WWN of the new host bus adapter to the LUN security Execute the following command diag From the displayed menu choose Task Selection Choose Hot Plug Task Choose PCI Hot Plug Manager Chapter5 Operating HDLM 8 Select List PCI Hot Plug Slots to check the PCI to be replaced Figure 5 5 Slot Description Device s P1 13 64 bit 3 3 volt slot Empty P1 14 64 bit 3 3 volt slot Empty P1 15 64 bit 3 3 volt slot fes0 P1 16 64 bit 5 volt slot Empty P1 17 64 bit 5 volt slot mg20 P1 18 64 bit 3 3 volt slot feces P1 19 64 bit 3 3 volt slot scsi2 scsi3 P1 110 64 bit 3 3 volt slot Empty Pi 111 64 bit 5 volt slot pcil2 enti ent2 ent3 ent4 Pi 112 64 bit 5 volt slot Empty Figure 5 5 Host Bus Adapter Replacement The shading indicates the host bus adapter to be replaced 9 Choose Unconfigure a Device and enter in Device name the devi
449. rams select Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Web GUI and then click the Add Remove button The following message will be displayed on the screen Warning This uninstallation program temporarily starts and stops the web services shared by HiCommand products Before uninstalling confirm that no running jobs are using HiCommand products After confirming that no processes from HiCommand products are running click the Next button to continue with the uninstall The uninstall finishes Click the Cancel button if you want to terminate the uninstall instead 3 14 2 2 Solaris To uninstall the HDLM Web GUI in Solaris 1 2 Log into Solaris as a user with root privileges Execute the following command pkgrm HDLMGUI A message is displayed asking that you confirm that you wish to uninstall the program The following message will be displayed on the screen Warning This uninstallation program temporarily starts and stops the web services shared by HiCommand products Before uninstalling confirm that no running jobs are using HiCommand products Do you want to start uninstallation y n After confirming that no processes from HiCommand products are running enter yes or y to continue with the uninstall The uninstall finishes Enter no or n to terminate the uninstall The KAPLO9067 message appears and uninstall is canceled The entered value is not case sensitive Note If you enter a value other
450. ration see section 6 4 a Online operation see section 6 5 m Set operation see section 6 6 View operation see section 6 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 243 6 1 Overview of the dinkmgr Command 6 1 1 dinkmgr Command Format When you are using HDLM for AIX systems execute the command as a user with root permissions Enter the dInkmgr command using the following format dinkmgr operation name parameter parameter value dinkmgr The command name operation name The type of HDLM operation to be performed see Table 6 1 parameter The value setting required for an operation parameter value The value setting required for a parameter Note To specify a value which contains a space enclose the entire value in double quotes 6 1 2 Operations of the dinkmgr Command Table 6 1 shows the operations of the HDLM dinkmgr command and their functions Table 6 1 HDLM Command Operations and Functions Operation Function Section clear Clears the statistics I O counts and 1 O errors of all paths managed by the HDLM system 6 2 to the initial value 0 help Displays the format of the operation used for HDLM 6 3 offline Places an online path offline 6 4 online Places one or all offline paths online 6 5 set Sets the HDLM operating environment 6 6 view Displays HDLM program information path information and information about the 6 7 correspondence between an H
451. ration simultaneously with an update of the license for an update installation KAPL09505 E aa aa cannot be applied to the installed bb bb Details This HDLM or Service Pack aa aa cannot be used for an update installation on the already installed HDLM or installed Service Pack bb bb aa aa the HDLM to be installed HDLM version or the ServicePack to be installed HDLM version bb bb the installed HDLM HDLM version or the installed ServicePack HDLM version Action An update installation cannot be performed on the already installed HDLM or Service Pack When installing a HDLM Uninstall the installed HDLM or Service Pack and then perform installation When installing a Service Pack Obtain and then install a Service Pack or corrected version that can be applied to the installed HDLM KAPL09509 E Service Pack aa aa cannot be installed The same version has already been installed Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The same version as that of service pack to install is installed Installation of Service Pack is stopped aa aa version of the Service Pack to install Action You do not have to install the Service Pack Keep using HDLM already installed Message ID KAPL09510 E Message Service Pack aa aa cannot be installed A newer bb bb version has already been installed Recommended Action Details A newer version of the Service pa
452. re 6 23 Displaying Information on the HDLM Driver Note The HDLM version is shown in screen captures as 05 40 This is equivalent to version 5 4 Table 6 10 Description of the HDLM Driver Information Item Description HDLM Driver Status of the HDLM driver Alive Normal Dead Stopped Ver Version number of the HDLM driver WakeupTime Startup time of the HDLM driver Note The column headings in this figure have been modified for improved readability bold has been applied spacing has been adjusted and the headings are repeated for each path The actual display is different than this figure Figure 6 24 Displaying Information on the Host Device Path Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 275 276 Figure 6 25 shows how to display information about the HDLM license usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys lic LicenseType Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 The HDIM command completed normally Operation name 2005 06 01 12 00 00 view completion time Figure 6 25 Displaying Information about the HDLM License Table 6 11 Description of the HDLM License Information Item Description LicenseType License types are one of the following Permanent Temporary Emergency Expiration License expiration When using a permanent license When using a temporary license or emergency license The license
453. re 8 1 Figure 8 2 List of Tables Table 1 1 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 2 7 Table 2 8 Table 2 9 Example of Set Operation with User Confirmation ccccceeeeseeeeeeenes 261 Example of Updating a License Key When the License Key File Exists 262 Example of Updating a License Key When the license key file does not I EN EETA E E at ouverte one aaoneae oe Maced Maas rien ia natin eames 262 Example of Setting Intermittent Error Monitoring ccceeeeee nena eee 262 Example of set Operation Format cceecece cette ee eee teeta eee ene eas 263 Displaying Information on the HDLM Function Settings eeeee eee 272 Displaying Information on the HDLM Manager eccerre 274 Displaying Information on the HDLM Alert Driver c ccceee eee eee eee 274 Displaying Information on the HDLM Driver eceeeeee eee e eset eee ees 275 Displaying Information on the Host Device Path c cece cece eee eee 275 Displaying Information about the HDLM License scce 276 Displaying Abbreviated Path Information cccceeecee eee neee 279 Displaying Specific Items of Path Information nccrne 280 Displaying LU Information ccc eee nett eee 280 Displaying Abbreviated LU Information 282 Displaying Specific Items of LU Information scenerier 283 Example of Displaying the LU Information Without Selecting Items to be DISPI
454. rea General Procedures continued Item Excluding a disk from HDLM management Notes Instructions To exclude a disk from HDLM management do the following Delete the HDLM drivers rmdev dl dimfdrvn Add disk names in dimfdrv unconf Changing the disk status Defined Using Primary and Secondary volumes A Defined device state means that specific information about the device is recorded in the customized database but is unavailable to the system Before placing the status of a disk to Defined do one of the following Delete the corresponding HDLM driver Place the driver s status to Defined When the status of the disk is Defined you can change the status of the HDLM driver to Available When the disk and HDLM driver are Defined execute the cfgmgr command When the HDLM driver is Defined execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dimcfgmgr Execute the following commands when referring to primary and secondary volumes on the same server such as the Shadowlmage Pair the primary and secondary volumes paircreate Separate the primary and secondary volumes pairsplit Make the secondary volume a volume group dlmrecreatevg When this command is executed volume group attributes are initialized Access the primary and secondary volumes Export the volume group to delete the volume information dimexportvg The secondary volume will be recognized as part of the
455. removed from the paths subject to automatic failback that path is not monitored Restarting the HDLM manager Reset Note 5 Inherit Restarting the host Reset Reset Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 39 40 Note 1 When you change the intermittent error monitoring functionality to off information about paths not subject to automatic failback will be reset When you change the intermittent error monitoring functionality to off and you do not want to reset information about paths not subject to automatic failback place the target paths Offline C Note 2 The number of errors is reset to 0 and then monitoring restarts in accordance with the changed monitoring conditions Note 3 Indicates the Options window of the HDLM GUI or the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI Note 4 If the settings for a function other than intermittent error monitoring have been changed or the settings for intermittent error monitoring have not been changed and then the Apply or OK button is clicked the number of error occurrences and the time since monitoring started are reset To leave the setting unchanged in HDLM GUI close the Options window by clicking the Cancel button In HDLM Web GUI change to a different window without clicking the OK button If you want to change the settings for a function other than intermittent error monitoring but do not want to reset the
456. representative for assistance with applying patches to the AIX operating system if necessary 3 4 1 3 Set Up the Hardware For a Fibre Channel connection check the topology Fabric AL etc and perform setup as appropriate 1 Set up the storage subsystem For details on how to set up the storage subsystem see the Hardware Notes that come with HDLM and the maintenance documentation for the storage subsystem HDLM cannot manage the command devices used by CCI When you are using the Thunder 9200 system set up the Standard Inquiry Data extended mode in the storage subsystem to exclude such devices from the HDLM management target For details on how to set up this mode see the maintenance manual for the Thunder 9200 system To make the command devices used by CCI redundant use the CCI functionality Set up the switches as applicable For more on how to set up a switch please refer to the documentation accompanying the switch Set up the host bus adapter HBA For details on how to set up an HBA please refer to the documentation accompanying the HBA Note Make sure that all HBAs that are on a single host and connected to HDLM managed disks are of the same type and have the same microprogram version If you are using more than one type of HBA paths will not be able to be switched when an error occurs Make sure the OS recognizes the LU Execute the cfgmgr command to configure the device and then execute the 1sdev comman
457. ress a E a ena eas ad 326 Terms in M SSAQES eieae ene nee teen nee aed 326 HDLM Command Messages dInkmgr and operations 0cceeeee eee 327 ADEMGUI Messages ss visite nna a hdd aida tenes peda T ea aA Di eke 340 HDLM Web GUI Messages sssisissssririrt rtrt rinn rttr e teeta nena 353 HDLMIAP Messages snio rigoni eia lately deca tia aa wastes tte at ABEE U CER a iaa 383 HDLM Manager Messages ssssssursurrunrurrrnrrerrerrrrsrrssrrserresrsoreerren 385 HDLM Driver Filter Component Messages cccsececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 391 HDLM Alert Driver Messages 0 cece eee eee e ee een tet e tenet teeta 394 HDLM Driver Core Logic Component Messages 0 ccceeeee eee rrer 397 HDLM Management Target Messages ccceeee eset eee e eee eee eee e teen eae 397 HDLM Installation Program MessagesS cceeee eee ee eee eee eee nena tees 400 Messages from the Error Information Collection Utility eee 413 Message from the HDLM Volume Group Operation Utility 0 0 000 420 Messages from the HDLM Devices Removing Utility ceeceee eee eee 421 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide xvii xviii Table 9 16 Table 9 17 Table 9 18 Table 9 19 Table 9 20 Table 9 21 Table 9 22 Table 9 23 Contents Messages from the Utility for Modifying the HDLM Execution Environment 422 Messages from the Utility for Changing the HD
458. rmation frame The configuration changes do not take effect when you click Refresh in the navigation frame After selecting a host from the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame if the storage subsystems connected to the host are not displayed in the navigation frame click Refresh in the navigation frame The operation status window appears while refresh online offline or data clear operations are being performed Do not close the processing window When you want to close the operation status window click the OK button on the window after the operations finish 162 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface m f the version of the HDLM host displayed on the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame is HDLM 5 1 or earlier the HDLM GUI appears when HDLM starts In this case note the following The character string OFF on the radio button in the Options window appears as O If the applicable OS for the Device Manager client is Windows in the Advanced tab of Internet Explorer s Internet options clear the Reuse windows for launching shortcuts check box When this check box is selected the contents of the Help window overwrite the contents of the Device Manager or HDLM window ma When the version of Device Manager is 3 0 if you select an LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series and then click the Dynamic Link Manager button the HDLM Web GUI starts with the host specified in the Device Manager client selected To display the paths corresponding
459. rmation to a CSV file 5 4 admin Inheriting the Device Manager System Administrator Refreshing the display operating permissions Storage Administrator Changing the HDLM operating Local System environment Administrator Starting the Help window Local Storage Performing online operations Administrator Performing offline operations Clearing data Outputting information to a CSV file Guest Refreshing the display Local Guest Starting the Help window System Administrator Storage Administrator Local System Administrator Local Storage Administrator Guest Local Guest Outputting information to a CSV file Refreshing the display Starting the Help window Outputting information to a CSV file Note This indicates the value that was set in hdlm authority in the dimserviet properties file on the Device Manager server Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment This chapter describes the procedures for creating an HDLM environment and for canceling the setup Make sure that HDLM is installed and its functions have been set up The volume groups and cluster software programs must be set up appropriately for your system environment If you are linking HDLM to Device Manager see section 3 12 or section 3 13 System requirements section 3 1 Flow for creating an HDLM environment section 3 2 Notes on creating an HDLM environment section 3 3 Installing HDLM section 3 4
460. rmation to find the error path The path whose status indication is Offline E or Online E is the error path When using the GUI if an intermittent error occurs the path icon flashes The icon lights for 3 seconds and then goes out for 0 2 seconds repeatedly Narrow down the hardware that may have the error When using the GUI check the Subsystem LUN and CHA fields of the line indicating the error path to narrow down the hardware that may be the cause of the error To physically identify the hardware corresponding to Subsystem LUN and CHA use the management program for the storage subsystem e g 9900 Remote Console When using the view command check the DskName iLU and ChaPort of the error path to narrow down the hardware that may be the cause of the error To physically identify the hardware corresponding to DskName iLU and ChaPort use the management program for the storage subsystem e g 9900V Remote Console Storage Navigator Identify the error location and correct the error Use the AIX and hardware management tools to identify the error location and then take corrective action Place the offline path s online After recovery from the error place the path s online that were offline due to the error For information on using the GUI to check path information see section 5 5 1 2 or 5 5 1 3 For instructions on using the dInkmgr online command to place offline path s online see section 6 5 Note When you atte
461. rom the HiCommand Device Manager client you must log in to Device Manager as a local or system user to perform HDLM functions If you are logged in as a guest you will only be able to view the HDLM path information Select the desired range of paths to be displayed using the host tree frame as follows To display all paths that are connected to the current host select the Path List tab and then select the host in the host tree frame To display all paths connected to a storage subsystem select either the Configuration tab or the Path List tab and then select the desired subsystem in the host tree frame To display all paths connected to an LU select either the Configuration tab or the Path List tab and then select the desired LU in the host tree frame Select the desired Type and Status of the paths to be displayed in the view frame For example to display only offline paths in the view frame select Owner and Non owner select Offline C Offline E and Online E and clear the Online checkbox Select the desired path s in the view frame as follows If you want to change the status of all offline paths displayed in the view frame to online do not select any paths If you want to change the status of one or more specific paths select the desired path s To select path s in the Path List view you can use the Shift and Ctrl keys to select multiple items To select path s in the Configuration view you can Select the
462. ror Action Log in Device Manager again and restart HDLM Web GUI If the error occurs repeatedly execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL11102 E An attempt to connect the authentication server Details has failed Connection to the authentication server failed Action Check if HiCommand Suite Single Sign On Service and HiCommand Common Web Service are running on the server If they are not running start each service and then restart HDLM Web GUI KAPL11103 E An attempt to access the repository has failed Details Details aa aa Access to the HiCommand common repository has failed aa aa Cause of the access error An invalid class was specified Anonexistent element was specified A nonexistent property was specified Timeout Insufficient memory Nonexistent repository Invalid repository Nonexistent session No execution authority Nonexistent account User authentication failed Unexpected error Action Log in Device Manager again and restart HDLM Web GUI If the error occurs repeatedly execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL11104 E An unexpec
463. ror execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then report the collected information to the HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details about the DLMgetras utility and the information it collects see section 7 1 When you use the HDLM GUI from a Device Manager client error information is output to a folder whose name is set in J ava Web Start on the Device Manager client You cannot collect these log files by using the DLMgetras utility If an error occurs make sure that you collect the log files output to the Device Manager client as well as the error information collected by the DLMgetras utility When you use the HDLM Web GUI from a Device Manager client error information is output to a directory in the Device Manager server You can use the log file collection command the HiCommand Common Maintenance command to collect these log files from the Device Manager server You cannot collect these log files by using the DLMgetras utility If an error occurs make sure that you collect the log files output to the Device Manager server as well as the error information collected by the DLMgetras utility For details on the log file collection command of the HiCommand Common Maintenance command see section B 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 323 8 5 Calling the Hitachi Data Systems Support Center If you need to call the H
464. roup or if the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following command If the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following commands for each LU usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmexportvg volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrecreatevg y volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name of secondary volume 3 To let the hosts share the LU perform the following on all those hosts except for the host for which you changed the PVID in step b If there is no shared volume group execute the following command for the HDLM driver in the secondary volume If the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following command for each LU chdev 1 secondary volume s dlmfdrvn a pv yes If the secondary volume has the shared volume group execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmexportvg volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmimportvg volume group name of secondary volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name of secondary volume 438 Appendix A HDML Operations A 6 Settings for the Operating System Upgrade When upgrading the operating system use the dImchenv utility to adj ust HDLM to the environment for the upgraded operating system To set up HDLM for the operating system upgrade 1
465. rror whose cause does not seem to be a user operation occurred during installation of HDLM Web GUI aa aa Function name called during the installation bb bb Return value of function Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL09073 E Failed to stop HiCommand Common Component process Details Since the system failed to stop the HiCommand Common Component process before registering deleting the Web contents in HiCommand Common Component you cannot install uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPL09074 E Failed to check HiCommand Common Component process Details Since the system failed to check the HiCommand Common Component process before registering deleting the Web contents in HiCommand Common Component you cannot install uninstall HDLM Web GUI Action Contact the vendor of HDLM or if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM contact the maintenance company KAPL09076 The permanent license was installed Details The permanent license was installed Action None KAPL09077 The temporary license was installed The license expires on aa aa bb bb cc cc Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The temporary license was installed aa aa Year 4 numeric characters bb bb Month 01 12
466. rsrirrnererrrrnrnrrri raneren rnnr 443 B 3 Restoring The Setting Files Collected By Using The Setting File Backup Command 445 Acronyms and Abbreviations caiicsessiui senicictucesnsancscuiseuswssncnstedatavenstnonsdsurneasvastinedtssanivedeustatasurananaenuieunnees 447 List of Figures Figure 1 1 Connection between Hosts and Storage sssssrrrsrrrrssrrirrrrrerrrerurreerinera 3 Figure 1 2 Example of the Path Management Window cc cece eee ee cent neta ees 7 Figure 1 3 Example of the Options WiINdOW cece eect eee eee t ete e neta ees 8 Figure 1 4 Example of the HDLM Web GUI ccc ee eee renee nere 9 Figure 2 1 HDLM System Configuration cece eect eee een e eee 13 Figure 2 2 LU Configuration siisii sesidisacvedvng eis Weds peta Seton ELE EA a 14 Figure 2 3 HDLM Program Configuration ccccece cetera cent ne ee ene 16 Figure 2 4 Position of the HDLM Driver And Device 18 Figure 2 5 1 0 Flow Without Load Balancing Function ccc eeee cette eee ena eee 20 Figure 2 6 1 0 Flow With Load Balancing Function cccccceeeee eect eee eee eee eens 21 Figure 2 7 Load Balancin ieiss scenes iaa e a ane bol tues Seen okay Moe Mia elise ean 23 Figure 2 8 Path SwitChing tss osccsecauneacideescaeiny ve davea tensa svete Cueva went LD ANEDE 27 Figure 2 9 Path Status Transitions cc cece ceee cece ee eee e aa eien tees 31 Figure 2 10 Action When an Intermittent
467. rsrrsserrerirrnrrerir ee eet tees 296 7 3 dlmcfgmgr Utility for Managing the HDLM Configuration ceeeeeeeee 301 7 4 Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment dimodmset 301 7 5 Utility for Modifying the HDLM Execution Environment dimchenv 5 303 7 6 dimchkdev utility for checking the device configuration c eceeee ee ees 304 7 7 Utility for Changing the HDLM HBA dIMHBAdel c cece cece eee eee eee eee 305 7 8 Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation dImpr 0 cceeeeeeee eee 306 7 9 Utility for Removing HDLM Devices dIMrmdev cccceceeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeeeennes 308 7 10 dimsetup for HDLM installation configuration Support c cee ceee eee ees 309 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting sesitsvisewvsedeaseusanisetninssien ce isaieieialeseinsadenstnnvita mranuanseuinrtinernusenedeanndvansiiteieieiilerts 311 8 1 Error Information Checking merisea cece cece eee e eee e e ee eee teeta ees 312 8 1 1 Information collected by the error information collection utility DEMGG traS rosaa enaa a N rt ed talon oh etna nana A ETE 312 8 1 2 Information Displayed in the Path List View cceccee cece eset ee eee 312 8 1 3 Information Displayed by the dinkmgr view Command 660 00ee 314 8 1 4 Messages that are Output When an Error OCCUIS 00cseeeeeeeeeeeeenees 316 8 2 Actions Taken fora Path ErrOT sisiisssicin fone est
468. s A part of the HDLM configuration file is missing Action Re install HDLM KAPL09100 E aa aa cannot be installed The same version has already been installed Details The file cannot be installed because the file set output in the message is already installed aa aa DLManager rte or AutoPath rte Action Uninstall the file set output in the message and then retry installation KAPL09112 E The license key file is invalid File name aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The format of the license key file is invalid aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action Save the correct license key file in the designated directory and then re execute var tmp hdlm license Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL09113 E There is no installable license key in the license Details key file File name aa aa There is no HDLM installable license key in the license key file aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action Make sure that the license key file is correct and then re execute var tmp hdlm license KAPL09114 I There is no license key file File name aa aa Details There is no license key file in the designated directory aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action When the message that prompts you to enter the license key is displayed enter the license key Alternatively cancel the installation save the correct license key file in the designated directory an
469. s your environment Executing this command displays information about all the paths 2 Open the redirection output file pathinfo txt in step 1 and then check the following Logical unit LU that the path accesses You can identify the path by the PathName display The combination of the DskName and iLU display identifies the LU that the path accesses Whether the paths are accessing the same LU via different HBAs In the PathName displays for the paths accessing the same LU make sure that the numbers to the left of the second period i e HBA adapter number path number are different Make sure that the number of HBA adapter number path number combinations is the same as the number of physical HBAs Whether the paths are accessing the same LU use different channel adapters Make sure that multiple channel adapters are physically mounted Make sure that the ChaPort number for each path accessing the same LU is different Path status Make sure that the Status display contains Online only For details on the items displayed by the dInkmgr view command see section 6 7 214 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 5 1 2 Checking Path Information by Using the HDLM GUI To check the path information by using the Path List view in the Path Management window 1 Display the Path Management window For details on displaying the Path Management window see sections 4 2 2 and 4 2 4 1 2 Select the Path List tab The Path L
470. s applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 6 4 Changing the Buffer Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration The following procedure shows how to change the buffer size per monitoring interval To change the buffer size per monitoring interval 1 In the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 4 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the buffer size will appear The current value is displayed in Current Size Enter a larger size in New Size Set a new buffer size to fit the monitoring interval set in 5 Interval Timer The specifiable range is between 8 KB and 2048 KB with a default of 64 Set this to a value smaller than that set in step 2 of section 3 6 2 We recommend setting a value of 256 when collecting an integrated trace To leave the buffer size as is leave New Size blank type and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again In the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 5 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the monitoring interval will appear The current value is displayed in Current Span Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 109 5 Enter a
471. s dialog box appears 3 Click the General tab The General page opens 4 Inthe Proxies pane select None 5 Click the OK button 3 12 4 Using the Device Manager Client to Collect Logs If an error occurs you may be requested by the maintenance company to use the Device Manager client to collect logs In this case you can collect logs by performing the following settings If no such requests are made do not perform these settings To collect logs 1 From the Start menu choose Programs J ava Web Start and then J ava Web Start The Java Web Start Application Manager window appears 2 From the File menu choose Preferences The J ava Web Start Preferences dialog box appears 3 Click the Advanced tab The Advanced page appears 4 Specify Output Options in the Advanced page When you select the Show J ava Console check box messages output to the log will also be shown in the console window This is optional When you select the Log Output check box the log will be output to the file whose name is specified in Log File Name Be sure to select this check box The Log File Name text box specifies the name of the log file to which the log is output when the Log Output check box is selected Click the Choose Log File Name and select the existing file path or specify the file name directly in Log File Name Make sure that you specify the target file name 5 Click the OK button The log will be output to the fi
472. s linked with Device Manager 2 40 and a Device Manager client is used to operate HDLM error information is output to a directory in the Device Manager client the folder that is specified in J avaWebStart These log files are not collected by the utility for capturing HDLM error information If an error occurs ensure that you collect the log files that are output to the Device Manager client and the error information that is collected by the utility for collecting HDLM error information When HDLM is linked with Device Manager 3 00 or later and a Device Manager client is used to operate HDLM error information is output to a directory on the Device Manager server You can use the log file collection command the HiCommand Common Maintenance command to collect these log files from the Device Manager server You cannot collect these log files by using the utility for collecting HDLM error information If an error occurs ensure that you collect the log files that are output to the Device Manager server and the error information that is collected by the utility for collecting HDLM error information When the OS for the Device Manager server is Solaris a directory name containing a space cannot be specified in the collection directory for the HiCommand Common Maintenance command 322 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8 4 Actions Taken for Other Errors When the cause of an error may be related to HDLM but is neither a path error nor an HDLM program er
473. s that uses the HiCommand products is running Do not stop the InterBase or the InterClient service while installing the HDLM Web GUI If you stop these services during installation the KAPLO9059 E message will appear and installation will fail In such a case start the InterBase or the InterClient service and then re install the HDLM Web GUI If HDLM Web GUI is to be installed on the Device Manager server in a cluster configuration switch the Device Manager server to the active node before installing HDLM Web GUI If the Device Manager server is in a stand by node the HDLM Web GUI cannot be installed When uninstalling Device Manager 3 0 or later while the HDLM Web GUI has been installed on the Device Manager server first uninstall the HDLM Web GUI The following describes the phenomenon and actions for each version of Device Manager when uninstalling Device Manager When Device Manager 3 0 is installed After Device Manager is uninstalled you cannot perform an update installation of the HDLM Web GUI If you attempt to perform such an update installation the KAPL09053 E Or KAPLO9055 E error message is output and installation finishes In this case uninstall HDLM Web GUI install Device Manager and then re install the HDLM Web GUI After Device Manager is uninstalled and Device Manager 3 0 or later has been installed the HDLM Web GUI cannot be used The HDLM GUI starts on Device Manager client Also you cannot update
474. scarded because of a memory allocation failure Alternatively although an emergency message such as a path error message detected by the core logic was generated as an output message its log information was discarded by the HDLM alert driver aa aa Message code Hexadecimal number bb bb Buffer size Hexadecimal number Action Check whether any other error occurred The information that could not be written is discarded Review the actual memory size if another error does not occur If the actual memory size is insufficient increase the actual memory size If the actual memory size is sufficient execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL06022 Methods Information for Filter Driver aa aa bb bb cc cc dd dd Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details The filter driver outputs this message for maintenance aa aa Device minor number bb bb hdisk minor number cc cc Message output location information dd dd Error Code Action None Table 9 10 HDLM Driver Core Logic Component Messages Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPLO7819 Data for maintenance aa aa bb bb cc cc Details dd dd This message is generated by the core logic for maintenance aa aa Detailed information 1 decimal number bb bb Intern
475. se no path has been selected among the currently displayed paths the paths in the Offline C Offline E and Online E statuses will be changed to the Online status Is this OK OK Cancel Details The paths that are not online among the currently displayed paths will be changed to the Online status If you want to continue click OK If you do not want to proceed click Cancel Action If you want to execute the online processing click OK To cancel the online processing click Cancel KAPL02019 The currently selected paths will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK OK Cancel Details The currently selected paths will be changed to the Offline C status If you want to continue click OK If you do not want to proceed click Cancel Action If you want to execute the offline processing click OK To cancel the offline processing click Cancel Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 343 344 Message ID KAPL02020 Message If you are sure that there would be no problem when the path is placed in the Offline C status click OK Otherwise click Cancel OK Cancel Recommended Action Details This is confirmation to determine whether you want to change the selected path s to Offline C status If you want to continue click OK If you do not want to proceed click Cancel Action If you want to execute the offline processing
476. sequent sub parameters are hdev host device name Displays only the information about the LU corresponding to the specified host device name Specify the HDLM driver s special file name dlmfdrvn where n indicates the instance number of the driver to indicate the desired host device The host device name string is case sensitive pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to display only the information about the LU to which the path with the specified AutoPATH_ID is connected t Does not display the title for each information item a Parameters to display a summary of LU information without selecting items to be displayed lu c When the c parameter is specified with the lu parameter a summary of LU configuration information is displayed on a line The total number of paths recognized by HDLM and the number of online paths are displayed for each LU You cannot specify the c parameter together with the hdev or pathid parameter For details on the contents of each display item see Table 6 5 t Does not display the title for each information item a Parameters to display a summary of LU information by selecting items to be displayed lu c item The items specified with the item option are added to the items to be displayed by the lu c option and displayed If no value is specified or all is specified for the item parameter the command displays all of the items that can be displayed Table 6 6 shows the corres
477. sr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path For details about path information see section 5 5 224 Chapter5 Operating HDLM 5 6 2 Settings for an OS Upgrade and Changing Kernel Mode This section explain the procedures when upgrading an OS or changing the kernel mode 5 6 2 1 Settings for an OS Upgrade The following shows the procedure when upgrading the OS If you execute the dlmrmdev A utility as follows you can omit step 3 through step 6 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A To upgrade the OS 1 Login to AIX as a user with root privileges 2 Stop all the processes and services using the HDLM management target paths Also stop any process or service for an application such as DBMS that is using the HDLM management target paths 3 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used in HDLM umount file system mount point 4 Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o 5 Among the displayed volume groups deactivate the volume group used in HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 6 Execute the following command to remove the HDLM device and the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev If the KAPL09012 I message is displayed there is no problem If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed the logical device
478. ssage of the HDLM command dlnkmgr or the HDLM manager and then take the appropriate action If you do not know the appropriate action execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code Message ID KAPL05037 W Message so the reservation for the LUs could not be set dimfdrvaa aa Recommended Action Details The disk does not support persistent reservation The open request to the filter driver or the dinkmgr set rsv on 2 execution request was accepted for the disk not supporting persistent reservation dlmfdrv aa aa Filter driver instance number decimal number Action If this message is displayed for a disk that is not supported by HDLM there is no problem If this message is displayed for a disk that is supported by HDLM contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL05501 E KAPL05502 E The path could not be created aa aa bb bb CC CC A path information error was detected dimfdrvaa aa hdiskbb bb Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details The driver instance could not be registered in the kernel side aa aa Logical device file name of the HDLM device bb bb Logical device file name of hd
479. ster Event In the Configure Pre Post Event Commands window delete dlm_hacmp_disk_available from the Custom Event Name to Remove list box Click the OK button Delete dlmfdrv added to the file usr sbin cluster diag clconraid dat Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 149 3 14 7 2 Deleting a Custom Disk Method This subsection explains how to set up HACMP 5 1 For details on the setting procedure and how to specify the settings for other versions see the HACMP documentation To delete a custom disk method 1 From the SMIT window display the Configure Custom Disk Methods window To display this window choose the following sequence of menu items Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Resource Configuration HACMP Extended Resources Configuration Configure Custom Disk Methods and finally choose Remove Custom Disk Methods 2 Inthe Select Custom Disk Methods window select disk node dlmfdrv and then delete it 150 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 15 Deleting the GPFS RVSD Settings To delete the HDLM settings registered in GPFS RVSD 1 Delete the following line in the etc vsd oemdisktypes 1st file disk node dlimfdrv fscsi disk fcp 2 Use the dlmodmset utility to set the LUN RESET option to off usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset r off 3 16 Deleting the VCS Settings To delete the HDLM settings registered i
480. subsystem Legend wees Fiber cable or SCS cable Path _ Devices that are to be HDLM management excluded from the HDLM target devices management target Figure 3 4 Example of system configuration after HDLM device configuration 64 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 10 Make sure that the HDLM drivers and HDLM alert driver are loaded into the running kernel and are available The following is an example of command execution lsdev C grep dlm dimadrv Available H dimfdrvo Available H Alert Driver Driver Make sure that all the displayed HDLM related devices are Available dlmadrv is the special file name of the HDLM alert driver dimfdrvo is the logical device file name of the HDLM device This name corresponds to the physical volumes to be used in the example of the system configuration shown in Figure 3 4 dlmfdrvo corresponds to hdisk5 and hdisk7 One HDLM device dimfdrvn is created for each LU 11 Make sure that the HDLM device displayed in step 10 dlmfdrvn corresponds to the physical volume that is managed by HDLM In the example of a system configuration shown in Figure 3 4 dlmfdrvo corresponds to hdisk5 and hdisk7 Execute the following command to check the correspondence usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view drv grep w dlmfdrvo 000024 dlimfdrvO hdisk5 9200 0010 0007 000025 dlimfdrvO hdisk7 9200 0010 0007 12 Execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation
481. t a path is offline due to an error The Online E status indicates that an error occurred in the last online path to a device a PathID ID that HDLM assigned to the path at system startup also called AutoPATH_ID a Path Name Name that identifies a physical path A path name consists of the following four items separated by periods HBA adapter number bus number target ID and host LUN Table 8 1 lists these items and their representation in AIX Obtain the following information about the path name items as follows HBA adapter number Execute the following command to display the HBA number lsdev Cc disk Bus number Execute the following command to display the parent bus number lsdev Cc disk Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Target ID For fibre channel execute the following command to display the target ID which is the value of scsi_id lsattr El device name For SCSI execute the following command to display the target ID which is the leftmost value of connwhere odmget CuDv device name Host LU number For fibre channel execute the following command to display the host LU number value of lun_id lsattr El device name For SCSI execute the following command to display the host LU number which is the second value from the left of connwhere odmget q name physical volume name CuDv Table 8 1 Physical Path Representation in AIX Systems Items in PathName HBA adapter number
482. t be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied a KAPLO2064 W error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur If you specify 1 for the number of times that the error is to occur the condition above does not need to be satisfied To determine whether a path is ineligible for automatic failback you can use the results of the dlnkmgr command s view operation the Path List view of the HDLM GUI or the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 1 7 Setting the Reservation Level Reservation level enables you to specify the reservation control method for the logical unit Table 3 5 lists and describes the options for Reservation level Table 3 5 Options for Reservation Level Option Description ON 0 Ignore reservation If this value is specified requests for reservation will be ignored and no logical units will be reserved Specify this value when either of the following conditions exists A host is connected to a storage subsystem that does not support persistent reservation An application was performed that shared an LU between two or more hosts and was equipped with the ori
483. t displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command ina shell script or batch file Examples Figure 6 7 shows how to place offline all paths connected to the HBA port whose adapter number is 01 and bus number is 01 Figure 6 8 shows how to place offline all paths connected to the channel adapter port to which path 1 is connected AutoPATH_ID 000001 leading zeros omitted Figure 6 9 shows how to place path 1 AutoPATH_ID 000001 offline without user confirmation of command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline hba 01 01 KAPLO1055 I All the paths which pass the specified H will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n y Enter y to execute n to cancel KAPLO1056 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified HBA are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n y KAPLO1061 I 3 path s were successfully placed offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline Figure 6 7 Example of the Offline Operation With the hba Parameter usr DynamicLinkManager bin dilnkmgr offline cha pathid 000001 KAPLO1055 I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK ly n
484. t error monitoring is performed on individual paths Intermittent error monitoring starts when a path is recovered from the error by using automatic failback If you omit the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error isto occur each setting is specified as follows When the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur has not been specified before The intermittent error monitoring interval is set to 210 minutes and the number of times that the error is to occur is set to 3 When the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur has been specified before The values specified the last time are set When a value of 2 or more is specified in Number of times the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied the KAPLO1080 W message is output and an error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the above condition does not need to be satisfied Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 259
485. t object Dynamic Link Manager When you click the object the methods that can be executed for the selected object are displayed Note Among the hosts displayed in the List Objects Hosts subwindow of the Device Manager main window the hosts on which HDLM has not been installed are displayed in neither the navigation frame nor the Lists Hosts subwindow Method Displays the methods that can be executed for the object that is selected in the Navigation frame When you click a method an operation is performed Information Displays the execution result of the method that was selected in the Method frame or the result of the operation that was executed in the Information frame Note For information about the Method and Information frames see Chapter 4 Chapter 1 Overview of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations This chapter describes the HDLM configuration and operations Initially the HDLM management targets system configuration and basic terms are described Devices managed by HDLM see section 2 1 System configuration see section 2 2 LU configuration see section 2 3 HDLM program configuration see section 2 4 HDLM driver position see section 2 5 Load distribution using load balancing see section 2 5 1 Path failover and path failback using path switching see section 2 7 2 Automatic path switching see section 2 7 1 Manual path switching see section 2 7 2
486. t target Host 128 The program requirements on a management target host machine are as follows Prerequisite programs HDLM Device Manager Agent 2 4 or later Note If you use a version of Device Manager 3 0 or later and the HDLM Web GUI is not installed on the Device Manager server the HDLM GUI will start You will not be able to use the HDLM Web GUI When installing Device Manager Agent on a management target host where HDLM has already been installed if you install Device Manager Agent 3 0 execute the following command after the installation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmguiinst sh If the version of Device Manager Agent is 3 1 or later the above operation is not necessary For details about installing Device Manager Agent see the HiCommand Device Manager Agent Installation Guide MK 91HC019 For details about installing Device Manager Web Client see the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client User s Guide MK 91HC001 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 3 New Installation for the HDLM Web GUI You install the HDLM Web GUI package on the Device Manager server machine The installation procedures are explained separately for Windows and Solaris the OS on which the Device Manager server operates 3 13 3 1 Precautions This installation program includes a process that temporarily stops the Web services commonly used among the HiCommand products Before starting installation make sure that no proces
487. t the number of messages output to fit a particular monitoring interval For information on adjusting the trace file settings please see section 3 5 1 9 To adjust the number of messages to be output per monitoring interval 1 In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 6 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the monitoring interval for the amount of messages output to the trace file will appear The current value is displayed in Current Span sec Figure 5 8 Figure 5 8 Current Value Display 2 Enter a desired interval in New Span The specifiable range is between 0 and 3600 seconds with a default of 0 A value of 0 is recommended To leave the monitoring interval as is leave New Span blank type and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Note When you specify a monitoring interval of 0 even if you specify the maximum number of messages in 7 Max messages per span the amount of trace information to be output will not be adjusted Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again In the Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 7 and press the Enter key A screen to set the maximum number of messages output to the trace file based on the monitoring interval specified in 6 Lookout span will appear The current value is displayed in Curr
488. tachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 357 358 Message ID KAPL11016 E Message The HDLM Web GUI does not support the HDLM of the management target host Host aa aa Error code bb bb Recommended Action Details The HDLM Web GUI cannot recognize the error code returned from the management target host because the HDLM Web GUI does not support the HDLM aa aa Name of the target host bb bb Error code Action Upgrade the version of HDLM Web GUI to the following version The version of HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM installed in the management target host A later version than 1 For details about the HDLM Web GUI included in the HDLM see the ENC for HDLM If the problem is not resolved by the upgrade of HDLM Web GUI collect the error information on the server and the management target host and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM To collect error information Server Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command Management target host Execute DLMget ras KAPL11101 E An authentication error occurred Details aa aa Chapter 9 HDLM Messages Details An authentication error occurred aa aa Cause of the authentication error Authentication failed Expired authentication information The format of authentication information is invalid Unexpected er
489. tact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04014 E Output is impossible via the communication pipe RC aa aa Details Data could not be written to the pipe file during the communication with the HDLM command aa aa OS error code decimal number Action Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04019 E Could not collect the error information RC aa aa Details An attempt to read the log information from the alert driver failed aa aa API return code decimal number Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL04021 HDLM manager information aa aa Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa HDLM manager trace information Action None 387 388 Message ID KAPL04022 W Message HDLM manager warning information aa aa Recommended Action Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa HDLM manager trace warning information
490. tall HDLM Log in as an Administrative user Execute the following command to recover ODM usr DynamicLinkManaget bin dimodmrecover Delete the code section in the etc rc shutdown General Procedures Reconfiguring HDLM If you reconfigure the HDLM management target disks or delete management target rmdev or add cfgmgr a disk the disk hdiskn and the HDLM driver disks deleting or adding name dlmfdrvn may change To change the disk configuration use a disk the following procedure If needed change the disk configuration and execute the cfgmgr command Note If the HDLM driver is on the disk to delete you cannot delete the disk Delete the HDLM driver then the disk Modify the dlmfdrv conf and dimfdrv unconf file To get the output results compare the status before and after the reconfiguration then reset dlmfdrv conf and dimfdrv unconf f pvid exists execute the following commands and specify the relevant LU from pvid Isdev Cc disk Ispv If pvid does not exist execute the following commands and specify the relevant LU from pvid scsi_id or lun_id Isattr El hdiskn Note Even when you are using a raw disk you must specify the relevant LU from pvid scsi_id or lun_id then review the settings for the application where the raw disk is being used Delete the unnecessary HDLM driver rmdev or dimrmdev Configure the HDLM driver dlmcfgmgr 206 Chapter5 Operating HDLM A
491. ted error occurred in the server Details An exception occurred during processing on the server Action Execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information on the server and contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 359 360 Message ID KAPL11105 E Message No management target host has been registered Recommended Action Details No host has been registered in HiCommand Server Action Check if the host is registered in Device Manager For information on how to register confirm the host in Device Manager see the manual for Device Manager KAPL11107 E KAPL11108 E An attempt to connect HiCommand Server has failed The host information cannot be acquired An error occurred at the time of accessing to HiCommand Server The host information cannot be acquired Error code aa aa Details At the time of acquiring host information the connection to HiCommand Server failed Action Check if HiCommand Server is running If it is not running start the HiCommand Server service and then restart HDLM Web GUI Details At the time of acquiring host information an attempt to access HiCommand Server failed aa aa error code returned from HiCommand Server Character string Action Based on the error code remove
492. ted from the HDLM manager but the manager cannot be accessed aa aa view Action Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check whether the HDLM manager has started Start the HDLM manager if it has not started and then retry the HDLM command For details on the view operation see section 6 7 KAPL01013 E An error occurred in internal processing of the HDLM command Operation name aa aa details bb bb Details An error whose cause does not seem to be a user operation occurred during command processing aa aa clear offline online set view reload none bb bb Function name and contents of error Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details onthe DLMgetras utility 7 1 KAPLO1014 W No authority to execute the HDLM command Operation name aa aa Details You are not authorized to execute the HDLM command as the administrator aa aa clear offline online set view Action Execute the command as a user with root privileges KAPLO1015 W The target HBA was not found Operation name aa aa Details The path having the port number and path number specified in the hba parameter could not be found aa aa offline online Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmg
493. ter component was successfully attached to Disk aa aa Partition bb bb Recommended Action Details The path corresponding to Disk aa aa SCSI device decimal sequence number and Partition bb bb Fixed at 0 was successfully registered in the core logic Action None KAPL05008 E Could not allocate memory aa aa bb bb Details The OS memory allocation function was started but an error was returned from the memory allocation function aa aa Number of program lines Hexadecimal number bb bb Memory capture size Hexadecimal number Action Check whether the HDLM driver has started normally If it has not started or contains an error execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL05011 E Could not attach the HDLM driver filter component to Disk aa aa Partition bb bb cc cc dd dd Details Registration of the path corresponding to Disk aa aa SCSI device decimal sequence number and Partition bb bb Partition decimal number failed in the core logic cc cc Error code Hexadecimal number dd dd Filter driver management table address Hexadecimal number Action Check whether the HDLM driver has started normally If it has not started or contains an error contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenan
494. terval Error Log File Size Monitoring Interval Number of times Error Log Number of Files Trace File Size Trace Number of Files Action Specify a numeric value within the valid range Message ID KAPL11122 W Message A value which is outside of the valid range has been input in aa aa Recommended Action Details The value entered in the input field of the HDLM Environment Settings subwindow is not within the valid range aa aa Input item Path Health Checking Interval Auto Failback Checking Interval Error Log File Size Monitoring Interval Number of times Error Log Number of Files Trace File Size Trace Number of Files Action Specify a numeric value within the valid range KAPL11123 I Would you like to execute the aa aa operation OK Cancel Details The Set Option Information Clear Data CSV Output operation will be executed If you want to execute the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel aa aa operation Set Option Information Clear Data CSV output Action If you want to execute the operation click OK To cancel the operation click Cancel KAPL11124 E No path was detected Host aa aa Details The target path of the operation could not be found on the management target host aa aa Name of the target host Action Connect the path between the host and the storage subsystems and then restart the host A
495. th the host selected as when you specify a host When two or more LDEVs are selected see Note 1 When an LDEV that is not an HDLM management target is selected When there is no LU corresponding to the selected LDEV see Note 1 When an LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series is selected To display the paths corresponding to the specified LDEV of the Thunder 9500V Series select the corresponding LU from the HDLM Web GUI navigation frame Note 1 When the Dynamic Link Manager button is clicked a warning message is displayed Note 2 When the HDLM GUI is launched from a Device Manager client for the first time the J ava Web Start software downloads the HDLM GUI from the host and the Security Warning panel is displayed Select the Start button to download the HDLM GUI When the HDLM GUI is launched from the Device Manager client for the second time the J ava Web Start Desktop Integration panel is displayed Select the No button Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 187 a Ee Cat yew Favorktes Tools teb phiCossiizine Device Manager A Toso Ahoi Aho E Aon 10 E Ahaa Aros 103 E Au a Bho 105 Bho 15 E bos 107 E Aou Aion S Ahoi Bho 110 E boi Bho 112 Ghost 113 E Aa Me bor 115 Figure 4 9 Displaying the Host View on the HiCommand Device Manager Web Client 188 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface
496. than the above values to respond to the message the KAPLO9068 W message appears and the system prompts you to re enter the value When you fail to re enter a value twice in a row the KAPLO9069 E message will appear and uninstall will be canceled Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 145 3 14 3 Preparations for HDLM Uninstallation Back up all HDLM management target devices onto a medium such as tape 3 14 4 Uninstalling HDLM 146 When you uninstall HDLM if the KAPLO9019 E or KAPL09020 E message is output follow the directions in section 3 14 5 to uninstall HNTRLib2 However if the KAPLO9026 I message is output since a program other than HDLM is using Hitachi Network Obj ectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 only HDLM will be uninstalled Uninstalling HDLM deletes the dlmfdrv unconf file If you need the dlmfdrv unconf file back up this file in a directory other than a subdirectory of the y directory and then uninstall HDLM You can skip steps 3 to 6 by executing the dlmrmdev A utility as follows usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A Note When you want to uninstall HDLM from a host where Device Manager Agent is installed stop the Device Manager Agent daemon process hdvmagt before starting the uninstall For details about how to stop the hdvmagt daemon process see the HiCommand Device Manager Agent Installation Guide MK 91HC019 To uninstall HDLM 1 Login to AIX as a root user
497. the HDLM Web GUI version information could not be acquired correctly at the initialization of the HDLM Web GUI aa aa Code showing reason for occurrence of error Action Restart the HiCommand Single Sign On Service If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Message ID KAPL11162 W KAPL11163 W KAPL11701 I Message The HDLM Web GUI Service Pack version information cannot be displayed Details aa aa All the current trace files will be deleted Is this OK Host aa aa OK Cancel Setting operating permissions option was set to Guest only Recommended Action Details The HDLM Web GUI Service Pack version information cannot be displayed because the HDLM Web GUI Service Pack version information could not be acquired correctly at the initialization of the HDLM Web GUI aa aa Code showing reason for occurrence of error Action Restart the HiCommand Single Sign On Service If the same error occurs even after removing the reservation execute the HiCommand common maintenance command to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Details If you set a value less than the current value of the tr
498. the operating environment Path Health Checking on on 30 minute check interval 30 minute check interval Auto Failback off off Intermittent Error Monitor off off Error log collection level 3 Collect all information for errors with 3 Collect all information for errors the level Information or higher with the level Information or higher Reservation level on 2 Enabled with persistent on 2 Enabled with persistent reservation reservation Trace level 0 Do not output a trace 0 Do not output a trace Error log file size 9900 kilobytes 9900 kilobytes Number of error log files 2 2 Trace file size 1000 kilobytes 1000 kilobytes Number of trace files 4 4 96 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 3 1 Checking the Current Settings Check the current settings The following is a sample command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys sfunc ILM Version 05 60 Service Pack Version Load Balance on rr Support Cluster Elog Level y3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 2 Trace Level 00 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 7 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback off Reservation Status on 2 Intermittent Error Monitor off KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Even when cluster software is being used the name of the cluster software is not
499. the selected LU Subsystem box The Subsystem box displays the name of the storage subsystem selected in the host tree frame A subsystem name consists of the following three items separated by periods Vendor ID The name of the storage subsystem vendor for example HITACHI Product ID The model name of the storage subsystem for example 9200 indicates the Thunder 9200 refer to Table 4 1 Serial number The serial number of the storage subsystem for example 0123 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 175 4 2 4 5 Path List View of the Path Management Window 176 The Path List view of the Path Management window see Figure 4 6 displays the detailed path information for the paths managed by HDLM To display the Path List view open the HDLM Path Management window see section 4 2 2 and 4 2 4 1 and select the Path List tab When you select the host in the host tree frame the Path List view displays all paths of the selected Type and Status connected to the selected host When you select a subsystem in the host tree frame the Path List view displays all paths of the selected Type and Status that are connected to all LUs in that subsystem that can be accessed from the current host When you select an LU in the host tree frame the Path List view displays all paths of the selected Type and Status to the selected LU Table 4 5 describes the information displayed for each path You can s
500. the target volume group called a shared volume group hereafter deactivate the shared volume group for all the sharing hosts varyoffvg volume group name Change the PVID To let the hosts share an LU perform the following on one of these hosts If there is no volume group execute the following command for one of the physical volumes chdev 1 hdiskn a pv clear a pv yes Then execute the following command for all the remaining physical volumes chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes If there is a volume group or if the volume group extends over more than one LU execute the following command for each LU exportvg volume group name recreatevg y volume group name varyoffvg volume group name chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes Execute this for all the physical volumes in the volume group To let the hosts share the LU perform the following on all those hosts except for the host for which you changed the PVID in step 2 If there is no shared volume group execute the following command chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes Execute this for all the physical volumes that correspond to the secondary volume If there is a shared volume group execute the following command exportvg shared volume group name chdev 1 hdiskn a pv yes Execute this for all the physical volumes in the shared volume group importvg shared volume group name varyoffvg shared volume group name Hitachi Dynam
501. ties 2 Specify the setting value as follows Inheriting the Device Manager operating permissions hdlm authority admin Guest only hdlm authority guest 3 Restart the HiCommand Suite Single Sign On Service Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 139 3 13 6 Setting up Log Output Conditions The HDLM Web GUI outputs logs to the Device Manager server and its management target hosts This section explains how to set log output levels log file sizes and other aspects of logs on the Device Manager server and its management target hosts 3 13 6 1 Setup for the Device Manager Server You can change the output level and file size of operation logs on the Device Manager server as well as the output level of trace logs by editing settings in the files shown below After editing the appropriate file you must restart the Web container server For details about restarting the Web container server see the HiCommand Device Manager Server Installation and Configuration Guide MK 91HC002 When the OS of the Device Manager server is Windows installation folder config dlmservlet properties Here installation folder is the folder you specified when you installed HDLM Web GUI ma When the OS of the Device Manager server is Solaris opt DynamicLinkManagerWebGUI config dlmservlet properties Table 3 22 describes the log related items among the items in the settings file 140 Chapter
502. tinations by using the most recent path information Change the check interval based on the environment being used Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 89 3 5 2 4 Setting Automatic Failback 90 Auto failback lets you select whether to enable automatic failback To enable automatic failback select ON otherwise select OFF The default is OFF When you specify ON you can select the checking interval for automatic failback from the pull down list The default checking interval when automatic failback is enabled is 60 minutes When Intermittent Error Monitor is ON and Number of times is 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied a KAPL11144 W error occurs In such a case change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you specify 1 for the number of times that the error is to occur the condition above does not need to be satisfied When Intermittent Error Monitor is ON and Number of times is 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent err
503. ting the HDLM installation program re execute the HDLM installation program If you detect this message while executing the Device Manager Agent installation program re execute the Device Manager Agent installation program KAPL09025 W An attempt to delete a file or directory has failed Details An attempt to delete a file related to HDLM from the directory of Device Manager Agent has failed Action If the following files or directories are on the host remove them manually usr HDVM agent docroot webstart HD LM jnlp usr HDVM agent classes com Hitachi soft HiCommand DVM agent module H DLMManager class usr HDVM agent docroot webstart hdl m ust HDVM agent docroot hdimhelp usr HDVM agent classes jp usr HDVM agent classes com Hitachi soft HiCommand DVM agent module h dim KAPL09028 E An attempt to install Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed Details An attempt to install HNTRLib2 failed Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPL09029 E This version of HDLM cannot be updated by installation Uninstall the already installed version of HDLM Details This version of HDLM cannot be updated by installation Uninstall the HDLM that has already been installed Action Uninstall the HDLM that has already been installed Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems Us
504. tion aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa API trace error information Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL03004 C KAPL03006 E A critical error occurred in the HDLM API aa aa An access to the HDLM driver causes an error aa aa Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa API trace error information Action Execute the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa API trace error information Action Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 383 384 Message ID KAPL03007 E Message An error occurred during communication with the HDLM manager aa aa Recommended Action Details This information is required for determining the cause of the problem if any aa aa
505. tion to be collected This file is shown in the message If the contents of the file are incorrect correct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMget ras will ignore the specified file and continue processing KAPL10015 W The file format is invalid Value aa aa Details The file format in the file for defining information to be collected is not a text file aa aa Third parameter Action After the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check whether the file for defining the information to be collected is a text file The file is shown in the message KAPL10016 W The root directory has been specified in the first parameter Details A root cannot be specified in a directory to which collected information is output Action Check the parameters of the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then re execute KAPL10017 W You lack privileges for executing the utility for collecting HDLM error information Details The DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information must be executed by a user with root privileges Action Re execute as a user with root privileges Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 417 418 Message ID Message Recommended Action KAPL10020 I The file has been obtained successfully File Details aa aa Co
506. to check the status of each program The following is a sample command execution usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys HDIM Version 05 60 Service Pack Version Load Balance on rr Support Cluster Elog Level 23 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 7 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback off Reservation Status on 2 Intermittent Error Monitor off HDIM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 10 33 03 HDIM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 10 33 03 1000 HDIM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive 05 60 2005 06 01 10 33 03 License Type Expiration Permanent KAPL01001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time 2005 06 01 12 00 00 Even if cluster software is used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 65 66 13 14 15 16 17 From the execution result by the view operation check that the correct version of HDLM is installed If the HDLM Version is 5 6 the installed version of HDLM is correct From the execution result by the view operation check that the programs are running properly If HDLM
507. to occur Use a value from 1 to 99 The default is 3 During intermittent error monitoring if you change the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine that an intermittent error has occurred the number of errors and the time that has passed since intermittent error monitoring starts are reset to 0 Then the changed setting takes effect and intermittent error monitoring starts Outside the duration of intermittent error monitoring if you change the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine that an intermittent error has occurred from the next time automatic failback finishes normally the changed values takes effect Outside the duration of intermittent error monitoring the number of errors that determine an intermittent error is not counted and this value is not changed The number of times that the error is to occur specified in this parameter is stored even though specifying iem off disables intermittent error monitoring Therefore when you re enable intermittent error monitoring and the number of times is not specified the error monitoring will be executed using the stored number of times When the set iem on operation is executed during error monitoring even though you do not change the conditions for intermittent error the number of errors and the time that has passed since the error monitoring starts are reset to 0 Then intermittent error monitoring resum
508. torage subsystem or LU in the navigation frame The Show Path List subwindow displays the list of paths for the selected management target host storage subsystem or logical unit Following is a list of items that are displayed in the Show Path List Subwindow m Refresh a Help m Filtering Type checkboxes m Path List Online button Offline button Clear Data button Export CSV button For details about these items see sections 4 2 4 1 and 4 2 4 3 brlitcieri Dynas HAVENE Object Tree kanagawa Show Path List Show HOLM Compornent Information Show HDLM Environment Settings YY Dynamic Link Manager kanagawa HITACHI SANRISE2000 3495 Lu o000 LU 0001 Dynamic Link Manager kanagawa Lu 0002 Lu 0003 Lu 0004 B Lu 0005 HITACHI SANRISE1000 0123 Type F Ownerpath IZ Non owner path Lu 0000 u1 Stus V4Z MS KA MA g DA ae RT Ontine 8 Lu 0000 8 Lu 0001 Lu 0002 By tochigi e amp tokyo f HITACHI SANRISE9900V 03A amp Lu 0000 Lu 0001 LU 0002 HITACHI SANRISES9O0V 034 B Lu 0000 Show Path List kanagawa 4 id P 3 S 3 E mi T 00 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 01 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 OPEN 3 02 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 03 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03495 OPEN 3 04 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3 05 00 00000 0000 HITACHI 9910 9960 03A95 OPEN 3
509. ts hds com m Fax 858 695 1186 a Mail Technical Writing M S 35 10 Hitachi Data Systems 10277 Scripps Ranch Blvd San Diego CA 92131 Thank you All comments become the property of Hitachi Data Systems Corporation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide vii viii Preface Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Overview of Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM csssssssssssssesssesteseeensieanetseneneenes 1 1 1 About the Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 1 27 Maj Of FUNCUIONS nisnin nean ar a E A A A a aOR N 4 1 3 HDLM Graphical User Interface cece eee nnn tne 6 1 4 HDLM GUI Overview 2 2 02 ce ne eter nent ed 7 1 4 1 About the Path Management Window cc cece eee e ee eee eee tented 7 1 4 2 About the Options Window cece cee eee eee ee enn ed 8 1 4 3 About the Help WiINdOW 0 ctr entered 8 1 5 HDLM Web GUI Overview 0 cece nent nee ten teed 9 1 5 1 About the Frames that Comprise the HDLM Web GUI ceeeeeeeee 10 HDLM Configuration and Operations sscssssssssssssssesssseeteseeenseeneseeeneieanenseeenennaeeeas 11 2 1 Devices Managed by HDLM 2 erent 12 2 2 System Configuration i 2 5 eaten disable Adee ae ee PD 13 2 3 UL Configurations actin vedas een RA aa ol ae UNA eae 14 2 4 HDLM Program Configuration cece cece eee eee tnt tenes 16 2
510. tuses are as follows Offline c The status in which I O cannot be issued because the path was placed offline in the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI or the offline operation was executed For details on the offline operation see section 6 4 The C indicates the command attribute which indicates that the path was placed offline using the GUI or a command Offline E The status in which I O cannot be performed because an error occurred in the path The E indicates the error attribute which indicates that an error occurred in the path Figure 2 9 shows the status transitions of a path 30 Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations Online status Online Automatic failback Online operation is performed after the path recovers from Error occurs the error I O operation have finished successfully Online status actually offline status Online E Legend Online operation Offline operation Offline operation Offline status Offline C Online operation Error occurs Online Offline operation is operation performed for a path in error status Automatic failback Online operation is performed after the path recovers from the error Error occurs in all paths that access the same LU Offline status Offline E gt Other paths that access the same L
511. u only want to view HDLM information you can log in to Device Manager as a Guest user 2 On the HiCommand Device Manager Main Console select the Hosts object from the Navigation frame 3 Select the icon for the desired host to display the host level view If HDLM is installed on the selected host the Dynamic Link Manager button is displayed on the bottom right of the window Note If the Dynamic Link Manager button is not displayed check for the following The HiCommand Device Manager Server was not running when the Device Manager Agent started Start the Device Manager Server and restart Device Manager Agent You opened the Device Manager Host View right after starting the Device Manager Agent Wait five minutes after starting the Agent and then open the Host View Figure 4 9 displays the host level view The Dynamic Link Manager button is not displayed 186 Chapter 4 Working with the Graphical User Interface 4 If you want to display a specific LU in HDLM select the LDEV corresponding to that LU on the Device Manager host level view then click the Dynamic Link Manager button If not click the Dynamic Link Manager button without any LDEVs selected The Configuration tab of the Path Management window is displayed see section 4 2 4 1 If you selected an LDEV on the Device Manager host level view the corresponding LU is selected on the Path Management window However in the following cases the window opens wi
512. uded from the items subject to automatic failback because the system judged that an intermittent error was occurring in that path aa aa Path ID same as PathID of view path decimal number Action An intermittent error was occurring The path may have a problem Switch the path shown in the message into Online KAPL08028 A message corresponding to the automatic error information collection was detected Error information will now be collected Details Automatic error information collection will now start because a message corresponding to the automatic error information collection was detected Action Execute the pLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 399 400 Table 9 12 HDLM Installation Program Messages Message ID KAPL09001 E Message There is no system management permission Recommended Action Details In HDLM Web GUI Windows The current user does not have the administrator permission to install HDLM Web GUI In HDLM Web GUI Solaris The current user does not have the root permission to install HDLM Web GUI Action In HDLM Web GUI Windows Execute the program as a member of the Administrators group In HDLM Web GUI Solaris Re execute the install
513. ue for this setting is 3 When the HDLM version on the management target host is earlier than 5 6 you can select 0 to 3 92 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 2 8 Setting the Trace Level A trace file in which a trace level can be set is hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 If the HDLM version on the management target host is earlier than 5 6 a trace level can be set in hntr2n 1log or hntrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 The Trace level pulldown list box lets you select the level of trace information to be output From this pulldown list box you can select one of the following five levels a 0 No trace is output a 1 Only error information is output a 2 Program operation summaries are output 3 Program operation details are output a 4 All information is output The default and recommended value for this setting is o If an error occurs you may have to set the trace level to 1 or higher to collect the log information The higher this value is set the more log information will be output When the amount of output is great it takes less time for file writing to wrap around overwriting old log information with new log information 3 5 2 9 Setting the Error Log File Size There are three error logs the HDLM manager log HDLM GUI log and HDLM Web GUI log The error logs you can set in the Show HDLM Environment Settings subwindow are limited to the HDLM manager log dlmmgrn log
514. ump file This file contains a symbolic link to the system crash dump file getras tar Z This file contains compressed HDLM information and system information Note When HDLM is launched from HiCommand Device Manager error information is output to the Device Manager Client location defined using J ava Web Start This error information at the Device Manager Client is not collected by DLMgetras In case of error collect the error information at the Device Manager Client in addition to using DLMgetras When you want to collect information other than that in List of collected error information define the information to collect in the information collection definition file Information defined in information collection definition file is compressed into getras tar 2Z Parameters destination directory for collected information Specify the directory to which the collected information is output The directories to be output are created in the specified directory and error information is collected in the created directories f file for defining the information to be collected Specify this parameter when you want to specify the directories or the files to be collected Specify the directories or the files in the file for defining the information to be collected and then specify this parameter Use an absolute path to specify the file for defining the information to be collected For details on this file see section 7 1 1 h
515. up command you can use the SMIT window provided by HDLM for each command or you can execute the command from the command line We recommend that you use the SMIT window because the SMIT window makes it easy to select a physical disk The SMIT window displays only the physical disk that was first registered in the Object Data Manager instead of all physical disks allocated to one LU Parameters Table 7 2 lists the parameters for each command of the HDLM volume group operation utility These parameters are the same as the corresponding IBM AIX system command parameters For details on each command parameter see the IBM AIX system documentation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 297 298 Command response messages The messages output are KAPL10501 W from HDLM and the messages from the AIX commands that correspond to the HDLM commands SMIT window HDLM for AIX provides a SMIT window for use with the HDLM volume group operation utility SMIT is an interactive menu driven user interface that allows you perform routine system management tasks and manage and maintain the OS configuration For details on SMIT window operations see the AIX documentation or the results of executing the man command In the SMIT window for the HDLM volume group operation utility you can perform the same operations as executing the HDLM commands from the command line We recommend that you use the SMI
516. urther information on the log files see section 2 10 1 To view the settings for the error logging level trace level and log file size you can either launch the HDLM GUI and open the Options window or execute the dInkmgr view command To change the settings for the error logging level trace level and log file size you can either use the Options window of the HDLM GUI or the dInkmgr set command 1 Using the Options window to set the error management functions To set up the error management functionality 1 Display the Path Management window For details on displaying the Path Management window see sections see sections 4 2 2 and 4 2 4 1 Select the Options button to open the Options window see section 4 2 4 6 In the Logging level list box specify the level for collecting error log data 0 1 2 or 3 default 3 In the Trace level list box specify the trace output level 0 1 2 3 or 4 default 0 The larger the trace level value the larger the amount of log information that is output When a large amount of log information is output the time taken for the file writing to wrap around and delete old log data is reduced In the Log file size box enter the log file size in kilobytes 100 to 9900 default 9900 We recommend that you increase the log file size to 9900 for maximum utility The log files are dlmgrn log n log file number 1 2 and dlmguin log n log file number 1 2 If the sizes of both fil
517. utoPATH_ID that is displayed during the HDLM dinkmgr command s view operation differs depending on the order in which paths are detected when the host starts For this reason you should always use the path name to specify a path 4 1 2 Detecting Path Errors When a path error is detected by HDLM you must immediately resolve the error and restore the path A check for path errors is performed whenever an I O is issued If there are any paths through which I O is not normally issued such as a non owner path you should enable path health checking in order to detect errors even when there is no I O For details about path health checking see section 5 5 2 4 1 3 Storage Subsystem Start up the storage subsystem before you start up the managed hosts so that AIX can detect the storage subsystem 4 1 4 Canceling Reservation Normal Host In a non cluster environment if you shut down the host while persistent reservation is set and a volume group that has been created by an LU shared by multiple hosts is active other hosts can no longer manipulate that volume group Before you shut down the host execute the following command to deactivate the volume group usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name If you shut down the host without inactivating the volume group restart the host activate the volume group and then deactivate the volume group In a cluster environment you do not need to deactivate the volu
518. vate and then activate the volume groups to be used by HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name used for HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryonvg volume group name used for HDLM 5 Execute the following command to enable the mount point mount mount point 6 Execute the following command to make sure that the volume group contains the appropriate HDLM device dlmfdrv lspv grep dlmfdrv Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 115 3 9 Settings for Using HACMP 3 9 1 To use HACMP install HDLM on all of the hosts that comprise the cluster configure HDLM drivers set up the storage subsystem for using the Thunder 9200 and register the HDLM script for HACMP Also set up the same reservation level in all of the hosts in the cluster Setting Up the Thunder 9200 When you use the Thunder 9200 as the storage subsystem perform the setup shown in Table 3 17 For details on setting up the Thunder 9200 see the maintenance manual supplied with the storage subsystem Table 3 17 Thunder 9200 Settings for Using HACMP Item Settings Link separation in Host connection mode ON UA 06 2A00 suppression mode in Host connection mode 2 ON Logical Unit Reset propagation mode in Port options ON 3 9 2 Registering the HDLM Script for HACMP 116 To use HACMP you need to register the HDLM script for HACMP The HDLM script for HACMP is supplied with HDLM
519. ver see your virtual I O server manual to log in to AIX 1 Login to AIX as a user with root permissions If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server manual to log in to AIX 2 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM unmount file system mount point 3 Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups Isvg o 4 Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group name 5 Execute the following command to remove the HDLM device and the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev If the KAPLO9012 1 message is displayed there is no problem If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed the logical device file for the HDLM alert driver or the HDLM device has not been deleted or the HDLM manager has not stopped Make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target path and then re execute the above command Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Prepare the license key file Store the license key file using the name hdlm_ license directly under var tmp var tmp hdlm license Insert the HDLM CD ROM into the CD ROM drive You do not need to mount anything When
520. w The Options window see Figure 4 7 displays and allows you to change the HDLM basic function settings and error management function settings T __ Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Options Setting HDLM Options HDLM version HDLM version number 05 40 Component information Basic function settings Load balancing ON OFF Algorithm Round robin v Path health checking ON OFF Checking interval 1 1440 30 minute s Auto failback ON OFF Checking interval 1 1440 minute s Intermittent Error Monitor Reservation level ON 0 Ignore reservation ON 2 Persistent reservation Remove LU Error management function settings Logging level 3 Information or higher level g Trace level 4 All information 4 Log file size 9900 Kbytes 100 9900 Figure 4 7 Options Window The HDLM version box displays the HDLM software version number e g 05 01 v5 1 The Component information button opens the HDLM Component Information panel see Figure 4 8 which displays the detailed HDLM component information component name version number status Alive for an active HDLM manager or Dead for an inactive HDLM manager and wakeup time time the component was started Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 179 The Basic function settings box displays and allows you to change the following settings Load balancing ON or OFF defau
521. when an offline request placed Offline C Host da dd was registered during Reserve processing aa aa the number of paths succeeded in the offline processing decimal number bb bb the number of paths for which the offline request was registered decimal number cc cc the number of paths failed in the offline processing decimal number dd dd name of the target host Character string Action For the Path ID s of the failed path s see the operation log Click Refresh if you want to check the registered path s in a batch job KAPL11138 I aa aa has started Host bb bb Details Operation has started aa aa Operation Character string CSV Output Set Option Information Refresh Online Offline Clear Data bb bb Name of the target host Character string Action None Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 369 370 Message ID Message KAPL11139 I aa aa has completed normally Host bb bb KAPL11140 I aa aa has completed normally Recommended Action Details Operation has completed normally aa aa Operation CSV Output Get Option Information Refresh Clear Data bb bb Name of the target host Character string Action None Details Operation has completed normally aa aa operation Character string Set Option Information Action None KAPL11142 1 The HDLM GUI will now start Details
522. which an intermittent error might be occurring we recommend that you set up intermittent error monitoring to remove that path from those subj ect to automatic failback Note 1 An intermittent error means an error that occurs irregularly because of some reason such as a loose cable connection You can specify the automatic failback function or the intermittent error monitoring function in the HDLM Environment Settings page in the Options window of the HDLM GUI see section 4 2 4 6 the Show HDLM Environment subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI see section 4 3 7 4 or the dinkmgr set command section 6 6 Note In AIX 5 2 even if all faulty paths offline paths are recovered and I O processing is performed the paths may not be brought online In this case make sure to change the paths to online after confirming that the faulty paths have been recovered Chapter 2 HDLM Configuration and Operations 2 7 2 Manual Path Switching You can switch a path by manually placing a path online or offline Manually switching a path temporarily is useful for maintenance of the system You can manually place a path offline in the following ways a Place the status of a path online or offline in the Path Management window of the HDLM GUI m Use the Show Path List subwindow of the HDLM Web GUI a Execute the dlnkmgr command together with the online or offline operation Note The status of the last path for a specific LU in offline status cannot be m
523. y Example 2 When there are invalid paths usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchkdev LIST OF INVALID PATH PathID HDevName Device LDEV 000000 dlmfdrv0 hdisk22 9970 9980 35001 0053 000001 dlmfdrv0 hdisk72 9970 9980 35002 0053 000002 dlmfdrv1 hdisk23 9970 9980 35001 0054 000003 dlmfdrv1 hdisk73 9970 9980 35001 0005 KAPL12202 E An invalid path was found Do not add or delete paths KAPL12205 W The dlmchkdev utility completed Chapter 7 Using the HDLM Utilities 7 7 Utility for Changing the HDLM HBA dimHBAdel Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin d1mH Adel parent device name of the HDLM driver h Note You can also use lower case characters dlmhbadel Description This utility deletes path information about the specified fscsi device instance Parameters parent device name of the HDLM driver Specify the device name for the host bus adapter you want to replace h Displays the format of the utility for changing the HDLM HBA Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 305 7 8 Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation dlmpr 306 Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr k c hdiskn h Description The persistent reservation of a logical unit LU may not be canceled due to some reason when multiple hosts share a volume group rather than making up a cluster configuration using HACMP In this case this utility clears
524. y 148 Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 14 7 Deleting the HACMP Settings If the HDLM script for HACMP that is supplied with HDLM has been registered you need to delete the settings as described in the following subsections 3 14 7 1 Deleting a User Defined Cluster Event This subsection explains how to set up HACMP 5 1 For details on the setting procedure and how to specify the settings for other versions see the HACMP documentation To clear registration of the user defined cluster event 1 From the SMIT window display the Extended Event Configuration window To display this window choose the following sequence of menu items Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Event Configuration and finally Change Show Predefined HACMP Events In the Extended Event Configuration window select the following event in the Select Event Name to Change list box get disk vg fs The Change Show Cluster Events window appears Choose the List button on the right of the Pre event Command list box to display a list Delete dlm_hacmp_disk_available from the list In the SMIT window display the Configure Pre Post Event Commands window Choose the following sequence of menu items to display this window Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Event Configuration and Configure Pre Post Event Commands Then choose Remove a Custom Clu
525. y to enable the error checking function for operations that specify a physical volume hdisk usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset e on For details on the dlmodmset utility see section 7 3 2 To enable the settings restart the system shutdown Fr Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 155 4 1 6 2 No System Restart If you execute the dlmrmdev A utility as follows you can omit step 3 through step 6 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A To enable error checking when the system does not restart for operations that specify physical volumes 1 Execute the dlmodmset utility to enable the error checking function for operations that specify a physical volume hdisk usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset e on For details on the dlmodmset utility see section 7 3 2 Stop all processes and services that use the HDLM management target paths Stop any process or service of an application such as a DBMS that is using the HDLM management target path 3 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point 4 Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o 5 Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmvaryoffvg volume group 6 Execute the dlmrmdev utility to delete all HDLM devices usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev
526. you do not specify v OS mode the utility sets the operating link according to the current OS version v OS mode Specify the OS mode If you specify v OS mode without specifying the s or l parameter the utility sets the SMIT menu and operating link environment according to the specified OS mode Table 7 5 lists the available OS modes and their corresponding OS versions and kernel modes Table 7 5 OS Modes OS modes OS versions and kernel modes 2 AIX 5L V5 1 32 bit version 3 AIX 5L V5 1 64 bit version 4 AIX 5L V5 2 32 bit version 5 AIX 5L V5 2 64 bit version 6 AIX 5L V5 3 32 bit version 7 AIX 5L V5 3 64 bit version h Displays the format of the utility for modifying the HDLM execution environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM for IBM AIX Systems User s Guide 303 7 6 dimchkdev utility for checking the device configuration 304 Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchkdev Functions This utility checks the correspondences between HDLM devices and LUs and displays those that are invalid The correspondence between an HDLM device and an LU is invalid when multiple LUs are assigned to one HDLM device Note If all HDLM devices have been deleted the dlmchkdev utility cannot be executed Examples Example 1 When there are no invalid paths usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchkdev KAPL12201 I An invalid path was not found KAPL12204 I The dlmchkdev utility completed normall

Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager (HDLM) for IBM AIX Systems User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents